100% found this document useful (4 votes)

2K views321 pages

OptiX OSN 550 Hardware Description (V100R006)

Find more Huawei transmission product please go through www.thunder-link.com, which is a leading professional Huawei network product supplier.

Uploaded by

Thunder-Link.com

We take content rights seriously. If you suspect this is your content, claim it here.

Available Formats

Download as PDF, TXT or read online on Scribd

100% found this document useful (4 votes)

2K views321 pages

OptiX OSN 550 Hardware Description (V100R006)

Find more Huawei transmission product please go through www.thunder-link.com, which is a leading professional Huawei network product supplier.

Uploaded by

Thunder-Link.com

We take content rights seriously. If you suspect this is your content, claim it here.

Available Formats

Download as PDF, TXT or read online on Scribd

You are on page 1/ 321

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service

Transmission System
V100R006C01

Hardware Description

Issue

Date

2013-01-18

HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD.

CPE

Optical

Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 2013. All rights reserved.

No part of this document may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means without prior
written consent of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Trademarks and Permissions

and other Huawei trademarks are trademarks of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
All other trademarks and trade names mentioned in this document are the property of their respective
holders.

Notice
The purchased products, services and features are stipulated by the contract made between Huawei and
the customer. All or part of the products, services and features described in this document may not be
within the purchase scope or the usage scope. Unless otherwise specified in the contract, all statements,
information, and recommendations in this document are provided "AS IS" without warranties, guarantees or
representations of any kind, either express or implied.
The information in this document is subject to change without notice. Every effort has been made in the
preparation of this document to ensure accuracy of the contents, but all statements, information, and
recommendations in this document do not constitute a warranty of any kind, express or implied.

Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Address:

Huawei Industrial Base

Bantian, Longgang
Shenzhen 518129
People's Republic of China

Website:

http://www.huawei.com

Email:

[email protected]

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

About This Document

Product Version
The following table lists the product versions applicable to this documentation.
Product Name

Product Version

OptiX OSN 550

V100R006C01

iManager U2000

V100R008C00

Intended Audience
This document describes the OptiX OSN 550 in terms of hardware architecture, boards,
cables.
This document is intended for:

Network planning engineers

Hardware installation engineers

Symbol Conventions
The symbols that may be found in this document are defined as follows.
Symbol

Description
DANGER indicates a hazard with a high level or medium
level of risk which, if not avoided, could result in death or
serious injury.
WARNING indicates a hazard with a low level of risk
which, if not avoided, could result in minor or moderate
injury.
CAUTION indicates a potentially hazardous situation that,
if not avoided, could result in equipment damage, data loss,
performance deterioration, or unanticipated results.

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

About This Document

Symbol

Description
Provides a tip that may help you solve a problem or save
time.
Provides additional information to emphasize or
supplement important points in the main text.

GUI Conventions
Convention

Meaning

Boldface

Buttons, menus, parameters, tabs, window, and dialog titles are

in boldface. For example, click OK.

Multi-level menus are in boldface and separated by the ">"

signs. For example, choose File > Create > Folder.

Change History
Changes between document issues are cumulative. The latest document issue contains all the
changes made in earlier issues.

Updates in Issue 02 (2013-01-18) Based on Product Version V100R006C01

This document is the second issue for product version V100R006C01. Compared with issue
01 of product version V100R006C01, version 02 includes the following updates in
V100R006C01SPC100:

Added EF8F boards' support for FE electrical ports.

Added the number of supported line clock sources to SDH boards.

Updates in Issue 01 (2012-10-31) Based on Product Version V100R006C01

This document is the first issue for product version V100R006C01. Compared with issue 1 of
product version V100R006C00, this issue incorporates the following updates:

Added the 1x10GE Ethernet processing board EX1.

Added the 4xchannelized STM-1 service processing board CQ1.

Optimized the "Functions and Features" section of the system control, switching, and
timing board.

Optimized the "Functions and Features" sections of the packet processing boards.

Updates in Issue 01 (2012-04-30) Based on Product Version V100R006C00

This issue is used for first office application (FOA).

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

iii

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

Contents

Contents
About This Document.................................................................................................................... ii
1 Chassis............................................................................................................................................. 1
2 Boards and Their Appearances................................................................................................... 5
2.1 Board List...........................................................................................................................................................5
2.2 Board Appearance............................................................................................................................................10

3 System Control, Switching, and Timing Boards...................................................................14

3.1 PCX..................................................................................................................................................................14
3.1.1 Version Description................................................................................................................................ 14
3.1.2 Functions and Features........................................................................................................................... 15
3.1.3 Working Principle and Signal Flow........................................................................................................28
3.1.4 Front Panel..............................................................................................................................................31
3.1.5 DIP Switches and CF Card..................................................................................................................... 33
3.1.6 Valid Slots...............................................................................................................................................36
3.1.7 Feature Code...........................................................................................................................................37
3.1.8 Technical Specifications......................................................................................................................... 38
3.2 CXL................................................................................................................................................................. 48
3.2.1 Version Description................................................................................................................................ 48
3.2.2 Functions and Features........................................................................................................................... 49
3.2.3 Working Principle and Signal Flow........................................................................................................51
3.2.4 Front Panel..............................................................................................................................................53
3.2.5 DIP Switches and CF Card..................................................................................................................... 55
3.2.6 Valid Slots...............................................................................................................................................57
3.2.7 Feature Code...........................................................................................................................................57
3.2.8 Technical Specifications......................................................................................................................... 58

4 Packet Processing Boards...........................................................................................................65

4.1 EF8F.................................................................................................................................................................65
4.1.1 Version Description................................................................................................................................ 65
4.1.2 Functions and Features........................................................................................................................... 66
4.1.3 Working Principle and Signal Flow........................................................................................................69
4.1.4 Front Panel..............................................................................................................................................72
4.1.5 DIP Switches and Jumpers..................................................................................................................... 74

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

Contents

4.1.6 Valid Slots...............................................................................................................................................74

4.1.7 Feature Code...........................................................................................................................................74
4.1.8 Technical Specifications......................................................................................................................... 74
4.2 EM6T/EM6F....................................................................................................................................................77
4.2.1 Version Description................................................................................................................................ 77
4.2.2 Functions and Features........................................................................................................................... 77
4.2.3 Working Principle and Signal Flow........................................................................................................82
4.2.4 Front Panel..............................................................................................................................................85
4.2.5 DIP Switches and Jumpers..................................................................................................................... 87
4.2.6 Valid Slots...............................................................................................................................................88
4.2.7 Feature Code...........................................................................................................................................88
4.2.8 Technical Specifications......................................................................................................................... 88
4.3 EG4C............................................................................................................................................................... 94
4.3.1 Version Description................................................................................................................................ 94
4.3.2 Functions and Features........................................................................................................................... 94
4.3.3 Working Principle and Signal Flow........................................................................................................99
4.3.4 Front Panel............................................................................................................................................101
4.3.5 DIP Switches and Jumpers................................................................................................................... 104
4.3.6 Valid Slots.............................................................................................................................................104
4.3.7 Feature Code.........................................................................................................................................104
4.3.8 Technical Specifications....................................................................................................................... 104
4.4 EX1................................................................................................................................................................ 110
4.4.1 Version Description...............................................................................................................................110
4.4.2 Functions and Features......................................................................................................................... 110
4.4.3 Working Principle and Signal Flow......................................................................................................114
4.4.4 Front Panel............................................................................................................................................116
4.4.5 DIP Switches and Jumpers....................................................................................................................117
4.4.6 Valid Slots............................................................................................................................................. 117
4.4.7 Feature Code.........................................................................................................................................117
4.4.8 Technical Specifications....................................................................................................................... 117
4.5 MD1............................................................................................................................................................... 120
4.5.1 Version Description.............................................................................................................................. 120
4.5.2 Functions and Features......................................................................................................................... 120
4.5.3 Working Principle and Signal Flow......................................................................................................122
4.5.4 Front Panel............................................................................................................................................125
4.5.5 DIP Switches and Jumpers................................................................................................................... 127
4.5.6 Valid Slots.............................................................................................................................................127
4.5.7 Feature Code.........................................................................................................................................127
4.5.8 Technical Specifications....................................................................................................................... 128
4.6 CQ1................................................................................................................................................................ 128
4.6.1 Version Description.............................................................................................................................. 128
4.6.2 Functions and Features......................................................................................................................... 128

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

Contents

4.6.3 Working Principle and Signal Flow......................................................................................................131

4.6.4 Front Panel............................................................................................................................................133
4.6.5 DIP Switches and Jumpers................................................................................................................... 134
4.6.6 Valid Slots.............................................................................................................................................135
4.6.7 Feature Code.........................................................................................................................................135
4.6.8 Technical Specifications....................................................................................................................... 135

5 SDH Boards................................................................................................................................ 138

5.1 SL1D.............................................................................................................................................................. 138
5.1.1 Version Description.............................................................................................................................. 138
5.1.2 Functions and Features......................................................................................................................... 138
5.1.3 Working Principle and Signal Flow......................................................................................................140
5.1.4 Front Panel............................................................................................................................................142
5.1.5 DIP Switches and Jumpers................................................................................................................... 143
5.1.6 Valid Slots.............................................................................................................................................143
5.1.7 Feature Code.........................................................................................................................................143
5.1.8 Technical Specifications....................................................................................................................... 143
5.2 SL1Q.............................................................................................................................................................. 145
5.2.1 Version Description.............................................................................................................................. 146
5.2.2 Functions and Features......................................................................................................................... 146
5.2.3 Working Principle and Signal Flow......................................................................................................147
5.2.4 Front Panel............................................................................................................................................149
5.2.5 DIP Switches and Jumpers................................................................................................................... 150
5.2.6 Valid Slots.............................................................................................................................................150
5.2.7 Feature Code.........................................................................................................................................150
5.2.8 Technical Specifications....................................................................................................................... 151
5.3 SL4D.............................................................................................................................................................. 153
5.3.1 Version Description.............................................................................................................................. 153
5.3.2 Functions and Features......................................................................................................................... 153
5.3.3 Working Principle and Signal Flow......................................................................................................155
5.3.4 Front Panel............................................................................................................................................157
5.3.5 DIP Switches and Jumpers................................................................................................................... 158
5.3.6 Valid Slots.............................................................................................................................................158
5.3.7 Feature Code.........................................................................................................................................158
5.3.8 Technical Specifications....................................................................................................................... 158

6 PDH Boards................................................................................................................................ 162

6.1 SP3D.............................................................................................................................................................. 162
6.1.1 Version Description.............................................................................................................................. 162
6.1.2 Functions and Features......................................................................................................................... 162
6.1.3 Working Principle and Signal Flow......................................................................................................163
6.1.4 Front Panel............................................................................................................................................165
6.1.5 DIP Switches and Jumpers................................................................................................................... 168

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

Contents

6.1.6 Valid Slots.............................................................................................................................................168

6.1.7 Feature Code.........................................................................................................................................168
6.1.8 Technical Specifications....................................................................................................................... 169
6.2 PL3T.............................................................................................................................................................. 170
6.2.1 Version Description.............................................................................................................................. 170
6.2.2 Functions and Features......................................................................................................................... 170
6.2.3 Working Principle and Signal Flow......................................................................................................171
6.2.4 Front Panel............................................................................................................................................173
6.2.5 DIP Switches and Jumpers................................................................................................................... 173
6.2.6 Valid Slots.............................................................................................................................................174
6.2.7 Feature Code.........................................................................................................................................174
6.2.8 Technical Specifications....................................................................................................................... 174

7 EoS Boards.................................................................................................................................. 175

7.1 EFS8...............................................................................................................................................................175
7.1.1 Version Description.............................................................................................................................. 175
7.1.2 Functions and Features......................................................................................................................... 175
7.1.3 Working Principle and Signal Flow......................................................................................................177
7.1.4 Front Panel............................................................................................................................................179
7.1.5 DIP Switches and Jumpers................................................................................................................... 182
7.1.6 Valid Slots.............................................................................................................................................182
7.1.7 Feature Code.........................................................................................................................................182
7.1.8 Technical Specifications....................................................................................................................... 182
7.2 EGT1..............................................................................................................................................................183
7.2.1 Version Description.............................................................................................................................. 183
7.2.2 Functions and Features......................................................................................................................... 183
7.2.3 Working Principle and Signal Flow......................................................................................................184
7.2.4 Front Panel............................................................................................................................................186
7.2.5 DIP Switches and Jumpers................................................................................................................... 187
7.2.6 Valid Slots.............................................................................................................................................187
7.2.7 Feature Code.........................................................................................................................................187
7.2.8 Technical Specifications....................................................................................................................... 187

8 WDM Board................................................................................................................................191
8.1 DMD2............................................................................................................................................................ 191
8.1.1 Version Description.............................................................................................................................. 191
8.1.2 Functions and Features......................................................................................................................... 191
8.1.3 Working Principle and Signal Flow......................................................................................................192
8.1.4 Front Panel............................................................................................................................................192
8.1.5 DIP Switches and Jumpers................................................................................................................... 193
8.1.6 Valid Slots.............................................................................................................................................194
8.1.7 Feature Code.........................................................................................................................................194
8.1.8 Technical Specifications....................................................................................................................... 194

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

vii

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

Contents

9 Auxiliary Boards........................................................................................................................ 196

9.1 AUX............................................................................................................................................................... 196
9.1.1 Version Description.............................................................................................................................. 196
9.1.2 Functions and Features......................................................................................................................... 196
9.1.3 Working Principle and Signal Flow......................................................................................................197
9.1.4 Front Panel............................................................................................................................................198
9.1.5 DIP Switches and Jumpers................................................................................................................... 202
9.1.6 Valid Slots.............................................................................................................................................202
9.1.7 Feature Code.........................................................................................................................................202
9.1.8 Technical Specifications....................................................................................................................... 202
9.2 FAN................................................................................................................................................................204
9.2.1 Version Description.............................................................................................................................. 204
9.2.2 Functions and Features......................................................................................................................... 204
9.2.3 Working Principle and Signal Flow......................................................................................................205
9.2.4 Front Panel............................................................................................................................................206
9.2.5 Valid Slots.............................................................................................................................................207
9.2.6 Technical Specifications....................................................................................................................... 207

10 Power Boards............................................................................................................................208
10.1 UPM.............................................................................................................................................................208
10.1.1 Version Description............................................................................................................................ 208
10.1.2 Functions and Features....................................................................................................................... 208
10.1.3 Working Principle and Signal Flow....................................................................................................210
10.1.4 Front Panel..........................................................................................................................................210
10.1.5 Valid Slots...........................................................................................................................................212
10.1.6 Technical Specifications..................................................................................................................... 213
10.2 PIU............................................................................................................................................................... 214
10.2.1 Version Description............................................................................................................................ 214
10.2.2 Functions and Features....................................................................................................................... 214
10.2.3 Working Principle and Signal Flow....................................................................................................215
10.2.4 Front Panel..........................................................................................................................................216
10.2.5 Valid Slots...........................................................................................................................................217
10.2.6 Technical Specifications..................................................................................................................... 217
10.3 APIU............................................................................................................................................................ 217
10.3.1 Version Description............................................................................................................................ 218
10.3.2 Functions and Features....................................................................................................................... 218
10.3.3 Working Principle and Signal Flow....................................................................................................218
10.3.4 Front Panel..........................................................................................................................................219
10.3.5 Valid Slots...........................................................................................................................................220
10.3.6 Technical Specifications..................................................................................................................... 220

11 Outdoor Cabinet...................................................................................................................... 222

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

viii

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

Contents

12 Filler Panel................................................................................................................................ 225

12.1 Functions......................................................................................................................................................225
12.2 Appearance and Valid Slots......................................................................................................................... 225

13 Optical Attenuators.................................................................................................................227
14 Pluggable Optical Modules...................................................................................................229
14.1 Overview......................................................................................................................................................229
14.2 SFP/eSFP Optical/Electrical Modules......................................................................................................... 231
14.3 XFP Optical Modules...................................................................................................................................235
14.4 CWDM/DWDM.......................................................................................................................................... 236

15 Pluggable electrical Modules................................................................................................249

16 Cables.........................................................................................................................................251
16.1 Fiber Jumper................................................................................................................................................ 252
16.2 DC Power Cable.......................................................................................................................................... 253
16.3 AC Power Cable...........................................................................................................................................254
16.4 UPM Power Cable....................................................................................................................................... 254
16.5 PGND Cable................................................................................................................................................ 256
16.6 STM-1 Cable................................................................................................................................................256
16.7 16xE1/T1 Cable........................................................................................................................................... 257
16.8 21xE1/T1 Cable........................................................................................................................................... 261
16.9 E3/T3 Cable................................................................................................................................................. 266
16.10 Network Cable........................................................................................................................................... 267

17 Parameter Settings...................................................................................................................271
A Glossary......................................................................................................................................272

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

1 Chassis

Chassis

The OptiX OSN 550 is a 2U chassis. It can be deployed in a variety of scenarios and on
several different types of cabinets and surfaces.

Chassis Structure

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

1 Chassis

Chassis Structure and Board Installation Area

Board
installation
area

H
D

SLOT
SLOT
10
91 SLOT
(PIU) SLOT
(PIU)
11
93
SLOT (FAN)
SLOT
(FAN)
929
(PIU)
(PIU)

SLOT
7 (CST/CSH)
SLOT
7

SLOT
8 (CST/CSH)
SLOT
8

SLOT
5 (EXT)
SLOT
5 (EXT)

SLOT 66 (EXT)
SLOT
(EXT)

SLOT
3 (EXT)
SLOT
3 (EXT)

SLOT 4
4 (EXT)
SLOT
(EXT)

SLOT
1 (EXT
)
SLOT
1 (EXT)

SLOT 2
2 (EXT
)
SLOT
(EXT)

2
3

1 Power supply boards

Fan board

3
4

Extended boards
System control, switching,
and timing boards

An OptiX OSN 550 NE can automatically save its NE ID, extended ID, IP address, and subnet mask to
its backplane. After a new system control, switching, and timing board replaces an original one, the NE
automatically uses the saved information. Therefore, you do not need to set the NE ID, extended ID, IP
address, and subnet mask for the substitute board.

Installation Mode
The equipment can be deployed in a variety of scenarios and on several different types of
cabinets and surfaces. such as in an ETSI or 19-inch cabinet, APM30H outdoor cabinet, or
open rack, or on a wall or desk.

Label Description
Table 1-1 provides the description of the labels on the chassis and boards. Actual labels may
vary depending on the configurations of the chassis and boards.

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

1 Chassis

Table 1-1 Description of labels

Label

CLASS1
LASER
PRODUCT

/ QUALIFICATION CARD

Label Name

Description

ESD protection label

Indicates that the equipment is

sensitive to static electricity.

Grounding label

Indicates the grounding position

of the chassis.

Fan warning label

Warns you not to touch fan

leaves when the fan is rotating.

Power caution label

Instructs you to read related

instructions before performing
any power-related tasks.

Laser safety class

label

The laser safety class label

CLASS 1 indicates that the
maximum optical power of the
optical port is less than 10 dBm
(10 mW).

Qualification card
label

Indicates that the equipment has

been quality checked.

RoHS label

Indicates that the equipment

contains certain hazardous
substances specified in the
RoHS directive. The equipment
needs to be recycled after the
environment-friendly use period
of 50 years expires.

Product nameplate
label

Indicates the product name and

certification.

HUAWEI

HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO.,LTD.

MADE IN CHINA

DC power

AC power

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

1 Chassis

Technical Specifications
Table 1-2 lists the technical specifications of an OptiX OSN 550 chassis.
Table 1-2 Technical specifications of an OptiX OSN 550 chassis
Item

Performance

Dimensions (H x W x D)

88 mm x 442 mm x 220 mm (H x W x D)

Weight (empty chassis with a

backplane)

3.5 kg (net weight of a chassis that contains one fan board

and two PIU boards)

Power consumption

Maximum power consumption: 240 W

Typical power consumption: 149 W

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

2 Boards and Their Appearances

Boards and Their Appearances

About This Chapter

This chapter lists the following types of boards that the OptiX OSN 550 supports: system
control, switching, and timing boards, packet processing boards, SDH boards, PDH boards,
auxiliary boards, power supply boards, and fan boards. This chapter also provides the
appearances of these boards.
2.1

Board List

This section describes the boards that the equipment supports. The equipment provides
various functions with different boards inserted.
2.2

Board Appearance

This section describes the appearances, dimensions, and bar codes of boards.

2.1 Board List

This section describes the boards that the equipment supports. The equipment provides
various functions with different boards inserted.

Slot Layout
Figure 2-1 shows the slot layout in an OptiX OSN 550 NE.
Figure 2-1 Slot layout in an OptiX OSN 550 NE
Slot
91
10
Slot
(PIU SLO
(PIU) 93
T
)
11
SLO (FAN)
(FAN
Slot
T
)
9
92
(PIU)

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Slot 7 (System control,

switching, and timing boards)
SLOT 5
Slot 5 (EXT)
(EXT)
SLOT 3
Slot 3 (EXT)
(EXT)
SLOT 1
)
Slot
(EXT1 (EXT)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Slot 8 (System control,

SLOT
8 (CST/CSH)
switching,
and
timing boards)
SLOT 6
Slot 6 (EXT)
(EXT)
SLOT 4
Slot 4 (EXT)
(EXT)
SLOT 2
Slot(EXT
2 (EXT) )

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

2 Boards and Their Appearances

Board List
Table 2-1 lists the boards that the OptiX OSN 550 supports.
Table 2-1 Boards that the OptiX OSN 550 supports
Board
Classificat
ion

Board
Acronym

Board Name

Port Type

System
control,
switching,
and timing
board
(Hybrid)

TNM1PCXLX

The cross-connect,
timing, system control,
and line board supports:

One Ethernet NM port/NM

serial port (sharing one RJ45
port)

A packet switching
capacity of 60 Gbit/s

A higher order
cross-connect
capacity of 20 Gbit/s
and a lower order
cross-connect
capacity of 5 Gbit/s

One STM-1/STM-4/STM-16
small form-factor pluggable
(SFP) optical/electrical port.
The optical port type can be
S-1.1, L-1.1, L-1.2, S-4.1, L-4.1,
L-4.2, S-16.1, L-16.1, or L-16.2.
STM-1 ports support SFP
electrical modules.

One 10GE and one

STM-N ports

System
communication and
control

One 10GE XFP optical port:

10GBASE-SR (LAN),
10GBASE-SW (WAN),
10GBASE-LR (LAN),
10GBASE-LW (WAN),
10GBASE-ER (LAN),
10GBASE-EW (WAN),
10GBASE-ZR (LAN), or
10GBASE-ZW (WAN)

The cross-connect,
timing, system control,
and line board supports:

One Ethernet NM port/NM

serial port (sharing one RJ45
port)

A packet switching
capacity of 60 Gbit/s

A higher order
cross-connect
capacity of 20 Gbit/s
and a lower order
cross-connect
capacity of 5 Gbit/s

One 10GE port

One 10GE XFP optical port:

10GBASE-SR (LAN),
10GBASE-SW (WAN),
10GBASE-LR (LAN),
10GBASE-LW (WAN),
10GBASE-ER (LAN),
10GBASE-EW (WAN),
10GBASE-ZR (LAN), or
10GBASE-ZW (WAN)

System
communication and
control

The cross-connect,
timing, system control,
and line board supports:

One Ethernet NM port/NM

serial port (sharing one RJ45
port)

A packet switching
capacity of 40 Gbit/s

A higher order

One STM-1/STM-4/STM-16
small form-factor pluggable
(SFP) optical/electrical port.

TNM1PCXX

TNM1PCXLG

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Valid
Slot
Slots 7 and
8

Slots 7 and
8

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

Board
Classificat
ion

Board
Acronym

Board Name

2 Boards and Their Appearances

Port Type

cross-connect
capacity of 20 Gbit/s
and a lower order
cross-connect
capacity of 5 Gbit/s

TNM1PCXGA

TNM1PCXGB

System
control,
switching,
and timing
board

TNM1CXL1

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

One GE and one

STM-N ports

System
communication and
control

The optical port type can be

S-1.1, L-1.1, L-1.2, S-4.1, L-4.1,
L-4.2, S-16.1, L-16.1, or L-16.2.
STM-1 ports support SFP
electrical modules.

One GE SFP optical port:

1000BASE-SX/1000BASE-LX/
1000BASE-VX/1000BASE-ZX

The cross-connect,
timing, system control,
and line board supports:

One Ethernet NM port/NM

serial port (sharing one RJ45
port)

A packet switching
capacity of 20 Gbit/s

A higher order
cross-connect
capacity of 20 Gbit/s
and a lower order
cross-connect
capacity of 5 Gbit/s

One GE SFP optical port:

1000BASE-SX/1000BASE-LX/
1000BASE-VX/1000BASE-ZX

One GE port

System
communication and
control

The cross-connect,
timing, system control,
and line board supports:

One Ethernet NM port/NM

serial port (sharing one RJ45
port)

A packet switching
capacity of 40 Gbit/s

A higher order
cross-connect
capacity of 20 Gbit/s
and a lower order
cross-connect
capacity of 5 Gbit/s

One GE SFP optical port:

1000BASE-SX/1000BASE-LX/
1000BASE-VX/1000BASE-ZX

One GE port

System
communication and
control

One Ethernet NM port/NM

serial port (sharing one RJ45
port)

One STM-1 SFP

optical/electrical port. The

The cross-connect,
timing, system control,
and line board supports:

A higher order
cross-connect

Valid
Slot

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Slots 7 and
8

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

Board
Classificat
ion

Board
Acronym

Board Name

(TDM)

TNM1CXL4

capacity of 20 Gbit/s
and a lower order
cross-connect
capacity of 5 Gbit/s

System
communication and
control

TNM1CXL16

Packet
processing
board

2 Boards and Their Appearances

Port Type

optical port type can be S-1.1,

L-1.1, or L-1.2. STM-1 ports
support SFP electrical modules.

One Ethernet NM port/NM

serial port (sharing one RJ45
port)

One STM-4 SFP optical port of

the S-4.1, L-4.1, or L-4.2 type

One Ethernet NM port/NM

serial port (sharing one RJ45
port)

One STM-16 SFP optical port of

the S-16.1, L-16.1, or L-16.2
type

TNM1MD1

32xsmart E1 service
processing board

75/120-ohm E1 port

TNM1EM6T

6xRJ45 FE/GE
processing board

Four FE electrical ports:

10/100BASE-T(X)

Two GE electrical ports (they

can serve as FE electrical ports):
1000BASE-T

Four FE electrical ports:

10/100BASE-T(X)

Two GE/FE SFP

optical/electrical ports:
1000BASE-SX/1000BASE-LX/
1000BASE-VX/1000BASE-ZX/
1000Base-T/100BASE-BX/100
BASE-FX/100BASE-LX/100B
ASE-VX/100BASE-ZX

Four GE electrical ports:

1000BASE-T

Four GE/FE SFP optical ports:

1000BASE-SX/1000BASE-LX/
1000BASE-VX/1000BASE-ZX/
100BASE-BX/100BASE-FX/10
0BASE-LX/100BASE-VX/100
BASE-ZX

Eight FE SFP optical/electrical

ports:
100BASE-BX/100BASE-FX/10
0BASE-LX/100BASE-VX/100
BASE-ZX/100BASE-T

TNM1EM6F

TNM1EG4C

TNM1EF8F

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

4xRJ45 and 2xSFP

FE/GE processing board

4xGE (SFP/RJ45)
processing board

8xFE processing board

Valid
Slot

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Slots 7 and
8

Slots 1 to
6
Slots 1 to
6

Slots 1 to
6

Slots 3 to
6

Slots 1 to
6

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

Board
Classificat
ion

SDH board

PDH board

EoS board

WDM
board

Auxiliary
interface

2 Boards and Their Appearances

Board
Acronym

Board Name

Port Type

Valid
Slot

TNM1EX1

1x10GE processing
board

One 10GE XFP optical port:

10GBASE-SR (LAN),
10GBASE-SW (WAN),
10GBASE-LR (LAN),
10GBASE-LW (WAN),
10GBASE-ER (LAN),
10GBASE-EW (WAN),
10GBASE-ZR (LAN), or
10GBASE-ZW (WAN)

Slots 1 and
2 (An EX1
board
cannot
work with
a PCXGA
board.)

TNM1CQ1

4-port channelized
STM-1 service
processing board

Three 75-ohm E3/T3 ports

Slots 1 to
6

TNH2EFS8

8xFE switching and

processing board

Eight FE electrical ports:

10/100BASE-T(X)

Slots 1 to
6

TNH2EGT1

1xGE transparent
transmission board

One GE SFP optical/electrical port:

1000BASE-SX/1000BASE-LX/100
0BASE-VX/1000BASE-ZX/1000B
ase-T

Slots 1 to
6

TNM1DMD2

2-port optical add/drop

multiplexing board

wIN/wOUT

wA1/wA2

wD1/wD2

eIN/eOUT

eA1/eA2

eD1/eD2

One orderwire phone port

TNM1AUX

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Auxiliary interface board

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

slot 1 to 6

Slots 1 to
6

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

Board
Classificat
ion

Board
Acronym

2 Boards and Their Appearances

Board Name

board

Power
supply
board

Fan board

UPM

Uninterruptible power
module

Port Type

Valid
Slot

One asynchronous data port

One synchronous data port

6-input/2-output alarm port

One 2-channel external clock

port

Two 2-channel external time

ports

One 110 V/220 V AC power

input port

Two -48 V DC power output

ports

Slot 97

TND1PIU

Power supply board

One -48 V/-60 V DC power input

port

Slots 91
and 92

TNF1APIU

Power supply board

Two 110 V/220 V AC power input

ports

Slots 4
and 6
(recom
mende
d)

Slots 2
and 4

TNM1FAN

Fan board

N/A

Slot 93

2.2 Board Appearance

This section describes the appearances, dimensions, and bar codes of boards.

Appearances and Dimensions

Table 2-2 lists the appearances and dimensions of the boards that the OptiX OSN 550
supports.
Table 2-2 Appearances and dimensions of the boards that the OptiX OSN 550 supports
Board
Type

Board
Name

Appearance

Dimensions (H x
W x D)

System
control,
switching,
and timing
board

PCX/CXL

For example, PCXLX:

22.36 mm x 193.80
mm x 269.73 mm

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

2 Boards and Their Appearances

Board
Type

Board
Name

Appearance

Dimensions (H x
W x D)

Packet
processing
board

MD1/EM
6T/EM6F/
EG4C/EF
8F/EX1/C
Q1

For example, EM6F:

19.82 mm x 193.80
mm x 225.80 mm

SDH
board

SL1D/SL
4D/SL1Q

For example, SL1D:

19.82 mm x 193.80
mm x 225.80 mm

PDH
board

SP3D/PL
3T

For example, SP3D:

19.82 mm x 193.80
mm x 225.80 mm

EoS board

EFS8/EG
T1

For example, EFS8:

19.82 mm x 193.80
mm x 225.80 mm

WDM
board

DMD2

19.82 mm x 193.80
mm x 225.80 mm

Auxiliary
board

AUX

19.82 mm x 193.80
mm x 225.80 mm

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

Board
Type

Board
Name

Power
supply
board

UPM

2 Boards and Their Appearances

Appearance

Dimensions (H x
W x D)
44.0 mm x 438.0
mm x 240.0 mm

GIE4805S

Fan board

PIU

41.4 mm x 21.0
mm x 229.9 mm

APIU

40.1 mm x 193.8
mm x 208.7 mm

FAN

86.2 mm x 28.5
mm x 217.6 mm

Note: The figure in the right cell shows the three dimensions. "H" and "W" indicate the
height and width of the front panel respectively and "D" indicates the depth of the printed
circuit board (PCB).
H
D

Bar Code
The front panel of a board has two ejector levers and two captive screws. The ejector levers
help you remove or insert a board. The captive screws fasten a board to the chassis. A board
bar code (as shown in Figure 2-2) is attached to one of the ejector levers.

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

2 Boards and Their Appearances

Figure 2-2 Bar code

Bar code

020XES10AA800077-TNM1MD1 A

1
2
3
4
5

4 5

Last six digits of the part number

Internal code
Board version
Board name
Feature code

Only the bar codes of some boards contain feature codes, which further classify boards.

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

3 System Control, Switching, and Timing Boards

System Control, Switching, and Timing

Boards
About This Chapter
The OptiX OSN 550 uses the system control, switching, and timing board PCX.
3.1

PCX

The PCX is a system control, cross-connect, timing, and line board that works in Hybrid
mode. It is available in five types of finished boards.
3.2

CXL

The CXL is a system control, cross-connect, timing, and line board that works in TDM mode.

3.1 PCX
The PCX is a system control, cross-connect, timing, and line board that works in Hybrid
mode. It is available in five types of finished boards.

3.1.1 Version Description

The functional version of the PCX is TNM1. PCX boards are available in five types of
finished boards: PCXLX, PCXX, PCXLG, PCXGA, and PCXGB.
Table 3-1 lists the differences between the five types of PCX finished boards.
Table 3-1 Differences between the five types of PCX finished boards
Finished
Board

Packet
Switching
Capability

TDM Cross-Connect
Capability

TDM Service Port

Packet Service Port

PCXLX

60 Gbit/s

A higher order
cross-connect capacity
of 20 Gbit/s and a lower
order cross-connect
capacity of 5 Gbit/s

One
STM-1/STM-4/STM-16
small form-factor
pluggable (SFP)
optical/electrical port.
The optical port type can

One 10GE XFP optical

port: 10GBASE-SR
(LAN), 10GBASE-SW
(WAN), 10GBASE-LR
(LAN), 10GBASE-LW
(WAN), 10GBASE-ER

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

Finished
Board

Packet
Switching
Capability

TDM Cross-Connect
Capability

3 System Control, Switching, and Timing Boards

TDM Service Port

Packet Service Port

be S-1.1, L-1.1, L-1.2,

S-4.1, L-4.1, L-4.2,
S-16.1, L-16.1, or L-16.2.
STM-1 ports support SFP
electrical modules.

(LAN), 10GBASE-EW
(WAN), 10GBASE-ZR
(LAN), or
10GBASE-ZW (WAN)

PCXX

60 Gbit/s

None

One 10GE XFP optical

port: 10GBASE-SR
(LAN), 10GBASE-SW
(WAN), 10GBASE-LR
(LAN), 10GBASE-LW
(WAN), 10GBASE-ER
(LAN), 10GBASE-EW
(WAN), 10GBASE-ZR
(LAN), or
10GBASE-ZW (WAN)

PCXLG

40 Gbit/s

One
STM-1/STM-4/STM-16
small form-factor
pluggable (SFP)
optical/electrical port.
The optical port type can
be S-1.1, L-1.1, L-1.2,
S-4.1, L-4.1, L-4.2,
S-16.1, L-16.1, or L-16.2.
STM-1 ports support SFP
electrical modules.

One GE SFP optical

port:
1000BASE-SX/1000BA
SE-LX/1000BASE-VX/
1000BASE-ZX

PCXGA

20 Gbit/s

None

One GE SFP optical

port:
1000BASE-SX/1000BA
SE-LX/1000BASE-VX/
1000BASE-ZX

PCXGB

40 Gbit/s

None

One GE SFP optical

port:
1000BASE-SX/1000BA
SE-LX/1000BASE-VX/
1000BASE-ZX

3.1.2 Functions and Features

This section describes the functions and features that the PCX supports.

System Control, Switching, and Timing Unit

Table 3-2 lists the functions and features that the system control, switching, and timing unit of
the PCX supports.

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

3 System Control, Switching, and Timing Boards

Table 3-2 Functions and features that the system control, switching, and timing unit of the PCX
supports
Function and Feature

Board

Basic
function
s

The PCXLX/PCXX supports 60 Gbit/s packet switching

function.

The PCXLG/PCXGB supports 40 Gbit/s packet switching

function.

The PCXGA supports 20 Gbit/s packet switching

function.

A higher order cross-connect capacity of 20 Gbit/s and a

lower order cross-connect capacity of 5 Gbit/s

System control and

communication

Manages and controls the running status of an NE.

Works as a communication service unit between the

network management system (NMS) and NEs to help the
NMS to control and manage the NE.

Packet system
performance

See Table 3-4.

Multiprotocol Label
Switching (MPLS)
functions

The packet switching unit of the PCX works with its service
interface unit or a service board to implement MPLS
functions.

Packet
switching
capability

Time division
multiplexing
(TDM)
cross-connect
capacity

Pseudo wire emulation

edge-to-edge (PWE3)
functions

Setup mode: static tunnels

Protection: 1:1 tunnel automatic protection switching

(APS)

Operation, administration and maintenance (OAM):

supports MPLS tunnel OAM and multiprotocol label
switching transfer profile (MPLS-TP) tunnel OAM.
MPLS tunnel OAM complies with ITU-T Y.1711, and
MPLS-TP tunnel OAM complies with ITU-T G.8113.1.

The packet switching unit of the PCX works with its service
interface unit or a service board to implement PWE3
functions.

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Service categories

TDM PWE3 services (circuit emulation services

[CESs])

Asynchronous transfer mode (ATM) PWE3 services

ETH PWE3 services

Setup mode: static pseudo wires (PWs)

Supports single-segment PWs (SS-PWs) and

multi-segment PWs (MS-PWs).

PW encapsulation mode: raw mode or tagged mode

PW control word: supported by the

PCXLG/PCXGA/PCXGB board whose printed circuit

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

Function and Feature

3 System Control, Switching, and Timing Boards

Board
board (PCB) version is Ver.B and the PCXLX/PCXX
board.

Protection: 1:1 PW APS

OAM: supports MPLS PW OAM and MPLS-TP PW

OAM. MPLS PW OAM complies with ITU-T Y.1711,
and MPLS-TP PW OAM complies with ITU-T G.8113.1.

Equipment-level
protection

1+1 hot standby

Synchro
nization

The traced clock source at the physical layer can be any of the
following:

Clock/Time
source

External clock

Synchronous digital hierarchy (SDH) line clock

Plesiochronous digital hierarchy (PDH) tributary clock

Synchronous Ethernet clock

Internal clock source

The traced packet clock/time source can be any of the

following:

External time

IEEE 1588v2 clock and time

IEEE 1588 adaptive clock recovery (ACR) clock

Standard Synchronization Status Message (SSM) protocol

Extended SSM protocol

Best master clock (BMC) protocol

Mode 1: 32 data communications channels (DCCs) that

are composed of D1-D3 bytes

Mode 2: 12 DCCs that are composed of D1-D3 bytes or

six DCCs that are composed of D4-D12 bytes

Inband DCN

Supports the inband DCN function. The DCN bandwidth

is configurable.

Huawei
Embedded
Control
Channel
(HWECC)
protocol

Supported by outband and inband DCNs

Open systems
interconnectio
n (OSI) over
DCC protocol

Supported only by outband DCNs

Simple
Network

Supported

Clock protocol

Data
commun
ication
network
(DCN)

Network
manage
ment
protocol

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Outband DCN

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

Function and Feature

3 System Control, Switching, and Timing Boards

Board

Management
Protocol
(SNMP)
Auxiliary and
management ports

Provides one 10M/100M Ethernet NMS port or NMS serial

port.

Packet Processing Unit and SDH Line Unit

Table 3-2 lists the functions and features that the packet processing unit and SDH line unit of
the PCX support. The packet processing unit includes logical units PEX1 and PEG1, and the
SDH line unit includes logical units SL16S, SL4S, and SL1S. For the mapping between the
logical units and logical slots, see 3.1.6 Valid Slots.
Table 3-3 Functions and features that the packet processing unit and SDH line unit of the PCX
support
Function and Feature

Board

Basic functions

PCXLX: receives/transmits and processes 1x10GE signals

and 1xSTM-1/STM-4/STM-16 signals.

PCXX: receives/transmits and processes 1x10GE signals.

PCXLG: receives/transmits and processes 1xGE signals

and 1xSTM-1/STM-4/STM-16 signals.

PCXGA/PCXGB: receives/transmits and processes 1xGE

signals.

PCXLX/PCXLG: One STM-1/STM-4/STM-16 small

form-factor pluggable (SFP) optical/electrical port. The
optical port type can be S-1.1, L-1.1, L-1.2, S-4.1, L-4.1,
L-4.2, S-16.1, L-16.1, or L-16.2. STM-1 ports support
SFP electrical modules.

PCXX/PCXGB/PCXGA: none

An optical port can be a colored coarse wavelength

division multiplexing (CWDM) optical port or a colored
dense wavelength division multiplexing (DWDM) optical
port. A colored CWDM optical port supports a
transmission distance of 40 km or 80 km. A colored
DWDM optical port supports a transmission distance of
120 km.

The following types of small form-factor pluggable (SFP)

modules are supported:

Port
specifica
tions

TDM service
port

STM-1/STM-4/STM-16 two-fiber bidirectional

pluggable optical module

STM-1/STM-4 single-fiber bidirectional pluggable

optical module

STM-1 pluggable electrical module

NOTE

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

Function and Feature

3 System Control, Switching, and Timing Boards

Board
Only an STM-16 optical port can be a colored DWDM optical port.

Packet service
port

Port
attribute
s

Packet
services

PCXLX/PCXX: One 10GE XFP optical port:

10GBASE-SR (LAN), 10GBASE-SW (WAN),
10GBASE-LR (LAN), 10GBASE-LW (WAN),
10GBASE-ER (LAN), 10GBASE-EW (WAN),
10GBASE-ZR (LAN), or 10GBASE-ZW (WAN)

PCXLG/PCXGB/PCXGA: One GE SFP optical port:

1000BASE-SX/1000BASE-LX/1000BASE-VX/1000BAS
E-ZX

A 10GE optical port can be a colored CWDM optical port

or a colored DWDM optical port. A colored CWDM
optical port supports a transmission distance of 70 km. A
colored DWDM optical port supports a transmission
distance of 40 km or 80 km.

A GE optical port can be a colored CWDM optical port. A

colored CWDM optical port supports a transmission
distance of 40 km or 80 km.

The following types of SFP modules are supported:

GE two-fiber bidirectional pluggable optical module

GE single-fiber bidirectional pluggable optical module

The XFP module supported is a 10GE two-fiber

bidirectional pluggable optical module.

The GE optical port supports 1000M full-duplex and

auto-negotiation.

The 10GE optical port supports 10G full-duplex and the

setting of LAN mode or WAN mode.

TAG attributes

The TAG attribute can be set to tag aware, access, or

hybrid.

Traffic control
at ports

Supports the port-based traffic control function that

complies with IEEE 802.3x.

Port type
query

Supported

Query and
setting of
optical power
thresholds

Supported

E-Line
services

Working mode

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Native ETH services:

E-Line services based on point-to-point transparent

transmission

E-Line services based on virtual local area networks

(VLANs)

E-Line services based on 802.1Q in 802.1Q (QinQ)

ETH pseudo wire emulation edge-to-edge (PWE3)

services: E-Line services carried by PWs (VPWS

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

Function and Feature

3 System Control, Switching, and Timing Boards

Board
services)

E-LAN
services

Native ETH services:

E-LAN services based on IEEE 802.1d bridges

E-LAN services based on IEEE 802.1q bridges

E-LAN services based on IEEE 802.1ad bridges

ETH PWE3 services: E-LAN services carried by PWs

(virtual private LAN services [VPLSs])

MAC address learning modes:

Independent VLAN learning (IVL) and shared VLAN

learning (SVL) for native Ethernet services

SVL for VPLS services

Ethernet data
frame format

IEEE 802.3/Ethernet II

Jumbo frame

Supports a jumbo frame with a maximum length of 9600

bytes.

MTU

Ranges from 960 bytes to 9600 bytes, with 1620 bytes being
the default value.

SDH service functions (for

PCXLX/PCXLG boards)

Processes VC-12/VC-3/VC-4 services, VC-4-4c services

(supported by STM-4/STM-16 service ports), and VC-4-16c
services (supported by STM-16 service ports).

Packet
protectio
n
schemes

Tunnel APS

Supports 1:1 tunnel APS.

PW APS

Supports 1:1 PW APS.

MPLS-TP ring
protection
switching
(MRPS)

Does not support MRPS.

MSTP

Supports MSTP that runs only Common and Internal

Spanning Tree (CIST) instances. This type of MSTP provides
the same functions as the Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol
(RSTP).

ERPS

Supports ERPS that complies with ITU-T G.8032/Y.1344.

LAG

Aggregation types: manual aggregation and static

aggregation

Load sharing modes: load sharing and non-load sharing

TDM
protectio
n
schemes
(for
PCXLX/

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

LPT

Point-point and point-multipoint LPT.

Sub-network
connection
protection
(SNCP)

Supports SNCP at the VC-12/VC-3/VC-4 levels.

Ring multiplex

Supports ring MSP at the STM-1/STM-4/STM-16 levels.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

Function and Feature

PCXLG
boards)

3 System Control, Switching, and Timing Boards

Board

section
protection
(MSP)
Linear MSP

Quality of service (QoS)

functions

Supports linear MSP at the STM-1/STM-4/STM-16 levels.

The packet switching unit of the PCX works with its service
interface unit or a service board to implement QoS functions.

DiffServ
Supports simple traffic classification by specifying PHB
service classes for service flows based on their QoS
information (C-VLAN priorities, S-VLAN priorities,
DSCP values, or MPLS EXP values) carried by packets.

Complex traffic classification

Supports complex traffic classification based on C-VLAN
IDs, S-VLAN IDs, C-VLAN priorities, S-VLAN
priorities, C-VLAN IDs + C-VLAN priorities, S-VLAN
IDs + S-VLAN priorities, or DSCP values carried by
packets, and V-UNI ingress policies.

QoS policies
Supports port policies and V-UNI ingress policies.

Access control list (ACL) policy

Passes or discards packets in a flow that matches rules
specified by a port policy or V-UNI ingress policy.

CAR
Provides the CAR function for traffic flows at ports and
V-UNI ingresses.

Shaping
Provides traffic shaping for a specific port, PW ingress,
prioritized queue, or traffic flow.

Congestion management
Supports tail drop and WRED dropping.

Queue scheduling policies

Supports SP, WRR, and SP+WRR.

Mainten
ance
features

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

MPLS/MPLSTP OAM

Tunnel OAM and PW OAM are supported.

MPLS OAM supports connectivity verification (CV), fast

failure detection (FFD), backward defect indication (BDI),
forward defect indication (FDI), ping, and traceroute tests
in compliance with ITU-T Y.1711.

MPLS-TP OAM supports continuity checks (CCs), remote

defect indication (RDI), alarm indication signal (AIS)
insertion, loopback (LB) tests, linktrace (LT) tests, PW
loss measurement (LM), locked signal function (LCK),
test (TST) (only packet loss test supported), PW Client
Signal Fail (CSF) indication, and two-way delay
measurement (DM) in compliance with ITU-T G.8113.1.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

Function and Feature

ETH OAM

3 System Control, Switching, and Timing Boards

Board

Ethernet service OAM:

Supports CCs, LB tests, LT tests, and AIS insertion in

compliance with IEEE 802.1ag.

Implements IEEE 802.1ag-based LM and DM with

reference to ITU-T Y.7131.

Ethernet port OAM: supports OAM auto-discovery, link

performance monitoring, remote loopbacks, and selfloop
checks in compliance with IEEE 802.3ah.

Warm reset and cold reset

Board power consumption query
Board temperature detection
Board voltage detection
Port mirroring

Synchro
nization

Supports local port mirroring.

Supports mirroring in the egress direction of a UNI port.

Supports mirroring in the ingress direction of UNI and

NNI ports.

Supports mirroring of PORT+VLAN services in the

ingress direction of a UNI port.

SDH clock
source

Transmits SDH line clock signals at one port.

Synchronous
Ethernet

Transmits synchronous Ethernet clock signals at one port.

IEEE 1588v2

Transmits IEEE 1588v2 time and clock signals at one port.

IEEE 1588
ACR

Transmits 1588 ACR clock signals at one port.

DCN

Internet Group
Management Protocol
(IGMP) snooping

NOTE
Ports working in 10GE WAN mode do not support IEEE 1588v2 or
IEEE 1588 ACR.

Each TDM port supports one embedded control channel

(ECC).

Each GE/10GE port supports one inband DCN channel.

Supported

For the packet processing unit, the SDH line unit, and the logical unit that consists of the system control
and communication unit, cross-connect unit, and clock unit on a PCX board, switching of services
carried on any of the three units does not cause switching of services carried on the other two units.

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

3 System Control, Switching, and Timing Boards

Packet System Performance Specifications

Table 3-4 lists the packet system performance specifications of the OptiX OSN equipment.
Table 3-4 Packet system performance specifications
It
e
m

Specifications

Pr
ot
ec
tio
n

MPLS/MP
LS-TP
tunnel
automatic
protection
switching
(APS)

MPLS/MP
LS-TP PW
APS

Number of MPLS/MPLS-TP PW
APS protection groups

Number of bound members

512

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

NOTE
MPLS tunnel APS, MPLS PW APS, MPLS-TP tunnel APS, and MPLS-TP PW
APS share resources.

NOTE
MPLS tunnel APS, MPLS PW APS,
MPLS-TP tunnel APS, and MPLS-TP
PW APS share resources.

Link-state
pass
through
(LPT)

Link
aggregatio
n group
(LAG)

Number of LAGs

Number of members in a LAG

Multiple
Spanning
Tree
Protocol
(MSTP)

Number of instances supported by

a port

Number of port groups

Number of ports provided by port

groups

Ethernet
ring
protection
switching
(ERPS)

Linear
multiplex
section
protection
(LMSP)
on the
packet

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

It
e
m

3 System Control, Switching, and Timing Boards

Specifications

plane
M
ai
nt
en
an
ce

MPLS/MP
LS-TP
tunnel
OAM

128

MPLS/MP
LS-TP PW
OAM

128

ETH
OAM

Number of maintenance domains (MDs)

Number of maintenance associations (MAs)

Number of maintenance association end

points (MEPs)

Number of maintenance association

intermediate points (MIPs)

(MPLS/M
PLS-TP
tunnel
OAM,
MPLS/MP
LS-TP PW
OAM, and
ETH
OAM
share
resources.)

Se
rv
ic
es

NOTE
MPLS tunnel OAM, MPLS PW OAM, MPLS-TP tunnel OAM, MPLS-TP PW
OAM, and ETH OAM share resources.

ATM
OAM

Number of local services: 128

Number of remote services: 256

E-Line
services

E-LAN
services

Number of E-LAN services (E-LAN VSIs)

supported by an NE (VSI is short for virtual
switch instance.)

NOTE
Native ETH services and PWE3 ETH services (VPWSs) share resources.

Native ETH
services: 1

PWE3 ETH services

(VPLSs): 128

NOTE
Native ETH services and
PWE3 ETH services
(VPLSs) cannot coexist
on the same NE.

Number of logical ports supported by a VSI

Number of virtual user-network interfaces

(V-UNIs) supported by an NE (VPLS)

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Native ETH
services: 1K

PWE3 ETH services

(VPLSs): 128

Number
of
V-UNIs

Number of
VLANs

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

It
e
m

3 System Control, Switching, and Timing Boards

Specifications

Number of split horizon groups supported by

a VSI

Number of logical ports supported by an NE

256

Number of
Differentia
ted
Services
(DiffServ)
domains

Number of
port flows

512

Number of
V-UNI
ingress
flows

512

Number of
traffic
classificati
on rules

Number of
access
control
lists
(ACLs)

512

Number of
MPLS

Ot
he
Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Unidirectional: 1K

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

It
e
m

Specifications

tunnels

3 System Control, Switching, and Timing Boards

Bidirectional: 512

NOTE
One bidirectional MPLS tunnel is counted as two unidirectional MPLS tunnels.

If MPLS tunnels do not carry PWs, the sum of PWs and MPLS tunnels must
not exceed 1K. If MPLS tunnels carry PWs, the MPLS tunnels are not counted
and the number of carried PWs must not exceed 1K. Therefore, if each MPLS
tunnel carries one PW, the number of MPLS tunnels and the number of PWs
can both be 1K.

Tunnel
bandwidth

10 Gbit/s

Number of
static PWs

PW
bandwidth

10 Gbit/s

Number of
MS-PWs

128

Number of
QinQ links

MAC
addresses

Number of static MAC

addresses supported by an
E-LAN

512

Number of MAC addresses

supported by E-LAN services

16K

Number of MAC addresses

supported by an NE

16K

VLAN ID
range
supported
by a port

NOTE
If MPLS tunnels do not carry PWs, the sum of PWs and MPLS tunnels must not
exceed 1K. If MPLS tunnels carry PWs, the MPLS tunnels are not counted and
the number of carried PWs must not exceed 1K. Therefore, if each MPLS tunnel
carries one PW, the number of MPLS tunnels and the number of PWs can both be
1K.

1 to 4094

The values listed in the preceding table are the maximum values supported by the OSN equipment.
The packet performance counters supported by the packet processing boards (including PEX1 and PEG1)
are the same those supported by the OSN equipment.

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

3 System Control, Switching, and Timing Boards

3.1.3 Working Principle and Signal Flow

The PCX consists of a system control and communication unit, a packet switching unit, a
packet processing unit, a TDM cross-connect unit, a SDH line unit, a clock unit, and a power
supply unit.

Function Block Diagram

Figure 3-2 Function block diagram of the PCX
Backplane

STM-1/4/16 signal

GE/10GE signal

TDM service

TDM crossconnect unit

SDH line unit

Packet
processing unit

Packet
service

Packet
switching unit

GE/10GE
signal

Service board

Control bus

Ethernet NM port
NM serial port

System control and

communication unit

Clock signal received

from other boards
Clock unit

Clock signal
received from
the service unit
on the board

Power supplied to the other

units on the board

Power
supply
unit

Fuse

Clock signal provided

to other boards

Clock signal
provided to the
other units on
the board
-48 V/-60 V

-48 V/-60 V

System power supply

System power supply
+3.3 V power supplied to other boards
+12 V power supplied to fans

System Control and Communication Unit

The system control and communication unit consists of the CPU unit and logic control unit.
The system control and communication unit performs the following functions:

The CPU unit performs the following control functions using the control bus:

Manages other boards and the other units on the PCX, and collects alarms and performance events.

Implements software loading by reading information from the CF card.

The CPU unit processes network management messages in DCCs using the logic control
unit.

The CPU unit communicates with the NMS by its Ethernet NM port.

The logic control unit decodes the address read/write signals from the CPU unit and
enables FPGA loading.

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

3 System Control, Switching, and Timing Boards

The logic control unit cross-connects the overheads between the auxiliary interface unit,
the CPU unit, and other boards. This helps to achieve the following purposes:

Adding or dropping DCC information processed by the CPU unit

Adding or dropping orderwire and synchronous/asynchronous data services

Exchanging the orderwire bytes, DCC bytes, and K bytes between different lines

The system control and communication unit on a PCX board communicates with the
system control and communication unit on the standby PCX board by carrying FE
signals over the communication bus in the backplane. In this manner, the active and
standby PCX boards form a 1+1 hot backup relationship.

Packet Switching Unit

The packet switching unit grooms services and processes protocols for packet services.

After receiving services from a packet service board, the packet switching unit grooms
the services based on the configurations delivered by the system control and
communication unit.

After receiving protocol packets from a packet service board, the packet switching unit
transmits the protocol packets to the system control and communication unit for
processing. After processing, the system control and communication unit sends the
protocol packets back to the packet switching unit. The packet switching unit transmits
the protocol packets to the packet service board.

TDM Cross-Connect Unit

The TDM cross-connect unit grooms TDM services over the entire system using the higher
order cross-connect module and the lower order cross-connect module. Figure 3-2 shows the
function block diagram of the cross-connect unit.
Figure 3-3 Function block diagram of the cross-connect unit

Source TDM
service unit

Higher
order crossconnect
module
HOXC

Sink TDM
service unit

Lower order
crossconnect
module
LOXC

The source TDM service unit transmits VC-4 signals to the higher order cross-connect
module over cross-connect buses. If the VC-4 signals carry only VC-4 services, the higher
order cross-connect module processes the VC-4 signals and then transmits the signals to the
sink TDM service unit. If the VC-4 signals include VC-12 or VC-3 services, the higher order

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

3 System Control, Switching, and Timing Boards

cross-connect module grooms the VC-12 or VC-3 services to the lower order cross-connect
module. The lower order cross-connect module processes the VC-12 or VC-3 services and
then transmits the services back to the higher order cross-connect module. The higher order
cross-connect module processes the services and then transmits the services to the sink TDM
service unit.

Clock Unit

The clock unit selects an appropriate clock source from service clock sources at service
ports based on clock priorities. Locking the clock source by means of the phase-locked
loop, the clock unit provides the system clock to other units on the PCX and other
boards.

The clock unit receives IEEE 1588v2 messages and IEEE 1588 ACR messages from the
GE/10GE signal access unit, and performs protocol processing to achieve clock/time
synchronization.

The clock unit supports synchronous Ethernet clock.

The clock units on the active and standby PCX boards transmit clock signals to each
other.

Packet Processing Unit

The packet processing unit receives/transmits and processes 1xGE/10GE optical signals.

In the receive direction:

After performing optical-to-electrical (O/E) conversion, decoding, and serial/parallel conversion for
GE/10GE optical signals, the GE/10GE signal processing unit extracts framed GE/10GE signals by
delimiting frames and adding preambles. The GE/10GE signal processing unit also performs cyclic
redundancy checks (CRCs).

The GE/10GE signal processing unit works with the packet switching unit to process VLAN tags in
Ethernet data frames, process labels in Multiprotocol Label Switching (MPLS) or pseudo wire emulation
edge-to-edge (PWE3) packets, perform quality of service (QoS) processing such as traffic classification and
committed access rate (CAR) restriction for Ethernet data frames, and process operation, administration
and maintenance (OAM) packets and protocol packets.

In the transmit direction:

The GE/10GE signal processing unit works with the packet switching unit to process VLAN tags in
Ethernet data frames, process labels in MPLS or PWE3 packets, perform QoS processing such as traffic
shaping and queue scheduling for Ethernet data frames, and process OAM packets and protocol packets.

After delimiting frames, adding preambles, and calculating CRC codes, the GE/10GE signal processing
unit performs parallel/serial conversion and encoding and then transmits GE/10GE signals to the GE/10GE
optical port after performing electrical-to-optical (E/O) conversion.

SDH Line Unit

The SDH line unit performs the following functions: STM-1/STM-4/STM-16 signal receiving,
serial/parallel conversion, clock signal extraction, data restoration, overhead processing, alarm
monitoring/reporting, signal inloops/outloops, MSP, and ALS functions.

Power Supply Unit

The power supply unit performs the following functions:

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Combines two -48 V/-60 V DC power supplies, and converts the supplied power into the
power supply required by the chips of the other units on the local board.
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

3 System Control, Switching, and Timing Boards

Combines two -48 V/-60 V power supplies, and converts the supplied power into the
+3.3 V power supply required by other boards.

Combines two -48 V/-60 V DC power supplies, and converts the supplied power into the
+12 V power supply required by fans.

3.1.4 Front Panel

There are indicators, ports, buttons, and labels on the front panel.

Front Panel Diagram

Table 3-5 shows the front panel of each PCX finished board.
Table 3-5 Front panel of each PCX finished board
Finish
ed
Board
PCXL
X
PCXX

Front Panel Diagram

X
C T G C
O N V T S
P A
T R Y R C O
S P S S A L

X
C T G C
O N V T
P A
T R Y R C
S P S S A

PCXL
Ga
PCXG
A
PCXG
B

X
C T G C
O N V T S
P A
T R Y R C O
S
S A L
P S

X
C T G C
A O N V T
P T
R Y R C
S P S S A

X
C T G C
O N V T
P A
T R Y R C
S P S S A

CLASS1
LASER
PRODUCT

/A
L

RST

TX/RX

TX / RX

NMS 1/COM

EXT

TX / RX

NMS 1/COM

EXT

NMS 1/COM

EXT

TX/RX

NMS 1/COM

EXT

TX/RX

NMS 1/COM

EXT

CLASS1
LASER
PRODUCT

/A
L

RST

STM T/R

GE T/R
CLASS1
LASER
PRODUCT

/A
L

RST

A
/
L

RST

CLASS1
LASER
PRODUCT

A
/
L

RST

a: There are two types of front panels for the PCXLG, which differ only in silkscreen
information. The front panel described in this section is of a later version.

Indicators
The front panel of the PCX has the following indicators: STAT, PROG, SYNC, SRV, ACT,
LOS, and L/A. For status explanation for the indicators, see Indicator Status Explanation.

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

3 System Control, Switching, and Timing Boards

Clock Ports, Auxiliary Ports, and Management Ports

Table 3-6 Description of the clock ports, auxiliary ports, and management ports
Port

Descript
ion

NMS/
COM

Ethernet
NM
port/NM
serial port

Connector Type

RJ45

Pin Assignment

Pin 1: transmitting data (+)

Pin 2: transmitting data (-)

Pin 3: receiving data (+)

Pin 4: grounding end of the

NM serial port

Pin 5: receive end of the

NM serial port

Pin 6: receiving data (-)

Pin 7: not defined

Pin 8: transmit end of the

NM serial port

87654321

For status
explanation for the
indicators of an
RJ45 port, see
Table 3-5.

EXT

Reserved

Required
Cable

16.10
Network
Cable

Table 3-7 Status explanation for indicators on an Ethernet port

Indicator

State

Meaning

LINK (green)

The Ethernet link is working

properly.

Off

The Ethernet link is interrupted.

On or blinking

The port is receiving or transmitting

data.

Off

The port is not receiving or

transmitting data.

ACT (yellow)

Service Ports
Table 3-8 Description of the service ports on the PCX
Boar
d

Port

Descr
iption

PCX
LX/P
CXX

TX/R
X

10GE
optical
port

PCX
LG

GE
T/R

GE
optical

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Connector Type

Pin
Assignment

Required
Cable

10GE optical port:

LC XFP optical
module

TX represents
the transmit
port.

SFP optical port:

16.1 Fiber
Jumper

GE/STM-1/4/16
optical port: LC SFP

RX represents
the receive

SFP electrical
port: 16.6 STM-1

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

Boar
d

Port

Descr
iption

PCX
GA/P
CXG
B

TX/R
X

port

PCX
LX

TX/R
X

PCX
LG

STM
T/R

STM1/4/16
optical
/electri
cal
port

3 System Control, Switching, and Timing Boards

Connector Type

Pin
Assignment

optical module
TX

port.

Required
Cable
Cable

STM-1 electrical
port: SFP electrical
module

Buttons
Table 3-9 Buttons
Button

Name

Description

RST

Warm reset button

After this button is pressed, a warm

reset is performed on the board.

Labels
There is a laser safety class label on the front panel.
The laser safety class label CLASS 1 indicates that the maximum launched optical power of
the optical port is lower than 10 dBm (10 mW).

3.1.5 DIP Switches and CF Card

This board has a set of DIP switches and a pluggable CF card.

CF Card
NE databases, system parameters (including NE-IP, NE-ID, and subnet mask), software
packages, and NE logs are stored on the CF card. To synchronize the NE databases, system
parameters, and NE logs on the PCX board to the CF card, enable the regular backup
function.
The software packages on the CF card are synchronized with those on the PCX board during package
diffusion. Therefore, automatic backup mechanisms or manual operations are not needed to synchronize
software packages on the PCX board and the CF card. If the active system control, switching, and timing
board and the CF card have different software packages, the associated NE reports an
SWDL_CHGMNG_NOMATCH alarm if it restarts after a power failure.

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

3 System Control, Switching, and Timing Boards

Positions of the DIP Switches and CF Card

1
2
ON

DIP

3
1 2 3 4

1. DIP switches

2. CF card

3. Daughter board

Meanings of DIP Switch Settings

Setting of DIP Switchesa

Meaning

Indicates that
the board works
with the
watchdog
enabled.

The value is
reserved.

Indicates that
the board is
being
debugged.

Indicates that
the board works
with the
watchdog
disabled and a
full memory
check is
running.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

3 System Control, Switching, and Timing Boards

Setting of DIP Switchesa

Meaning

Indicates the
BIOS holdover
state.

Indicates the
BIOS
exhibition state.

The value is
reserved. (By
default, this
value indicates
that the board
works with the
watchdog
enabled.)

Restores the
data of the CF
card.

Erases data in
the system
parameter area.

Erases
databases.

Erases NE
software,
including
patches.

Erases
databases and
NE software
(including
patches).

Erases all data

in the file
system.

Erases all the

data except for

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

3 System Control, Switching, and Timing Boards

Setting of DIP Switchesa

Meaning

1
the board
manufacturing
information and
basic BIOS
data. That is, all
data in the file
system,
extended BIOS
area, and
system
parameter area
is erased.

NOTE
a: When a DIP switch is set to the side with the numbers "1, 2, 3, 4", it represents binary digit 1. When a
DIP switch is set to the side with the letters "ON DIP", it represents binary digit 0.

3.1.6 Valid Slots

The PCX can be inserted in slot 7 (preferred) or slot 8 in the chassis.
Figure 3-3 shows the mapping between physical slots and their logical slots. Physical slot 7
has the following logical slots on the NMS: slot 7, slot 9, slot 81, slot 83, and slot 85; physical
slot 8 has the following logical slots on the NMS: slot 8, slot 10, slot 82, slot 84, and slot 86.
Figure 3-4 Logical slots for a PCX board
Slot
Slot 7
91
10
Slot
(PIU SLO
(PIU) 93
T
)
11
SLO (FAN
Slot (FAN)
T
)
9
92
(PIU)

Slot 817
Slot 85
Slot 82
SLOT
Slot 83
Slot 8 SLOT
Slot 108 (CST/CSH)
Slot 84
(SCC)
(STG)
(SCC)
(CST/CSH)
SLOT 6
SLOT 5
Slot 6 (EXT)
Slot 5 (EXT)
(EXT)
(EXT)
SLOT 3
SLOT 4
Slot 3 (EXT)
Slot 4 (EXT)
(EXT)
(EXT)
SLOT 1
SLOT 2
)
Slot
Slot(EXT
2 (EXT) )
(EXT1 (EXT)

Slot 9

Slot 86
(STG)

The board that can be created in a logical slot varies according to the manufactured board that
is installed in a physical slot. Table 3-10 provides the mapping between manufactured boards
and their logical boards.
Table 3-10 Mapping between manufactured boards and their logical boards
Manufact
ured
Board

Logical
Slot 7/8

Logical
Slot 9/10

Logical
Slot 81/82

Logical Slot
83/84

Logical Slot
85/86

PCXLX

SL16S/SL4S
/SL1S

PEX1

SCC

PUXC

STG

PCXX

PEX1

SCC

PUXC

STG

PCXLG

SL16S/SL4S

PEG1

SCC

PEXC

STG

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

Manufact
ured
Board

Logical
Slot 7/8

3 System Control, Switching, and Timing Boards

Logical
Slot 9/10

Logical
Slot 81/82

Logical Slot
83/84

Logical Slot
85/86

/SL1S
PCXGB

PEG1

SCC

PEXC

STG

PCXGA

PEG1

SCC

PGXC

STG

3.1.7 Feature Code

The feature code of a board refers to the number next to the board name in the bar code and
indicates the type of optical port. PCX boards have feature codes.
Table 3-11 Feature codes of the PCX
Feature Code

Port Type

TNM1PCXLG1604

1xGE (SFP)/1xSTM-16 (ESFP, L-16.2, LC)

TNM1PCXLG404

1xGE (SFP)/1xSTM-4 (ESFP, L-4.2, LC)

TNM1PCXLX1604

1x10GE (XFP)/1xSTM-16 (ESFP, L-16.2, LC)

TNM1PCXLX404

1x10GE (XFP)/1xSTM-4 (ESFP, L-4.2, LC)

TNM1PCXLG406

1xGE (SFP)/1xSTM-4 (ESFP, L-4.1, LC, Single

Fibre Bidirectional, TX 1490nm)

TNM1PCXLG405

1xGE (SFP)/1xSTM-4 (ESFP, L-4.1, LC, Single

Fibre Bidirectional, TX 1310nm)

TNM1PCXLX406

1x10GE (XFP)/1xSTM-4 (ESFP, L-4.1, LC, Single

Fibre Bidirectional, TX 1490nm)

TNM1PCXLX405

1x10GE (XFP)/1xSTM-4 (ESFP, L-4.1, LC, Single

Fibre Bidirectional, TX 1310nm)

TNM1PCXLG1603

1xGE (SFP)/1xSTM-16 (ESFP, L-16.2, LC)

TNM1PCXLG1602

1xGE (SFP)/1xSTM-16 (ESFP, L-16.1, LC)

TNM1PCXLG1601

1xGE (SFP)/1xSTM-16 (ESFP, S-16.1, LC)

TNM1PCXLG402

1xGE (SFP)/1xSTM-4 (ESFP, L-4.1, LC)

TNM1PCXLG401

1xGE (SFP)/1xSTM-4 (ESFP, S-4.1, LC)

TNM1PCXLX1603

1x10GE (XFP)/1xSTM-16 (ESFP, L-16.2, LC)

TNM1PCXLX1602

1x10GE (XFP)/1xSTM-16 (ESFP, L-16.1, LC)

TNM1PCXLX1601

1x10GE (XFP)/1xSTM-16 (ESFP, S-16.1, LC)

TNM1PCXLX402

1x10GE (XFP)/1xSTM-4 (ESFP, L-4.1, LC)

TNM1PCXLX401

1x10GE (XFP)/1xSTM-4 (ESFP, S-4.1, LC)

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

3 System Control, Switching, and Timing Boards

3.1.8 Technical Specifications

This section describes the board specifications, including the port performance, dimensions,
weight, and power consumption.
Table 3-12 lists the technical specifications of the PCX.
Table 3-12 Technical specifications of the PCX
Item

Performance

Auxiliar
y ports
and
manage
ment
ports

NMS/C
OM

Ethernet NM port/NM
serial port

Not involved

EXT

Reserved

Not involved

Service
ports

TX/RX
(PCXL
X/PCX
X)

10GE optical port

See Table 3-13, Table 3-24, and Table

3-25.

TX/RX
(PCXL
G/PCX
GA/PC
XGB)

GE optical port

See Table 3-14, Table 3-15, Table

3-23, and Table 3-16.

TX/RX
(PCXL
X/PCX
LG)

STM-1/4/16
optical/electrical port

See Table 3-18, Table 3-19, Table

3-20, Table 3-21, Table 3-26, Table
3-27, Table 3-17, and Table 3-22.

Dimensions (H x W
x D)

22.36 mm x 193.80 mm x 269.73 mm

Weight

0.80 kg

Power consumption

PCXLX: 45 W

PCXX: 44.5 W

PCXLG: 37 W

PCXGA/PCXGB: 36.5 W

Table 3-13 Specifications of the OptiX OSN 550's 10GE optical ports
Item

Value

Optical port
type

10GBASE-SR
(LAN)/10GBAS
E-SW (WAN)

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

10GBASE-LR
(LAN)/10GBAS
E-LW (WAN)

10GBASE-ER
(LAN)/10GBAS
E-EW (WAN)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

10GBASE-ZR
(LAN)/10GBAS
E-ZW (WAN)

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

3 System Control, Switching, and Timing Boards

Item

Value

Optical fiber
type

Multi-mode LC

Single-mode LC

Transmission
distance (km)

0.3

Operating
wavelength
(nm)

840 to 860

1260 to 1330

1530 to 1565

Mean
launched
power (dBm)

-1.3 to -7.3

-6 to -1

-1 to +2

0 to 4

Receiver
minimum
sensitivity
(dBm)

-7.5

-11

-15

-24

Minimum
overload
(dBm)

-1

0.5

-1

-7

Minimum
extinction
ratio (dB)

8.2

Table 3-14 Specifications of the OptiX OSN 550's GE optical ports

Item

Value

Optical port
type

1000BASE-SX

1000BASE-LX

1000BASE-VX

1000BASE-ZX

Optical fiber
type

Multi-mode LC

Single-mode LC

Transmission
distance (km)

0.5

Operating
wavelength
(nm)

770 to 860

1270 to 1355

1500 to 1580

Mean
launched
power (dBm)

-9.5 to -2.5

-9 to -3

-5 to 0

-2 to +5

Receiver
minimum
sensitivity
(dBm)

-17

-20

-23

Minimum

-3

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

Item

3 System Control, Switching, and Timing Boards

Value

overload
(dBm)
Minimum
extinction
ratio (dB)

Table 3-15 Specifications of the OptiX OSN 550's GE single-fiber bidirectional optical ports
Paramete
r

Value

Type of
optical
interface

1000BASE-LX

1000BASE-VX

Transmiss
ion
distance
(km)

Type of
fiber

Single-mode LC

Operating
transmit
wavelengt
h (nm)

1490

1310

1490

1310

Operating
receive
wavelengt
h (nm)

1310

1490

1310

1490

Launched
optical
power
range
(dBm)

-9 to -3

-2 to 3

Receiver
sensitivity
(dBm)

-19.5

-23

Minimum
overload
(dBm)

-3

Minimum
extinction
ratio (dB)

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

3 System Control, Switching, and Timing Boards

Table 3-16 Ethernet performance specifications of the OptiX OSN 550's GE optical ports
Item

Performance

Frame
Length
(Bytes)

Throughput
(pks/sec)

Latency (us)

Packet Loss
Ratio (%)

Back-to-Back
(Frames)

64.00

1488095.00

9.00

0.00

7440475.00

128.00

844595.00

11.80

0.00

4222975.00

256.00

452899.00

17.30

0.00

2264495.00

512.00

234962.00

25.00

0.00

1174810.00

1024.00

119732.00

29.20

0.00

598660.00

1280.00

96154.00

31.30

0.00

480770.00

1518.00

81274.00

33.40

0.00

406370.00

2000.00

61881.00

37.40

0.00

309405.00

9600.00

12994.00

98.00

0.00

64970.00

Table 3-17 Specifications of STM-1 electrical ports

Item

Value

Bit rate

155520 kbit/s

Code pattern

CMI

Connector

SAA straight female

Signal bit rate at the output port

Complies with ITU-T G.703.

Permitted frequency deviation at the

input port
Allowed attenuation at the input port
Input jitter tolerance

Table 3-18 Specifications of the OptiX OSN 550's STM-1 optical ports
Item

Value

Nominal bit rate

155520 kbit/s

Optical port type

S-1.1

L-1.1

L-1.2

Transmission distance
(km)

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

3 System Control, Switching, and Timing Boards

Item

Value

Operating wavelength
range (nm)

1261 to 1360

1263 to 1360

1480 to 1580

Optical fiber type

Single-mode LC

Launched optical power

range (dBm)

-15 to -8

-5 to 0

Receiver sensitivity
(dBm)

-28

-34

Minimum overload
(dBm)

-8

-10

Minimum extinction ratio

(dB)

8.2

NOTE
Format of optical port type is defined as follows: transmission distance-signal rate.fiber type
Explanation for optical port type "S-1.1" is as follows: "S" represents short distance; the first digit "1"
represents STM-1 signals; the second digit "1" represents ITU-T G.652 fibers (1310 nm).
Explanation for optical port type "L-1.1" is as follows: "L" represents long distance; the first digit "1"
represents STM-1 signals; the second digit "1" represents ITU-T G.652 fibers (1310 nm).
Explanation for optical port type "L-1.2" is as follows: "L" represents long distance; the first digit "1"
represents STM-1 signals; the second digit "2" represents ITU-T G.652 fibers (1550 nm).

Table 3-19 Specifications for the single-fiber bidirectional optical interfaces of the OptiX OSN
550's STM-1 optical ports
Parameter

Value

Nominal bit rate

155520 kbit/s

Line code pattern

NRZ

Type of optical
interface

S-1.1

L-1.1

Transmission distance
(km)

Type of fiber

Single-mode LC

Operating transmit
wavelength (nm)

1550

1310

1550

1310

Operating receive
wavelength (nm)

1310

1550

1310

1550

Launched optical power

range (dBm)

-15 to -8

-5 to 0

Receiver sensitivity
(dBm)

-32

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

3 System Control, Switching, and Timing Boards

Parameter

Value

Minimum overload
(dBm)

-8

-10

Minimum extinction
ratio (dB)

8.5

Table 3-20 Specifications of the OptiX OSN 550's STM-4 optical ports
Item

Value

Nominal bit rate

622080 kbit/s

Optical port type

S-4.1

L-4.1

L-4.2

Transmission
distance (km)

Operating
wavelength range
(nm)

1274 to 1356

1280 to 1335

1480 to 1580

Optical fiber type

Single-mode LC

Launched optical
power range (dBm)

-15 to -8

-3 to +2

Receiver sensitivity
(dBm)

-28

Minimum overload
(dBm)

-8

Minimum extinction
ratio (dB)

8.2

NOTE
Format of optical port type is defined as follows: transmission distance-signal rate.fiber type
Explanation for optical port type "S-4.1" is as follows: "S" represents short distance; the first digit "4"
represents STM-4 signals; the second digit "1" represents ITU-T G.652 fibers (1310 nm).
Explanation for optical port type "L-4.1" is as follows: "L" represents long distance; the first digit "4"
represents STM-4 signals; the second digit "1" represents ITU-T G.652 fibers (1310 nm).
Explanation for optical port type "L-4.2" is as follows: "L" represents long distance; the first digit "4"
represents STM-4 signals; the second digit "2" represents ITU-T G.652 fibers (1550 nm).

Table 3-21 Specifications for the single-fiber bidirectional optical interfaces of the OptiX OSN
550's STM-4 optical ports
Paramete
r

Value

Nominal

622080 kbit/s

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

Paramete
r

3 System Control, Switching, and Timing Boards

Value

bit rate
Line code
pattern

NRZ

Type of
optical
interface

S-4.1

L-4.1

Transmiss
ion
distance
(km)

Type of
fiber

Single-mode LC

Operating
transmit
wavelengt
h (nm)

1490

1310

1490

1310

Operating
receive
wavelengt
h (nm)

1310

1490

1310

1490

Launched
optical
power
range
(dBm)

-9 to -3

-2 to 3

Receiver
sensitivity
(dBm)

-19.5

-23

Minimum
overload
(dBm)

-3

Minimum
extinction
ratio (dB)

Table 3-22 Specifications of the OptiX OSN 550's STM-16 optical ports
Item

Value

Nominal bit rate

2488320 kbit/s

Optical port type

S-16.1

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

L-16.1

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

L-16.2

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

3 System Control, Switching, and Timing Boards

Item

Value

Transmission
distance (km)

Operating
wavelength range
(nm)

1260 to 1360

1280 to 1335

1500 to 1580

Optical fiber type

Single-mode LC

Launched optical
power range (dBm)

-5 to 0

-2 to +3

Receiver sensitivity
(dBm)

-18

-27

-28

Minimum overload
(dBm)

-9

Minimum extinction
ratio (dB)

8.2

NOTE
Format of optical port type is defined as follows: transmission distance-signal rate.fiber type
Explanation for optical port type "S-16.1" is as follows: "S" represents short distance; the first two digits
"16" represent STM-16 signals; the third digit "1" represents ITU-T G.652 fibers (1310 nm).
Explanation for optical port type "L-16.1" is as follows: "L" represents long distance; the first two digits
"16" represent STM-16 signals; the third digit "1" represents ITU-T G.652 fibers (1310 nm).
Explanation for optical port type "L-16.2" is as follows: "L" represents long distance; the first two digits
"16" represent STM-16 signals; the third digit "2" represents ITU-T G.652 fibers (1550 nm).

Table 3-23 Parameters specified for colored GE optical ports (CWDM)

Parameter

Value
CWDM

Nominal bit
rate

1,250,000 kbit/s

Type of fiber

Single-mode LC

Transmission
distance (km)

Launched
optical power
range (dBm)

0 to 5

Operating
wavelength
range (nm)

1471 to 1611, in steps of

1471 to 1611, in steps of 20

Receiver
sensitivity

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

-19

-28

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

Parameter

3 System Control, Switching, and Timing Boards

Value
CWDM

(dBm)
Minimum
overload
(dBm)
Minimum
extinction ratio
(dB)

-3

-9

8.2

Table 3-24 Parameters specified for colored 10GE optical ports (CWDM)
Parameter

Value
CWDM

Nominal bit rate

LAN mode: 10,312,500 kbit/s

WAN mode: 9,953,280 kbit/s

Type of fiber

Single-mode LC

Transmission distance (km)

Launched optical power

range (dBm)

0 to 4

Operating wavelength
range (nm)

1471 to 1611, in steps of 20

Receiver sensitivity (dBm)

1451 nm to 1551 nm: -23

1571 nm: -22

1591 nm to 1611 nm: -21

Minimum overload (dBm)

-9

Minimum extinction ratio

(dB)

8.2

Table 3-25 Parameters specified for colored 10GE optical ports (DWDM)
Parameter

Value
DWDM

Nominal bit rate

LAN mode: 10,312,500 kbit/s

WAN mode: 9,953,280 kbit/s

Type of fiber

Single-mode LC

Transmission

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

Parameter

3 System Control, Switching, and Timing Boards

Value
DWDM

distance (km)
Launched optical
power range
(dBm)

-1 to +2

-1 to +3

Central frequency
(THz)

192.1 to 196.0

Central frequency
deviation (GHz)

Receiver
sensitivity (dBm)

-17

-24

Minimum
overload (dBm)

-1

-9

Minimum
extinction ratio
(dB)

9.5

8.2

Table 3-26 Parameters specified for colored STM-1/STM-4/STM-16 optical ports (CWDM)
Parameter

Value
CWDM

Nominal bit
rate

155,520 kbit/s (STM-1), 622,080 kbit/s (STM-4), 2,488,320 kbit/s

(STM-16)

Type of fiber

Single-mode LC

Transmission
distance (km)

Launched
optical power
range (dBm)

0 to 5

Operating
wavelength
range (nm)

1471 to 1611, in steps of

1471 to 1611, in steps of 20

Receiver
sensitivity
(dBm)

-19

-28

Minimum
overload
(dBm)

-3

-9

Minimum

8.2

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

Parameter

3 System Control, Switching, and Timing Boards

Value
CWDM

extinction ratio
(dB)

Table 3-27 Parameters specified for colored STM-16 optical ports (DWDM)
Parameter

Value
DWDM

Nominal bit rate

2,488,320 kbit/s

Type of fiber

Single-mode LC

Transmission distance
(km)

120

Launched optical power

range (dBm)

-1 to +3

Central frequency (THz)

192.1 to 196.0

Central frequency
deviation (GHz)

Receiver sensitivity
(dBm)

-28

Minimum overload
(dBm)

-9

Minimum extinction ratio

(dB)

8.2

3.2 CXL
The CXL is a system control, cross-connect, timing, and line board that works in TDM mode.

3.2.1 Version Description

The functional version of CXL boards is TNM1. Depending on the rates of line units, CXL
boards are available in three types: TNM1CXL1, TNM1CXL4, and TNM1CXL16.
Table 3-28 describes the versions of the CXL.

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

3 System Control, Switching, and Timing Boards

Table 3-28 Versions of the CXL

Board Type

Available Port

Type of Optical Port

TNM1CXL1

1xSTM-1 optical/electrical
port

Optical port: S-1.1, L-1.1,

L-1.2
Electrical port: SFP
electrical port

TNM1CXL4

1xSTM-4 optical port

S-4.1, L-4.1, L-4.2

TNM1CXL16

1xSTM-16 optical port

S-16.1, L-16.1, L-16.2

3.2.2 Functions and Features

The CXL has a system control and communication unit, a cross-connect unit, a clock unit, and
an STM-1/STM-4/STM-16 line unit.
Table 3-29 lists the functions and features that the CXL supports.
Table 3-29 Functions and features that the CXL supports
Function and
Feature

Board

Cross-connection
functions

Provides a higher order cross-connect capacity of 20 Gbit/s

and a lower order cross-connect capacity of 5 Gbit/s.

Supports cross-connections at the VC-4, VC-3, VC-12,

VC-4-4c, and VC-4-16c levels, and achieves service
grooming between lines, between tributaries, and between
lines and tributaries.

Provides one STM-1/STM-4/STM-16 optical port. STM-1

optical ports support SFP electrical modules.

The STM-1/STM-4 optical port supports single-fiber

bidirectional optical modules.

Provides the clock unit with one synchronous timing source.

Processes section overheads and higher order path overheads.

Sets K-byte reporting, transmission, and pass-through.

Provides transparent DCCs.

Sets and queries J0, J1, and C2 bytes.

Processes AU pointers.

Supports maintenance features such as inloops and outloops

on VC-4 paths, setting of overhead bytes to be sent/received,
and pass-through tests and checks of K bytes.

The STM-16 optical port can be of the S-16.1, L-16.1, or

L-16.2 type.

The STM-4 optical port can be of the S-4.1, L-4.1, or L-4.2

type.

The STM-1 optical port can be of the S-1.1, L-1.1, or L-1.2

Line functions

Optical module
specifications

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

Function and
Feature

3 System Control, Switching, and Timing Boards

Board
type.

An optical port can be a colored CWDM optical port or a

colored DWDM optical port. A colored CWDM optical port
supports a transmission distance of 40 km or 80 km. A
colored DWDM optical port supports a transmission distance
of 120 km.

The characteristics of all optical ports comply with ITU-T

G.957.

Appropriate SFP optical modules can be used and the running

status can be monitored. This facilitates your maintenance.

Allows setting the on/off state of a laser and supports the

ALS function.

Optical module information can be detected and queried.

NOTE
Only an STM-16 optical port can be a colored DWDM optical port.

Clock functions

System control
functions

Supports the non-standard SSM protocol, standard SSM

protocol, and extended SSM protocol.

Provides synchronous clock signals for boards in the system.

Supports the following working modes: trace mode, holdover

mode, and free-run mode.

Controls clock source priorities.

Controls the clock source switching function.

Processes and sets the S1 byte.

Exchanges information with other boards, provides the data

configuration function, and collects performance data and
alarm data.

Provides a standard Ethernet NM port/RS-232 data terminal

equipment (DTE) port so that the NMS can manage the
equipment.

Alarms and
performance events

Provides various alarms and performance events, facilitating

equipment management and maintenance.

Protection schemes

Supports the following equipment-level protection scheme:

Maintenance features

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

1+1 backup

Supports the following network-level protection schemes:

Two-fiber unidirectional ring MSP

CXL4/CXL16: Two-fiber bidirectional ring MSP

Linear MSP

SNCP

Inloops and outloops at optical ports

Warm resets and cold resets (with warm resets having no

impact on services)

Board manufacturing information query

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

Function and
Feature

3 System Control, Switching, and Timing Boards

Board

In-service FPGA loading

Smooth upgrade of the board software

For the SDH line unit and the logical unit that consists of the system control and communication unit,
cross-connect unit, and clock unit on a CXL board, switching of services carried on either unit does not
cause switching of services carried on the other unit.

3.2.3 Working Principle and Signal Flow

The CXL consists of a system control and communication unit, a cross-connect unit, a line
unit, a clock unit, and a power supply unit.
Figure 3-4 shows the functional block diagram of the CXL.
Figure 3-5 Functional block diagram of the CXL
Backplane

STM-1/4/16
Crossconnect unit

Line unit

TDM service

Service board

Control bus
System control and
communication unit of the
standby CXL board
Clock signal required
by other boards
Clock unit of the
standby CXL board

FE signal
Ethernet NM port
NM serial port

System control and

communication unit

Clock
unit

Clock signal provided to the

other units on the board
Power supplied to the other
units on the board

Power
supply
unit

Fuse

-48 V/-60 V

System power supply

System power supply
+12 V power supplied to fans
+3.3 V power supplied
to other boards

System Control and Communication Unit

The system control and communication unit consists of the CPU unit and logic control unit.
The system control and communication unit performs the following functions:

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

3 System Control, Switching, and Timing Boards

The CPU unit performs the following control functions using the control bus:

Manages other boards and the other units on the CXL, and collects alarms and performance events.

Implements software loading by reading information from the CF card.

The CPU unit processes network management messages in DCCs using the logic control
unit.

The CPU unit communicates with the NMS by its Ethernet NM port.

The logic control unit decodes the address read/write signals from the CPU unit and
enables FPGA loading.

The logic control unit cross-connects the overheads between the auxiliary interface unit,
the CPU unit, and other boards. This helps to achieve the following purposes:

Adding or dropping DCC information processed by the CPU unit

Adding or dropping orderwire and synchronous/asynchronous data services

Exchanging orderwire bytes, DCC bytes, and K bytes between different lines

The system control and communication unit on a CXL board communicates with the
system control and communication unit on the standby CXL board by carrying FE
signals over the communication bus in the backplane. In this manner, the active and
standby CXL boards form a 1+1 hot backup relationship.

Cross-Connect Unit
The cross-connect unit grooms services over the entire system using the higher order
cross-connect module and the lower order cross-connect module. Figure 3-5 shows the
functional block diagram of the cross-connect unit.
Figure 3-6 Functional block diagram of the cross-connect unit

Source TDM
service unit

Higher
order crossconnect
module
HOXC

Sink TDM
service unit

Lower order
crossconnect
module
LOXC

The source TDM service unit transmits VC-4 signals to the higher order cross-connect
module over VC-4 buses. If the VC-4 signals carry only VC-4 services, the higher order
cross-connect module processes the VC-4 signals and then transmits the signals to the sink
TDM service unit. If the VC-4 signals include VC-12 or VC-3 services, the higher order
cross-connect module grooms the VC-12 or VC-3 services to the lower order cross-connect
module. The lower order cross-connect module processes the VC-12 or VC-3 services and
then transmits the services back to the higher order cross-connect module. The higher order

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

3 System Control, Switching, and Timing Boards

cross-connect module processes the services and then transmits the services to the sink TDM
service unit.

Clock Unit

The clock units on the active and standby CXL boards transmit clock signals to each
other.

Line Unit
The line unit performs the following functions: STM-1/STM-4/STM-16 signal receiving,
serial/parallel conversion, clock signal extraction, data restoration, overhead processing, alarm
monitoring/reporting, signal inloops/outloops, MSP, and ALS functions.

Power Supply Unit

The power supply unit performs the following functions:

Combines and then converts -48 V/-60 V DC power inputs into the power supply
required by the chips of the other units on the local board.

Combines and then converts -48 V/-60 V DC power inputs into the +3.3 V power supply
required by other boards.

Combines and then converts -48 V/-60 V DC power inputs into the +12 V power supply
required by the fan.

3.2.4 Front Panel

There are indicators, ports, a bar code, and a laser safety class label on the front panel.

Front Panel Diagram

Figure 3-7 Front panel of the CXL
L
X
C

T G C V T S
A O N
T R Y R C O
S P S S A L

CLASS1
LASER
PRODUCT

RST

TX/RX

NMS1/COM

EXT

Indicators
The front panel of the CXL has the following indicators: STAT, PROG, SYNC, SRV, ACT,
and LOS. For status explanation for the indicators, see Indicator Status Explanation.

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

3 System Control, Switching, and Timing Boards

Management Ports
Table 3-30 Description of the clock ports, auxiliary ports, and management ports
Port

Description

Connector Type

Pin Assignment

NMS1/
COM

Ethernet NM
port/NM serial
port

RJ45

Pin 1: for the

network port to
transmit data
(+)

Pin 2: for the

network port to
transmit data
(-)

Pin 3: for the

network port to
receive data (+)

Pin 4: signal
ground

Pin 5: receive
end of the NM
serial port

Pin 6: for the

network port to
receive data (-)

Pin 7: not
defined

Pin 8: transmit
end of the NM
serial port

87654321

For status explanation

for the indicators of an
RJ45 port, see Table
3-31.

EXT

Reserved

Required
Cable
16.10
Network
Cable

When an NE is configured with two CXL boards, only port COM on the working CXL board is
available.

Table 3-31 Status explanation for indicators on an Ethernet port

Indicator

State

Meaning

LINK (green)

The Ethernet link is working

properly.

Off

The Ethernet link is interrupted.

On or blinking

The port is receiving or transmitting

data.

Off

The port is not receiving or

transmitting data.

ACT (yellow)

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

3 System Control, Switching, and Timing Boards

Service Ports
Table 3-32 Description of the service ports on the CXL
Por
t

Descriptio
n

Connector Type

Pin
Assignm
ent

TX/
RX

Transmits
and receives
STM-1/ST
M-4/STM-1
6
optical/elect
rical signals.

STM-1/4/16 optical port: LC SFP

optical module

STM-1 electrical port: SFP electrical

module
TX

TX
repres
ents
the
transm
it port.
RX
repres
ents
the
receiv
e port.

Required
Cable
SFP optical
port: 16.1
Fiber
Jumper
SFP
electrical
port: 16.6
STM-1
Cable

Buttons
Table 3-33 Buttons
Button

Name

Description

RST

Warm reset button

After this button is pressed, a warm

reset is performed on the board.

3.2.5 DIP Switches and CF Card

This board has a set of DIP switches and a pluggable CF card.

CF Card
NE databases, system parameters (including NE-IP, NE-ID, and subnet mask), software
packages, and NE logs are stored on the CF card. To synchronize the NE databases, system
parameters, and NE logs on the CXL board to the CF card, enable the regular backup
function.
The software packages on the CF card are synchronized with those on the CXL board during package
diffusion. Therefore, automatic backup mechanisms or manual operations are not needed to synchronize
software packages on the CXL board and the CF card.

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

3 System Control, Switching, and Timing Boards

Positions of the DIP Switches and CF Card

3 2 1

2
DIP ON

1. DIP switches

2. CF card

Meanings of DIP Switch Settings

Setting of DIP Switchesa

Meaning

Indicates that the board works with the

watchdog enabled.

The value is reserved.

Indicates that a memory self-check is

running.

Indicates that the board is being

debugged.

Indicates that the board works with the

watchdog disabled and a full memory
check is running.

Indicates the BIOS holdover state.

Indicates the BIOS exhibition state.

The value is reserved. (By default, this

value indicates that the board works
with the watchdog enabled.)

Indicates that the equipment is being

tested and the NE software is started

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

3 System Control, Switching, and Timing Boards

Setting of DIP Switchesa

Meaning
1
directly without a self-check.

Restores the data of the CF card.

Erases data in the system parameter

area.

Erases databases.

Erases NE software, including patches.

Erases databases and NE software

(including patches).

Erases all data in the file system.

Formats the flash file system, and

erases data in the system parameter
area and extended BIOS, with basic
BIOS reserved.

NOTE
a: When a DIP switch is set to the side with the numbers "1, 2, 3, 4", it represents binary digit 1. When a
DIP switch is set to the side with the letters "ON DIP", it represents binary digit 0.

3.2.6 Valid Slots

The CXL can be inserted in slot 7 (preferred) or slot 8 in the chassis.

3.2.7 Feature Code

The feature code of a board refers to the number next to the board name in the bar code and
indicates the type of optical port. CXL boards have feature codes.
Table 3-34 Feature code of the CXL
Feature Code

Type of Optical Port

S-1.1

L-1.1

S-4.1

L-4.1

S-16.1

L-16.1

L-16.2

S-1.1, single-fiber bidirectional optical module (The transmit

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

Feature Code

3 System Control, Switching, and Timing Boards

Type of Optical Port

wavelength is 1310 nm and the receive wavelength is 1550 nm.)

S-1.1, single-fiber bidirectional optical module (The transmit

wavelength is 1550 nm and the receive wavelength is 1310 nm.)

L-1.1, single-fiber bidirectional optical module (The transmit

wavelength is 1310 nm and the receive wavelength is 1550 nm.)

L-1.1, single-fiber bidirectional optical module (The transmit

wavelength is 1550 nm and the receive wavelength is 1310 nm.)

S-4.1, single-fiber bidirectional optical module (The transmit

wavelength is 1310 nm and the receive wavelength is 1490 nm.)

S-4.1, single-fiber bidirectional optical module (The transmit

wavelength is 1490 nm and the receive wavelength is 1310 nm.)

3.2.8 Technical Specifications

This section describes the board specifications, including the parameters specified for optical
ports, dimensions, weight, and power consumption.
Table 3-35 lists the technical specifications of the CXL.
Table 3-35 Technical specifications of the CXL
Item

Performance

Auxiliar
y and
manage
ment
ports

NMS1/
COM

Network management
system (NMS) port or
NMS serial port

Not involved

EXT

Reserved

Not involved

Service
ports

TX/RX

STM-1/4/16
optical/electrical ports

Table 3-37, Table 3-38, Table 3-39,

Table 3-40, Table 3-41, Table 3-36,
Table 3-42, Table 3-43

Dimensions (H x W
x D)

22.36 mm x 183.80 mm x 197.70 mm

Weight

0.50 kg

Power consumption

21 W

Table 3-36 Specifications of STM-1 electrical ports

Item

Value

Bit rate

155520 kbit/s

Code pattern

CMI

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

3 System Control, Switching, and Timing Boards

Item

Value

Connector

SAA straight female

Signal bit rate at the output port

Complies with ITU-T G.703.

Permitted frequency deviation at

the input port
Allowed attenuation at the input
port
Input jitter tolerance

Table 3-37 Specifications of the OptiX OSN 550's STM-1 optical ports
Item

Value

Nominal bit rate

155520 kbit/s

Optical port type

S-1.1

L-1.1

L-1.2

Transmission distance
(km)

Operating wavelength
range (nm)

1261 to 1360

1263 to 1360

1480 to 1580

Optical fiber type

Single-mode LC

Launched optical power

range (dBm)

-15 to -8

-5 to 0

Receiver sensitivity
(dBm)

-28

-34

Minimum overload
(dBm)

-8

-10

Minimum extinction ratio

(dB)

8.2

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

3 System Control, Switching, and Timing Boards

Table 3-38 Specifications for the single-fiber bidirectional optical interfaces of the OptiX OSN
550's STM-1 optical ports
Parameter

Value

Nominal bit rate

155520 kbit/s

Line code pattern

NRZ

Type of optical
interface

S-1.1

L-1.1

Transmission distance
(km)

Type of fiber

Single-mode LC

Operating transmit
wavelength (nm)

1550

1310

1550

1310

Operating receive
wavelength (nm)

1310

1550

1310

1550

Launched optical power

range (dBm)

-15 to -8

-5 to 0

Receiver sensitivity
(dBm)

-32

Minimum overload
(dBm)

-8

-10

Minimum extinction
ratio (dB)

8.5

Table 3-39 Specifications of the OptiX OSN 550's STM-4 optical ports
Item

Value

Nominal bit rate

622080 kbit/s

Optical port type

S-4.1

L-4.1

L-4.2

Transmission
distance (km)

Operating
wavelength range
(nm)

1274 to 1356

1280 to 1335

1480 to 1580

Optical fiber type

Single-mode LC

Launched optical
power range (dBm)

-15 to -8

-3 to +2

Receiver sensitivity
(dBm)

-28

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

3 System Control, Switching, and Timing Boards

Item

Value

Minimum overload
(dBm)

-8

Minimum extinction
ratio (dB)

8.2

Table 3-40 Specifications for the single-fiber bidirectional optical interfaces of the OptiX OSN
550's STM-4 optical ports
Paramete
r

Value

Nominal
bit rate

622080 kbit/s

Line code
pattern

NRZ

Type of
optical
interface

S-4.1

L-4.1

Transmiss
ion
distance
(km)

Type of
fiber

Single-mode LC

Operating
transmit
wavelengt
h (nm)

1490

1310

1490

1310

Operating
receive
wavelengt
h (nm)

1310

1490

1310

1490

Launched
optical
power
range

-9 to -3

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

-2 to 3

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

Paramete
r

3 System Control, Switching, and Timing Boards

Value

(dBm)
Receiver
sensitivity
(dBm)

-19.5

-23

Minimum
overload
(dBm)

-3

Minimum
extinction
ratio (dB)

Table 3-41 Specifications of the OptiX OSN 550's STM-16 optical ports
Item

Value

Nominal bit rate

2488320 kbit/s

Optical port type

S-16.1

L-16.1

L-16.2

Transmission
distance (km)

Operating
wavelength range
(nm)

1260 to 1360

1280 to 1335

1500 to 1580

Optical fiber type

Single-mode LC

Launched optical
power range (dBm)

-5 to 0

-2 to +3

Receiver sensitivity
(dBm)

-18

-27

-28

Minimum overload
(dBm)

-9

Minimum extinction
ratio (dB)

8.2

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

3 System Control, Switching, and Timing Boards

Table 3-42 Parameters specified for colored STM-1/STM-4/STM-16 optical ports (CWDM)
Parameter

Value
CWDM

Nominal bit
rate

155,520 kbit/s (STM-1), 622,080 kbit/s (STM-4), 2,488,320 kbit/s

(STM-16)

Type of fiber

Single-mode LC

Transmission
distance (km)

Launched
optical power
range (dBm)

0 to 5

Operating
wavelength
range (nm)

1471 to 1611, in steps of

1471 to 1611, in steps of 20

Receiver
sensitivity
(dBm)

-19

-28

Minimum
overload
(dBm)

-3

-9

Minimum
extinction ratio
(dB)

8.2

Table 3-43 Parameters specified for colored STM-16 optical ports (DWDM)
Parameter

Value
DWDM

Nominal bit rate

2,488,320 kbit/s

Type of fiber

Single-mode LC

Transmission distance
(km)

120

Launched optical power

range (dBm)

-1 to +3

Central frequency (THz)

192.1 to 196.0

Central frequency
deviation (GHz)

Receiver sensitivity
(dBm)

-28

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

Parameter

3 System Control, Switching, and Timing Boards

Value
DWDM

Minimum overload
(dBm)

-9

Minimum extinction ratio

(dB)

8.2

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

4 Packet Processing Boards

Packet Processing Boards

About This Chapter

The OptiX OSN 550 supports the following packet processing boards: EF8F, EG4C, EM6T,
EM6F, EX1, PEX1, PEG1, CQ1, and MD1.
PEX1 and PEG1 are integrated on the PCX board.

4.1

EF8F

The EF8F is an 8xFE processing board.

4.2

EM6T/EM6F

The EM6T/EM6F is an FE/GE processing board.

4.3

EG4C

The EG4C is a 4xGE processing board.

4.4

EX1

The EX1 is a 1x10GE Ethernet processing board.

4.5

MD1

The MD1 is a 32xSmart E1 service processing board.

4.6

CQ1

CQ1 boards are 4-port channelized STM-1 processing boards.

4.1 EF8F
The EF8F is an 8xFE processing board.

4.1.1 Version Description

The functional version of the EF8F is TNM1.

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

4 Packet Processing Boards

4.1.2 Functions and Features

The EF8F receives/transmits, processes, and converges 8xFE signals.
Table 4-1 lists the functions and features that the EF8F supports. The EF8F needs to work
with the packet switching unit of the system control, switching, and timing board to
implement Ethernet service functions.
Table 4-1 Functions and features that the EF8F supports
Function and Feature

Board

Basic functions

Receives/Transmits fast Ethernet (FE) service signals and

works with the packet switching unit to process the
received FE service signals.

Backplane bus bandwidth

1.25 Gbit/s

Port specifications

FE optical port:
100BASE-BX/100BASE-FX/100BASE-LX/100BASEVX/100BASE-ZX

FE electrical port: 100BASE-T

The following types of small form-factor pluggable

(SFP) modules are supported:

Port
attributes

Working mode
TAG attributes

Packet
services

FE two-fiber bidirectional pluggable optical module

FE single-fiber bidirectional pluggable optical

module

FE pluggable electrical module

FE optical ports support 100M full-duplex.

FE electrical ports support auto-negotiation.

The TAG attribute can be set to tag aware, access, or

hybrid.

Sets and queries the TAG attribute of a port.

Traffic control
at ports

Supports the port-based traffic control function that

complies with IEEE 802.3x.

Port type query

Supported

Query and
setting of
optical power
thresholds

Supported

Ethernet line
(E-Line)
services

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Native ETH services:

E-Line services based on point-to-point transparent

transmission

E-Line services based on virtual local area networks

(VLANs)

E-Line services based on 802.1Q in 802.1Q (QinQ)

ETH pseudo wire emulation edge-to-edge (PWE3)

services: E-Line services carried by PWs (VPWS

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

Function and Feature

4 Packet Processing Boards

Board
services)

Ethernet local
area network
(E-LAN)
services

Protection
schemes

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Native ETH services:

E-LAN services based on IEEE 802.1d bridges

E-LAN services based on IEEE 802.1q bridges

E-LAN services based on IEEE 802.1ad bridges

ETH PWE3 services: E-LAN services carried by PWs

(virtual private LAN services [VPLSs])

MAC address learning modes:

Independent VLAN learning (IVL) and shared

VLAN learning (SVL) for native Ethernet services

SVL for VPLS services

Ethernet data
frame format

IEEE 802.3/Ethernet II

Jumbo frame

Supports a jumbo frame with a maximum length of 9600

bytes.

Maximum
transmission
unit (MTU)

Supports an MTU ranging from 960 bytes to 9600 bytes for

FE optical ports, with 1620 bytes being the default value.

Tunnel
automatic
protection
switching
(APS)

Supports 1:1 tunnel APS.

Pseudo wire
(PW) APS

Supports 1:1 PW APS.

MPLS-TP ring
protection
switching
(MRPS)

Does not support MRPS.

Multiple
Spanning Tree
Protocol
(MSTP)

Supports MSTP that runs only Common and Internal

Spanning Tree (CIST) instances. This type of MSTP
provides the same functions as the Rapid Spanning Tree
Protocol (RSTP).

Ethernet ring
protection
switching
(ERPS)

Supports ERPS that complies with ITU-T G.8032/Y.1344.

Link
aggregation
group (LAG)

Aggregation types: manual aggregation and static

aggregation

Load sharing modes: load sharing and non-load sharing

Link-state pass

Point-point and point-multipoint LPT

Supports an MTU ranging from 960 bytes to 9016 bytes for

FE electrical ports, with 1620 bytes being the default value.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

Function and Feature

4 Packet Processing Boards

Board

through (LPT)
Quality of service (QoS)

Complex traffic classification

Supports complex traffic classification based on
C-VLAN IDs, S-VLAN IDs, C-VLAN priorities,
S-VLAN priorities, C-VLAN IDs + C-VLAN priorities,
S-VLAN IDs + S-VLAN priorities, or DSCP values
carried by packets, and V-UNI ingress policies.

QoS policies
Supports port policies and V-UNI ingress policies.

Access control list (ACL) policy

Passes or discards packets in a flow that matches rules
specified by a port policy or V-UNI ingress policy.

CAR
Provides the CAR function for traffic flows at ports and
V-UNI ingresses.

Shaping
Provides traffic shaping for a specific port, PW ingress,
prioritized queue, or traffic flow.

Congestion management
Supports tail drop and WRED dropping.

Queue scheduling policies

Supports SP, WRR, and SP+WRR.

Maintenan
ce features

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Multiprotocol
Label
Switching
(MPLS)/Multip
rotocol label
switching
transport
profile
(MPLS-TP)
operation,
administration
and
maintenance
(OAM)

Tunnel OAM and PW OAM are supported.

MPLS OAM supports connectivity verification (CV),

fast failure detection (FFD), backward defect indication
(BDI), forward defect indication (FDI), ping, and
traceroute tests in compliance with ITU-T Y.1711.

MPLS-TP OAM supports continuity checks (CCs),

remote defect indication (RDI), alarm indication signal
(AIS) insertion, loopback (LB) tests, linktrace (LT)
tests, PW loss measurement (LM), locked signal
function (LCK), test (TST) (only packet loss test
supported), PW Client Signal Fail (CSF) indication, and
two-way delay measurement (DM) in compliance with
ITU-T G.8113.1.

Ethernet OAM
(ETH OAM)

Ethernet service OAM:

Supports CCs, LB tests, LT tests, and AIS insertion

in compliance with IEEE 802.1ag.

Implements IEEE 802.1ag-based LM and DM with

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

Function and Feature

4 Packet Processing Boards

Board
reference to ITU-T Y.7131.

Ethernet port OAM: supports OAM auto-discovery, link

performance monitoring, remote loopbacks, and
selfloop checks in compliance with IEEE 802.3ah.

Inloops at the physical (PHY)/media access control (MAC) layer of Ethernet

ports
Warm resets and cold resets (with warm resets having no impact on services)
Board power consumption query
Board voltage detection
Board temperature detection
SFP module information query
Ethernet performance monitoring (remote network monitoring [RMON])
Hot board swapping
Hot swapping for pluggable optical modules
Port mirroring

Synchroni
zation

Supports local port mirroring.

Supports mirroring in the egress direction of a UNI port.

Supports mirroring in the ingress direction of UNI and

NNI ports.

Supports mirroring of PORT+VLAN services in the

ingress direction of a UNI port.

Synchronous
Ethernet

Transmits synchronous Ethernet clock signals at eight FE

optical ports.

IEEE 1588v2

Transmits IEEE 1588v2 time and clock signals at eight FE

optical ports.

IEEE 1588
adaptive clock
recovery
(ACR)

Transmits IEEE 1588 ACR signals at eight FE optical

ports.

Data communication
network (DCN)

Each FE port provides one inband DCN channel.

Internet Group Management

Protocol (IGMP) snooping

Supported

4.1.3 Working Principle and Signal Flow

This section describes the working principle and signal flow of the EF8F.

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

4 Packet Processing Boards

Function Block Diagram

Figure 4-2 EF8F board function block diagram
Backplane

FE signal
access unit

Control signal

Service
processing unit

Ethernet
signal

Dual-fed and
selectivereceiving unit

Packet switching unit

FE signal

Control bus of the board

System control bus

Logic control
unit

+3.3 V power supplied

to the board

Power
supply unit

Fuse

-48 V/-60 V

Clock signal provided to the

other units on the board

Clock unit

System control and

communication unit

System power supply

System clock signal

Signal Processing in the Receive Direction

Table 4-2 Signal processing in the receive direction of the EF8F
Step

Function Unit

Processing Flow

FE signal access
unit

Receives FE signals.

Performs restructuring, decoding, and serial/parallel

conversion for FE signals.

Performs frame delimitation, preamble stripping,

and CRC checks for frame signals.

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Service processing
unit

Works with the system control, switching, and timing

board to provide the following functions:

Processes VLAN tags in Ethernet data frames.

Processes labels in Multiprotocol Label Switching

(MPLS) or pseudo wire emulation edge-to-edge
(PWE3) packets.

Performs QoS processing such as traffic

classification and committed access rate (CAR)
restriction for Ethernet data frames.

Processes OAM packets and protocol packets.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

4 Packet Processing Boards

Step

Function Unit

Processing Flow

Dual-fed and
selective-receiving
unit

Transmits Ethernet data frames to the active and

standby packet switching units.

Signal Processing in the Transmit Direction

Table 4-3 Signal processing in the transmit direction of the EF8F
Step

Function Unit

Processing Flow

Dual-fed and
selective-receiving
unit

Selects Ethernet data frames from the packet

switching unit.

Transmits Ethernet data frames to the Ethernet

processing unit.

Service processing
unit

Works with the system control, switching, and timing

board to provide the following functions:

FE signal access unit

Processes labels in MPLS or PWE3 packets.

Processes VLAN tags in Ethernet data frames.

Performs QoS processing such as traffic shaping and

queue scheduling for Ethernet data frames.

Processes OAM packets and protocol packets.

Performs frame delimitation, preamble addition, and

CRC code computing.

Performs parallel/serial conversion and coding for

Ethernet data frames, and sends out the generated
FE signals through Ethernet ports.

Control Signal Processing

The service processing unit controls the FE signal access unit using management control
signals.
The logic control unit controls the service processing unit and the dual-fed and
selective-receiving unit using the control bus on the board.
The logic control unit communicates with the active and standby system control and
communication units using the system control bus. Specifically, the logic control unit
transmits the configuration data and query commands from the system control and
communication unit to various units of the board; it also transmits the command responses,
alarms, and performance events reported by units on the board to the system control and
communication unit.

Power Supply Unit

The power supply unit performs the following functions:

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

4 Packet Processing Boards

Receives two -48 V/-60 V DC power supplies from the backplane, converts the supplied
power into +3.3 V power by using the DC-DC unit, and then supplies the +3.3 V power to the
other units on the board.

Clock Unit

The clock unit receives the system clock from the control bus on the backplane, and
supplies clock signals to other units on the EF8F.

The clock unit receives IEEE 1588v2 messages and IEEE 1588 ACR messages from the
FE signal access unit, and performs protocol processing to achieve clock/time
synchronization.

The clock unit supports synchronous Ethernet clock.

4.1.4 Front Panel

There are indicators and ports on the front panel.

Front Panel Diagram

Figure 4-2 shows the front panel of the EF8F.
Figure 4-3 Front panel of the EF8F
F
8 T
F AV1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
E T R /A /A A
/ /A /A A
/ /A /A
S S L L L L L L L L

OUT1

IN1

OUT2

IN2

OUT3

IN3

OUT4

IN4

OUT5

IN5

OUT6

IN6

OUT7

IN7

OUT8

IN8

Indicators
The front panel of the EF8F has the following indicators: STAT, SRV, L/A1, L/A2, L/A3,
L/A4, L/A5, L/A6, L/A7, and L/A8. For status explanation for the indicators, see Indicator
Status Explanation.

Ports
Table 4-4 Ports on an EF8F board
Port

Descripti
on

Connector Type

Pin Assignment

Required
Cable

IN1-IN
8

Input ports
for the first
to eighth
FE
optical/ele
ctrical
signals

LC SFP optical module:

LC SFP optical
module:

LC SFP
optical
module:
16.1 Fiber
Jumper

OUT1OUT8

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Output
ports for
the first to

OUT

OUT
represents the
transmit port.

IN represents
the receive
port.

RJ-45 SFP electrical module:

87654321

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

RJ-45 SFP
electrical module:

RJ-45 SFP
electrical
module:
16.10
Network
Cable

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

Port

Descripti
on

4 Packet Processing Boards

Connector Type

Pin Assignment

eighth FE
optical/ele
ctrical
signals

Required
Cable

An FE electrical
port supports the
MDI, MDI-X, and
auto-MDI/MDI-X
modes. For pin
assignments for
the port, see Table
4-5 and Table 4-6.

Table 4-5 Pin assignments for an RJ45 port in MDI mode

10/100BASE-TX

1000BASE-T

Signal

Function

Signal

Function

TX+

Transmitting data (+)

BIDA+

Bidirectional data wire A

(+)

TX-

Transmitting data (-)

BIDA-

Bidirectional data wire A

(-)

RX+

Receiving data (+)

BIDB+

Bidirectional data wire B

(+)

Reserved

BIDC+

Bidirectional data wire C

(+)

Reserved

BIDC-

Bidirectional data wire C

(-)

RX-

Receiving data (-)

BIDB-

Bidirectional data wire B

(-)

Reserved

BIDD+

Bidirectional data wire D

(+)

Reserved

BIDD-

Bidirectional data wire D

(-)

Table 4-6 Pin assignments for an RJ45 port in MDI-X mode

10/100BASE-TX

1000BASE-T

Signal

Function

Signal

Function

RX+

Receiving data (+)

BIDB+

Bidirectional data wire B

(+)

RX-

Receiving data (-)

BIDB-

Bidirectional data wire B

(-)

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

4 Packet Processing Boards

10/100BASE-TX

1000BASE-T

Signal

Function

Signal

Function

TX+

Transmitting data (+)

BIDA+

Bidirectional data wire A

(+)

Reserved

BIDD+

Bidirectional data wire D

(+)

Reserved

BIDD-

Bidirectional data wire D

4.1.7 Feature Code

None.

4.1.8 Technical Specifications

This section describes the board specifications, including the port performance, dimensions,
weight, and power consumption.
Table 4-7 lists the technical specifications of the EF8F.
Table 4-7 Technical Specifications of the EF8F
Item

Performance

Service ports

For the specifications of the FE optical port, see Table 4-10, Table
4-11, and Table 4-12.
For the specifications of the FE electrical port, see Table 4-8 and
Table 4-9.

Dimensions (H x W
x D)

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

19.82 mm x 193.80 mm x 225.80 mm

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

4 Packet Processing Boards

Item

Performance

Weight

0.55 kg

Power consumption

23 W

Table 4-8 Specifications of the EF8F Ethernet electrical ports

Service Port

Port Rate

Code Pattern

Port Type

FE electrical
port

100BASE-T

MLT-3 coding
signals

RJ45

Table 4-9 Ethernet performance specifications of the OptiX OSN 550's FE electrical ports
Item

Performance

Frame
Length
(Bytes)

Throughput
(pks/sec)

Latency (us)

Packet Loss
Ratio (%)

Back-to-Back
(Frames)

64.00

148810.00

12.80

0.00

744050.00

128.00

84459.00

17.90

0.00

422295.00

256.00

45290.00

28.00

0.00

226450.00

512.00

23496.00

48.40

0.00

117480.00

1024.00

11973.00

89.40

0.00

59865.00

1280.00

9615.00

109.80

0.00

48075.00

1518.00

8126.00

129.00

0.00

40635.00

2000.00

6188.00

167.50

0.00

30940.00

9600.00

1299.00

773.10

0.00

6459.00

Table 4-10 Specifications of the OptiX OSN 550's FE optical ports

Item

Value

Optical port
type

100BASE-FX

100BASE-LX

100BASE-VX

100BASE-ZX

Optical fiber
type

Multi-mode LC

Single-mode LC

Single-mode
LC

Transmissio
n distance
(km)

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

4 Packet Processing Boards

Item

Value

Operating
wavelength
(nm)

1270 to 1380

1261 to 1360

1263 to 1360

1480 to 1580

Mean
launched
power
(dBm)

-19 to -14

-15 to -8

-5 to 0

Receiver
minimum
sensitivity
(dBm)

-30

-28

-34

Minimum
overload
(dBm)

-14

-8

-10

Minimum
extinction
ratio (dB)

8.2

Table 4-11 Specifications of the OptiX OSN 550's FE single-fiber bidirectional optical ports
Parameter

Value

Type of optical
interface

100Base-BX

Transmission distance
(km)

Type of fiber

Single-mode LC

Operating transmit
wavelength (nm)

1550

1310

1550

1310

Operating receive
wavelength (nm)

1310

1550

1310

1550

Launched optical power

range (dBm)

-15 to -8

-5 to 0

Receiver sensitivity
(dBm)

-32

Minimum overload
(dBm)

-8

-10

Minimum extinction
ratio (dB)

8.5

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

4 Packet Processing Boards

Table 4-12 Ethernet performance specifications of the OptiX OSN 550's FE optical ports
Item

Performance

Frame
Length
(Bytes)

Throughput
(pks/sec)

Latency (us)

Packet Loss
Ratio (%)

Back-to-Back
(Frames)

64.00

148810.00

44.90

0.00

744050.00

128.00

84459.00

65.90

0.00

422295.00

256.00

45290.00

106.50

0.00

226450.00

512.00

23496.00

182.20

0.00

117480.00

1024.00

11973.00

241.10

0.00

59865.00

1280.00

9615.00

269.20

0.00

48075.00

1518.00

8126.00

292.20

0.00

40635.00

2000.00

6188.00

341.90

0.00

30940.00

9600.00

1299.00

1133.30

0.00

6459.00

4.2 EM6T/EM6F
The EM6T/EM6F is an FE/GE processing board.

4.2.1 Version Description

The functional version of the EM6T/EM6F is TNM1.

4.2.2 Functions and Features

The EM6T/EM6F receives/transmits and processes four FE signals and two GE signals.
Table 4-13 lists the functions and features that the EM6T/EM6F supports. The EM6T/EM6F
needs to work with the packet switching unit of the system control, switching, and timing
board to implement Ethernet service functions.
Table 4-13 Functions and features that the EM6T/EM6F supports
Function and
Feature

Board

Basic functions

Receives/Transmits FE/GE service signals and works with the

packet switching unit to process the received FE/GE service
signals.

Backplane bus
bandwidth

2.5 Gbit/s

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

EM6T

EM6F

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

4 Packet Processing Boards

Function and
Feature

Board

Port
specifica
tions

FE
electrical
port

Provides four 10/100BASE-T(X) ports.

FE optical
port

GE port

EM6T

Provides two fixed

ports:

10/100BASE-T(X)

1000BASE-T

EM6F

GE ports can function as FE

optical ports if pluggable FE
optical modules are used. The
following types of FE optical ports
are supported:
100BASE-BX/100BASE-FX/100B
ASE-LX/100BASE-VX/100BASE
-ZX

The following types of small

form-factor pluggable (SFP)
modules are supported:

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Working
mode

FE two-fiber bidirectional
pluggable optical module

FE single-fiber bidirectional
pluggable optical module

Provides two GE ports by using

SFP modules of any of the
following types:
1000BASE-SX/1000BASE-LX/10
00BASE-VX/1000BASE-ZX/1000
Base-T

The following types of SFP

modules are supported:

Port
attributes

GE two-fiber bidirectional
pluggable optical module

GE single-fiber bidirectional
pluggable optical module

GE pluggable electrical module

A GE optical port can be a colored

CWDM optical port. A colored
CWDM optical port supports a
transmission distance of 40 km or
80 km.

The FE electrical port supports 10M full-duplex, 10M

half-duplex, 100M full-duplex, 100M half-duplex, and
auto-negotiation.

The FE optical port supports 100M full-duplex.

The GE electrical port supports 10M full-duplex, 10M

half-duplex, 100M full-duplex, 100M half-duplex, 1000M
full-duplex, and auto-negotiation.

The GE optical port supports 1000M full-duplex and

auto-negotiation.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

Function and
Feature

Packet
services

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Board
EM6T

EM6F

TAG
attributes

Traffic
control at
ports

Supports the port-based traffic control function that complies

with IEEE 802.3x.

Port type
query

Supported

Query and
setting of
optical
power
thresholds

Not supported

E-Line
services

E-LAN
services

Protectio
n

4 Packet Processing Boards

The TAG attribute can be set to tag aware, access, or hybrid.

Supported

Native ETH services:

E-Line services based on point-to-point transparent

transmission

E-Line services based on virtual local area networks

(VLANs)

E-Line services based on 802.1Q in 802.1Q (QinQ)

ETH pseudo wire emulation edge-to-edge (PWE3) services:

E-Line services carried by PWs (VPWS services)

Native ETH services:

E-LAN services based on IEEE 802.1d bridges

E-LAN services based on IEEE 802.1q bridges

E-LAN services based on IEEE 802.1ad bridges

ETH PWE3 services: E-LAN services carried by PWs (virtual

private LAN services [VPLSs])

MAC address learning modes:

Independent VLAN learning (IVL) and shared VLAN

learning (SVL) for native Ethernet services

SVL for VPLS services

Ethernet
data frame
format

IEEE 802.3/Ethernet II

Jumbo
frame

Supports a jumbo frame with a maximum length of 9600 bytes.

Maximum
transmissio
n unit
(MTU)

Ranges from 960 bytes to 9600 bytes, with 1620 bytes being the
default value.

Tunnel
automatic

Supports 1:1 tunnel APS.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

Function and
Feature
schemes

4 Packet Processing Boards

Board
EM6T

EM6F

protection
switching
(APS)
Pseudo
wire (PW)
APS

Supports 1:1 PW APS.

MPLS-TP
ring
protection
switching
(MRPS)

Does not support MRPS.

Multiple
Spanning
Tree
Protocol
(MSTP)

Supports MSTP that runs only Common and Internal Spanning

Tree (CIST) instances. This type of MSTP provides the same
functions as the Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol (RSTP).

Ethernet
ring
protection
switching
(ERPS)

Supports ERPS that complies with ITU-T G.8032/Y.1344.

Link
aggregatio
n group
(LAG)

Aggregation types: manual aggregation and static aggregation

Load sharing modes: load sharing and non-load sharing

Link-state
pass
through
(LPT)

Point-point and point-multipoint LPT

Quality of service
(QoS)

DiffServ
Supports simple traffic classification by specifying PHB
service classes for service flows based on their QoS
information (C-VLAN priorities, S-VLAN priorities, DSCP
values, or MPLS EXP values) carried by packets.

Complex traffic classification

Supports complex traffic classification based on C-VLAN
IDs, S-VLAN IDs, C-VLAN priorities, S-VLAN priorities,
C-VLAN IDs + C-VLAN priorities, S-VLAN IDs + S-VLAN
priorities, or DSCP values carried by packets, and V-UNI
ingress policies.

QoS policies
Supports port policies and V-UNI ingress policies.

Access control list (ACL) policy

Passes or discards packets in a flow that matches rules

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

Function and
Feature

4 Packet Processing Boards

Board
EM6T

EM6F

specified by a port policy or V-UNI ingress policy.

CAR
Provides the CAR function for traffic flows at ports and
V-UNI ingresses.

Shaping
Provides traffic shaping for a specific port, PW ingress,
prioritized queue, or traffic flow.

Congestion management
Supports tail drop and WRED dropping.

Queue scheduling policies

Supports SP, WRR, and SP+WRR.

Mainten
ance
features

Multiproto
col Label
Switching
(MPLS)/M
ultiprotoco
l label
switching
transport
profile
(MPLS-TP
) operation,
administrat
ion and
maintenanc
e (OAM)

Tunnel OAM and PW OAM are supported.

MPLS OAM supports connectivity verification (CV), fast

failure detection (FFD), backward defect indication (BDI),
forward defect indication (FDI), ping, and traceroute tests in
compliance with ITU-T Y.1711.

MPLS-TP OAM supports continuity checks (CCs), remote

defect indication (RDI), alarm indication signal (AIS)
insertion, loopback (LB) tests, linktrace (LT) tests, PW loss
measurement (LM), locked signal function (LCK), test (TST)
(only packet loss test supported), PW Client Signal Fail (CSF)
indication, and two-way delay measurement (DM) in
compliance with ITU-T G.8113.1.

Ethernet
OAM
(ETH
OAM)

Ethernet service OAM:

Supports CCs, LB tests, LT tests, and AIS insertion in

compliance with IEEE 802.1ag.

Implements IEEE 802.1ag-based LM and DM with

reference to ITU-T Y.7131.

Ethernet port OAM: supports OAM auto-discovery, link

performance monitoring, remote loopbacks, and selfloop
checks in compliance with IEEE 802.3ah.

Inloops at the physical PHY/MAC layer of Ethernet ports

Warm resets and cold resets (with warm resets having no impact on services)
Board power consumption query
Board voltage detection
Board temperature detection
SFP module information query
Ethernet performance monitoring (remote network monitoring [RMON])

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

Function and
Feature

4 Packet Processing Boards

Board
EM6T

EM6F

Hot board swapping

Hot swapping for pluggable optical modules
Port
mirroring

Synchro
nization

Synchrono
us Ethernet

Supports local port mirroring.

Supports mirroring in the egress direction of a UNI port.

Supports mirroring in the ingress direction of UNI and NNI

ports.

Supports mirroring of PORT+VLAN services in the ingress

direction of a UNI port.

Transmits synchronous Ethernet clock signals at six ports.

NOTE
SFP electrical modules do not support synchronous Ethernet clocks.

Data communication
network (DCN)

Each FE/GE port provides one inband DCN channel.

Internet Group
Management Protocol
(IGMP) snooping

Supported

4.2.3 Working Principle and Signal Flow

This section describes the working principle and signal flow of the EM6T/EM6F.

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

4 Packet Processing Boards

Function Block Diagram

Figure 4-4 EM6T/EM6F board function block diagram
Backplane
GE signal
GE signal
access unit

Control signal
Service
processing unit

FE signal
access unit

Ethernet
signal

Dual-fed and
selectivereceiving unit

Packet switching unit

Control signal
FE signal
Control bus of the board

System control bus

Logic control
unit

+3.3 V power supplied

to the board

Power
supply unit

Fuse

-48 V/-60 V

Clock signal provided to the

other units on the board

Clock unit

System control and

communication unit

System power supply

System clock signal

Signal Processing in the Receive Direction

Table 4-14 Signal processing in the receive direction of the EM6T/EM6F
Step

Function Unit

Processing Flow

GE signal access
unit/FE signal
access unit

Receives GE/FE signals.

Performs restructuring, decoding, and serial/parallel

conversion for GE/FE signals.

Performs frame delimitation, preamble stripping,

and cyclic redundancy checks (CRCs) for frame
signals.

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Service processing
unit

Works with the system control, switching, and timing

board to provide the following functions:

Processes VLAN tags in Ethernet data frames.

Processes labels in Multiprotocol Label Switching

(MPLS) or pseudo wire emulation edge-to-edge
(PWE3) packets.

Performs QoS processing such as traffic

classification and committed access rate (CAR)
restriction for Ethernet data frames.

Processes OAM packets and protocol packets.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

4 Packet Processing Boards

Step

Function Unit

Processing Flow

Dual-fed and
selective-receiving
unit

Transmits Ethernet data frames to the active and

standby packet switching units.

Signal Processing in the Transmit Direction

Table 4-15 Signal processing in the transmit direction of the EM6T/EM6F
Step

Function Unit

Processing Flow

Dual-fed and
selective-receiving
unit

Selects Ethernet data frames from the packet

switching unit.

Transmits Ethernet data frames to the Ethernet

processing unit.

Service processing
unit

Works with the system control, switching, and timing

board to provide the following functions:

GE signal access
unit/FE signal access
unit

Processes labels in MPLS or PWE3 packets.

Processes VLAN tags in Ethernet data frames.

Performs QoS processing such as traffic shaping and

queue scheduling for Ethernet data frames.

Processes OAM packets and protocol packets.

Performs frame delimitation, preamble addition, and

CRC code computing.

Performs parallel/serial conversion and coding for

Ethernet data frames, and sends out the generated
GE/FE signals through Ethernet ports.

Control Signal Processing

The service processing unit controls the FE/GE signal access unit using management control
signals.
The logic control unit controls the service processing unit and the dual-fed and
selective-receiving unit using the control bus on the board.
The logic control unit communicates with the active and standby system control and
communication units using the system control bus. Specifically, the logic control unit
transmits the configuration data and query commands from the system control and
communication unit to various units of the board; it also transmits the command responses,
alarms, and performance events reported by units on the board to the system control and
communication unit.

Power Supply Unit

The power supply unit performs the following functions:

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

4 Packet Processing Boards

Clock Unit
This unit receives the system clock from the control bus in the backplane and provides clock
signals to the other units on the board.

4.2.4 Front Panel

There are indicators, FE service ports, and GE service ports on the front panel.

Front Panel Diagram

Figure 4-5 Front panel of the EM6T
T
6
M
E

T
A
T
S

GV
OR
R S
P

GE1

GE2

FE1

FE2

FE3

FE4

T
6
M
E

Figure 4-6 Front panel of the EM6F

F
6
M
E

T
A
T
S

2
G V 1
K
O R K
N
I
R S IN
L L
P

CLASS1
LASER
PRODUCT

GE1

GE2

FE1

FE2

FE3

FE4

F
6
M
E

Indicators
The front panel of the EM6T has the following indicators: STAT, SRV, and PROG. The front
panel of the EM6F has the following indicators: STAT, SRV, PROG, LINK1, and LINK2. For
status explanation for the indicators, see Indicator Status Explanation.

Ports
Table 4-16 Ports on an EM6T/EM6F board
Port

Bo
ard

Descri
ption

Connector Type

Pin Assignment

FE1,
FE2,
FE3,
FE4

EM
6T/
EM
6F

FE
service
port

RJ45

GE1
/GE
2

EM
6T

GE
service
port
(fixed

RJ45

The FE ports and

GE electrical ports
support the MDI,
MDI-X, and
auto-MDI/MDI-X
modes. Table 4-18
and Table 4-19
provide the pin

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

87654321

For status
explanation
for the
indicators of

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Required
Cable

16.10
Network
Cable

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

Port

Bo
ard

Descri
ption

4 Packet Processing Boards

Connector Type

electric
al port)
EM
6F

FE/GE
service
port
(using
SFP
module
s)

GE
electrical
port: SFP
electrical
module

an RJ45 port,
see Table
4-17.

FE/GE optical port: LC

SFP optical module
TX

Pin Assignment

Required
Cable

assignments for an
RJ45 port in
different modes.

TX represents
the transmit port.

RX represents
the receive port.

16.1 Fiber
Jumper

Table 4-17 Status explanation for indicators on an Ethernet port

Indicator

State

Meaning

LINK (green)

The Ethernet link is working

properly.

Off

The Ethernet link is interrupted.

On or blinking

The port is receiving or transmitting

data.

Off

The port is not receiving or

transmitting data.

ACT (yellow)

Table 4-18 Pin assignments for an RJ45 port in MDI mode

10/100BASE-TX

1000BASE-T

Signal

Function

Signal

Function

TX+

Transmitting data (+)

BIDA+

Bidirectional data wire A

(+)

TX-

Transmitting data (-)

BIDA-

Bidirectional data wire A

(-)

RX+

Receiving data (+)

BIDB+

Bidirectional data wire B

(+)

Reserved

BIDC+

Bidirectional data wire C

(+)

Reserved

BIDC-

Bidirectional data wire C

(-)

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Receiving data (+)

BIDB+

Bidirectional data wire B

(+)

RX-

Receiving data (-)

BIDB-

Bidirectional data wire B

(-)

TX+

Transmitting data (+)

BIDA+

Bidirectional data wire A

(+)

Reserved

BIDD+

Bidirectional data wire D

(+)

Reserved

BIDD-

Bidirectional data wire D

(-)

TX-

Transmitting data (-)

BIDA-

Bidirectional data wire A

(-)

Reserved

BIDC+

Bidirectional data wire C

(+)

Reserved

BIDC-

Bidirectional data wire C

(-)

Labels
There is a laser safety class label on the front panel of the EM6F.
The laser safety class label CLASS 1 indicates that the maximum launched optical power of
the optical port is lower than 10 dBm (10 mW).

4.2.5 DIP Switches and Jumpers

None.

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

4 Packet Processing Boards

4.2.6 Valid Slots

The EM6T/EM6F can be inserted in slots 1-6. The slot allocation priority is as follows: slots 4
and 6 > slots 1 and 2 > slots 3 and 5. The logical slots of the EM6T/EM6F on the NMS are
the same as its physical slots.

4.2.7 Feature Code

None.

4.2.8 Technical Specifications

This section describes the board specifications, including the port performance, dimensions,
weight, and power consumption.
Table 4-20 lists the technical specifications of the EM6T/EM6F.
Table 4-20 Technical specifications of the EM6T/EM6F
Item
Service
ports

Performance
FE1,
FE2,
FE3,
FE4

FE electrical port

See Table 4-21 and Table 4-22.

GE1,
GE2

FE optical port

See Table 4-23, Table 4-24, and Table 4-25.

GE electrical port

See Table 4-21 and Table 4-26.

GE optical port

By using different SFP modules, the

equipment provides GE optical ports with
different application codes and transmission
distances.
For port specifications, see Table 4-27, Table
4-28, Table 4-30, and Table 4-29.

Dimensions (H x W
x D)

19.82 mm x 193.80 mm x 225.80 mm

Weight

EM6T: 0.37 kg

EM6F: 0.40 kg

EM6T: 10.4 W

EM6F: 11.3 W

Power consumption

Table 4-21 Specifications of the OptiX OSN 550's Ethernet electrical ports
Service Port

Port Rate

Code Pattern

Port Type

GE/FE
electrical port

10BASE-T

Manchester coding
signals

RJ45

GE/FE

100BASE-T(X)

MLT-3 coding

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

Service Port

Port Rate

electrical port

4 Packet Processing Boards

Code Pattern

Port Type

signals

GE electrical
port

1000BASE-T

4D-PAM5 coding
signals

Table 4-22 Ethernet performance specifications of the OptiX OSN 550's FE electrical ports
Item

Performance

Frame
Length
(Bytes)

Throughput
(pks/sec)

Latency (us)

Packet Loss
Ratio (%)

Back-to-Back
(Frames)

64.00

148810.00

12.80

0.00

744050.00

128.00

84459.00

17.90

0.00

422295.00

256.00

45290.00

28.00

0.00

226450.00

512.00

23496.00

48.40

0.00

117480.00

1024.00

11973.00

89.40

0.00

59865.00

1280.00

9615.00

109.80

0.00

48075.00

1518.00

8126.00

129.00

0.00

40635.00

2000.00

6188.00

167.50

0.00

30940.00

9600.00

1299.00

773.10

0.00

6459.00

Table 4-23 Specifications of the OptiX OSN 550's FE optical ports

Item

Value

Optical port
type

100BASE-FX

100BASE-LX

100BASE-VX

100BASE-ZX

Optical fiber
type

Multi-mode LC

Single-mode LC

Single-mode
LC

Transmissio
n distance
(km)

Operating
wavelength
(nm)

1270 to 1380

1261 to 1360

1263 to 1360

1480 to 1580

Mean
launched
power
(dBm)

-19 to -14

-15 to -8

-5 to 0

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

4 Packet Processing Boards

Item

Value

Receiver
minimum
sensitivity
(dBm)

-30

-28

-34

Minimum
overload
(dBm)

-14

-8

-10

Minimum
extinction
ratio (dB)

8.2

Table 4-24 Specifications of the OptiX OSN 550's FE single-fiber bidirectional optical ports
Parameter

Value

Type of optical
interface

100Base-BX

Transmission distance
(km)

Type of fiber

Single-mode LC

Operating transmit
wavelength (nm)

1550

1310

1550

1310

Operating receive
wavelength (nm)

1310

1550

1310

1550

Launched optical power

range (dBm)

-15 to -8

-5 to 0

Receiver sensitivity
(dBm)

-32

Minimum overload
(dBm)

-8

-10

Minimum extinction
ratio (dB)

8.5

Table 4-25 Ethernet performance specifications of the OptiX OSN 550's FE optical ports
Item

Performance

Frame
Length
(Bytes)

Throughput
(pks/sec)

Latency (us)

Packet Loss
Ratio (%)

Back-to-Back
(Frames)

64.00

148810.00

44.90

0.00

744050.00

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

4 Packet Processing Boards

Item

Performance

Frame
Length
(Bytes)

Throughput
(pks/sec)

Latency (us)

Packet Loss
Ratio (%)

Back-to-Back
(Frames)

128.00

84459.00

65.90

0.00

422295.00

256.00

45290.00

106.50

0.00

226450.00

512.00

23496.00

182.20

0.00

117480.00

1024.00

11973.00

241.10

0.00

59865.00

1280.00

9615.00

269.20

0.00

48075.00

1518.00

8126.00

292.20

0.00

40635.00

2000.00

6188.00

341.90

0.00

30940.00

9600.00

1299.00

1133.30

0.00

6459.00

Table 4-26 Ethernet performance specifications of the OptiX OSN 550's GE electrical ports
Item

Performance

Frame
Length
(Bytes)

Throughput
(pks/sec)

Latency (us)

Packet Loss
Ratio (%)

Back-to-Back
(Frames)

64.00

1488095.00

7.00

0.00

7440475.00

128.00

844595.00

7.40

0.00

4222975.00

256.00

452899.00

8.40

0.00

2264495.00

512.00

234962.00

10.60

0.00

1174810.00

1024.00

119732.00

14.70

0.00

598660.00

1280.00

96154.00

17.00

0.00

480770.00

1518.00

81274.00

18.90

0.00

406370.00

2000.00

61881.00

22.60

0.00

309405.00

9600.00

12994.00

83.40

0.00

64970.00

Table 4-27 Specifications of the OptiX OSN 550's GE optical ports

Item

Value

Optical port
type

1000BASE-SX

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

1000BASE-LX

1000BASE-VX

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

1000BASE-ZX

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

4 Packet Processing Boards

Item

Value

Optical fiber
type

Multi-mode LC

Single-mode LC

Transmission
distance (km)

0.5

Operating
wavelength
(nm)

770 to 860

1270 to 1355

1500 to 1580

Mean
launched
power (dBm)

-9.5 to -2.5

-9 to -3

-5 to 0

-2 to +5

Receiver
minimum
sensitivity
(dBm)

-17

-20

-23

Minimum
overload
(dBm)

-3

Minimum
extinction
ratio (dB)

Table 4-28 Specifications of the OptiX OSN 550's GE single-fiber bidirectional optical ports
Paramete
r

Value

Type of
optical
interface

1000BASE-LX

1000BASE-VX

Transmiss
ion
distance
(km)

Type of
fiber

Single-mode LC

Operating
transmit
wavelengt
h (nm)

1490

1310

1490

1310

Operating
receive
wavelengt
h (nm)

1310

1490

1310

1490

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

4 Packet Processing Boards

Paramete
r

Value

Launched
optical
power
range
(dBm)

-9 to -3

-2 to 3

Receiver
sensitivity
(dBm)

-19.5

-23

Minimum
overload
(dBm)

-3

Minimum
extinction
ratio (dB)

Table 4-29 Ethernet performance specifications of the OptiX OSN 550's GE optical ports
Item

Performance

Frame
Length
(Bytes)

Throughput
(pks/sec)

Latency (us)

Packet Loss
Ratio (%)

Back-to-Back
(Frames)

64.00

1488095.00

9.00

0.00

7440475.00

128.00

844595.00

11.80

0.00

4222975.00

256.00

452899.00

17.30

0.00

2264495.00

512.00

234962.00

25.00

0.00

1174810.00

1024.00

119732.00

29.20

0.00

598660.00

1280.00

96154.00

31.30

0.00

480770.00

1518.00

81274.00

33.40

0.00

406370.00

2000.00

61881.00

37.40

0.00

309405.00

9600.00

12994.00

98.00

0.00

64970.00

Table 4-30 Parameters specified for colored GE optical ports (CWDM)

Parameter

Value
CWDM

Nominal bit

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

1,250,000 kbit/s

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

Parameter

4 Packet Processing Boards

Value
CWDM

rate
Type of fiber

Single-mode LC

Transmission
distance (km)

Launched
optical power
range (dBm)

0 to 5

Operating
wavelength
range (nm)

1471 to 1611, in steps of

1471 to 1611, in steps of 20

Receiver
sensitivity
(dBm)

-19

-28

Minimum
overload
(dBm)

-3

-9

8.2

Minimum
extinction ratio
(dB)

4.3 EG4C
The EG4C is a 4xGE processing board.

4.3.1 Version Description

The functional version of the EG4C is TNM1.

4.3.2 Functions and Features

The EG4C receives/transmits and processes 4xFE/GE signals.
Table 4-31 lists the functions and features that the EG4C supports. The EG4C needs to work
with the packet switching unit of the system control, switching, and timing board to
implement Ethernet service functions.
Table 4-31 Functions and features that the EG4C supports
Function and Feature

Board

Basic functions

Receives/Transmits FE/GE service signals, and

process these signals by working with the packet

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

Function and Feature

4 Packet Processing Boards

Board
switching unit.

Backplane bus bandwidth

5 Gbit/s

Port specifications

Provides optical/electrical ports for 4xFE/GE signals.

On the front panel of an EG4C board, the first four
ports are optical ports using small form-factor
pluggable (SFP) optical modules, and the last four
ports are fixed electrical ports. The ports with the
same ID cannot be used simultaneously.

Port attributes

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

The following types of fixed GE electrical ports

are supported: 1000BASE-T

The following types of FE SFP optical modules

are supported:
100BASE-BX/100BASE-FX/100BASE-LX/100B
ASE-VX/100BASE-ZX

The following types of GE SFP optical modules

are supported:
1000BASE-SX/1000BASE-LX/1000BASE-VX/1
000BASE-ZX

The following types of SFP modules are

supported:

FE/GE two-fiber bidirectional pluggable

optical module

FE/GE single-fiber bidirectional pluggable

optical module

A GE optical port can be a colored CWDM

optical port. A colored CWDM optical port
supports a transmission distance of 40 km or 80
km.

The GE electrical port supports 10M full-duplex,

100M full-duplex, 1000M full-duplex, and
auto-negotiation.

The GE optical port supports 1000M full-duplex

and auto-negotiation.

The FE optical port supports 100M full-duplex.

TAG attributes

The TAG attribute can be set to tag aware, access,

or hybrid.

Traffic control
function

Supports the port-based traffic control function that

complies with IEEE 802.3x.

Port type query

Supported

Query and
setting of
optical power
thresholds

Supported

Ethernet line

Working mode

Packet services

Native ETH services:

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

Function and Feature

4 Packet Processing Boards

Board

(E-Line)
services

Ethernet local
area network
(E-LAN)
services

Protection
schemes

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

E-Line services based on point-to-point

transparent transmission

E-Line services based on virtual local area

networks (VLANs)

E-Line services based on 802.1Q in 802.1Q

(QinQ)

ETH pseudo wire emulation edge-to-edge (PWE3)

services: E-Line services carried by PWs (VPWS
services)

Native ETH services:

E-LAN services based on IEEE 802.1d bridges

E-LAN services based on IEEE 802.1q bridges

E-LAN services based on IEEE 802.1ad

bridges

ETH PWE3 services: E-LAN services carried by

PWs (virtual private LAN services [VPLSs])

MAC address learning modes:

Independent VLAN learning (IVL) and shared

VLAN learning (SVL) for native Ethernet
services

SVL for VPLS services

Ethernet data
frame format

IEEE 802.3/Ethernet II

Jumbo frame

Supports a jumbo frame with a maximum length of

9600 bytes.

Maximum
transmission
unit (MTU)

Ranges from 960 bytes to 9600 bytes, with 1620

bytes being the default value.

Tunnel
automatic
protection
switching
(APS)

Supports 1:1 tunnel APS.

Pseudo wire
(PW) APS

Supports 1:1 PW APS.

MPLS-TP ring
protection
switching
(MRPS)

Does not support MRPS.

Multiple
Spanning Tree
Protocol
(MSTP)

Supports MSTP that runs only Common and Internal

Spanning Tree (CIST) instances. This type of MSTP
provides the same functions as the Rapid Spanning
Tree Protocol (RSTP).

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

Function and Feature

4 Packet Processing Boards

Board

Ethernet ring
protection
switching
(ERPS)

Supports ERPS that complies with ITU-T

G.8032/Y.1344.

Link
aggregation
group (LAG)

Aggregation types: manual aggregation and static

aggregation

Load sharing modes: load sharing and non-load

sharing

Link-state pass
through (LPT)

Point-point and point-multipoint LPT

Quality of service (QoS)

DiffServ
Supports simple traffic classification by
specifying PHB service classes for service flows
based on their QoS information (C-VLAN
priorities, S-VLAN priorities, DSCP values, or
MPLS EXP values) carried by packets.

Complex traffic classification

Supports complex traffic classification based on
C-VLAN IDs, S-VLAN IDs, C-VLAN priorities,
S-VLAN priorities, C-VLAN IDs + C-VLAN
priorities, S-VLAN IDs + S-VLAN priorities, or
DSCP values carried by packets, and V-UNI
ingress policies.

QoS policies
Supports port policies and V-UNI ingress policies.

Access control list (ACL) policy

Passes or discards packets in a flow that matches
rules specified by a port policy or V-UNI ingress
policy.

CAR
Provides the CAR function for traffic flows at
ports and V-UNI ingresses.

Shaping
Provides traffic shaping for a specific port, PW
ingress, prioritized queue, or traffic flow.

Congestion management
Supports tail drop and WRED dropping.

Queue scheduling policies

Supports SP, WRR, and SP+WRR.

Maintenance
features

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Multiprotocol
Label
Switching
(MPLS)/Multip
rotocol label
switching

Tunnel OAM and PW OAM are supported.

MPLS OAM supports connectivity verification

(CV), fast failure detection (FFD), backward
defect indication (BDI), forward defect indication
(FDI), ping, and traceroute tests in compliance

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

Function and Feature

transport profile
(MPLS-TP)
operation,
administration
and
maintenance
(OAM)

Ethernet OAM
(ETH OAM)

4 Packet Processing Boards

Board
with ITU-T Y.1711.

MPLS-TP OAM supports continuity checks

(CCs), remote defect indication (RDI), alarm
indication signal (AIS) insertion, loopback (LB)
tests, linktrace (LT) tests, PW loss measurement
(LM), locked signal function (LCK), test (TST)
(only packet loss test supported), PW Client
Signal Fail (CSF) indication, and two-way delay
measurement (DM) in compliance with ITU-T
G.8113.1.

Ethernet service OAM:

Supports CCs, LB tests, LT tests, and AIS

insertion in compliance with IEEE 802.1ag.

Implements IEEE 802.1ag-based LM and DM

with reference to ITU-T Y.7131.

Ethernet port OAM: supports OAM

auto-discovery, link performance monitoring,
remote loopbacks, and selfloop checks in
compliance with IEEE 802.3ah.

Inloops at the physical (PHY)/media access control (MAC) layer of

Ethernet ports
Warm resets (having no impact on services) and cold resets
Board power consumption query
Board voltage detection
Board temperature detection
SFP module information query
Ethernet performance monitoring (remote network monitoring [RMON])
Hot-swappable board
Hot swapping for pluggable optical modules
Port mirroring

Synchronizatio
n

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Supports local port mirroring.

Supports mirroring in the egress direction of a

UNI port.

Supports mirroring in the ingress direction of UNI

and NNI ports.

Supports mirroring of PORT+VLAN services in

the ingress direction of a UNI port.

Synchronous
Ethernet

Transmits synchronous Ethernet clock signals at four

ports.

IEEE 1588v2

Transmits IEEE 1588v2 time and clock signals at

four ports.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

4 Packet Processing Boards

Function and Feature

Board

IEEE 1588
adaptive clock
recovery (ACR)

Transmits IEEE 1588 ACR signals at four ports.

Data communication network

(DCN)

Provides one inband DCN channel at each GE port.

Internet Group Management

Protocol (IGMP) snooping

Supported

4.3.3 Working Principle and Signal Flow

This section describes the working principle and signal flow of the EG4C.

Function Block Diagram

Figure 4-7 EG4C board function block diagram
Backplane

FE/GE signal
access unit

Control signal

Service
processing unit

Ethernet
signal

Dual-fed and
selectivereceiving unit

Packet switching unit

FE/GE signal

Control bus of the board

Logic control
unit

+3.3 V power supplied

to the board

System control bus

Power
supply unit

Fuse

-48 V/-60 V

Clock signal provided to the

other units on the board

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Clock unit

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

System control and

communication unit

System power supply

System clock signal

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

4 Packet Processing Boards

Signal Processing in the Receive Direction

Table 4-32 Signal processing in the receive direction of the EG4C
Step

Function Unit

Processing Flow

FE/GE signal access

unit

Receives FE/GE signals.

Performs restructuring, decoding, and serial/parallel

conversion for FE/GE signals.

Performs frame delimitation, preamble stripping,

and cyclic redundancy checks (CRCs) for frame
signals.

Service processing
unit

Dual-fed and
selective-receiving
unit

Works with the system control, switching, and timing

board to provide the following functions:

Processes VLAN tags in Ethernet data frames.

Processes labels in Multiprotocol Label Switching

(MPLS) or pseudo wire emulation edge-to-edge
(PWE3) packets.

Performs QoS processing such as traffic

classification and committed access rate (CAR)
restriction for Ethernet data frames.

Processes OAM packets and protocol packets.

Transmits Ethernet data frames to the active and

standby packet switching units.

Signal Processing in the Transmit Direction

Table 4-33 Signal processing in the transmit direction of the EG4C
Step

Function Unit

Processing Flow

Dual-fed and
selective-receiving
unit

Selects Ethernet data frames from the packet

switching unit.

Transmits Ethernet data frames to the Ethernet

processing unit.

Service processing
unit

Works with the system control, switching, and timing

board to provide the following functions:

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

FE/GE signal access

unit

Processes labels in MPLS or PWE3 packets.

Processes VLAN tags in Ethernet data frames.

Performs QoS processing such as traffic shaping and

queue scheduling for Ethernet data frames.

Processes OAM packets and protocol packets.

Performs frame delimitation, preamble addition, and

CRC code computing.

Performs parallel/serial conversion and coding for

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

100

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

Step

4 Packet Processing Boards

Function Unit

Processing Flow
Ethernet data frames, and sends out the generated
FE/GE signals through Ethernet ports.

Control Signal Processing

The service processing unit controls the FE/GE signal access unit using management control
signals.
The logic control unit controls the service processing unit and the dual-fed and
selective-receiving unit using the control bus on the board.
The logic control unit communicates with the active and standby system control and
communication units using the system control bus. Specifically, the logic control unit
transmits the configuration data and query commands from the system control and
communication unit to other units on the EG4C; it also transmits the response messages,
alarms, and performance events from other units on the EG4C to the system control and
communication unit.

Power Supply Unit

The power supply unit performs the following functions:
Receives two -48 V/-60 V DC power supplies from the backplane, converts the supplied
power into +3.3 V power by using the DC-DC unit, and then supplies the +3.3 V power to the
other units on the board.

Clock Unit

The clock unit receives the system clock from the control bus on the backplane, and
supplies clock signals to other units on the EG4C.

The clock unit receives IEEE 1588v2 messages and IEEE 1588 ACR messages from the
FE/GE signal access unit, and performs protocol processing to achieve clock/time
synchronization.

The clock unit supports synchronous Ethernet clock.

4.3.4 Front Panel

There are indicators and ports on the front panel.

Front Panel Diagram

Figure 4-8 Front panel of the EG4C
C
4
G
E

OUT 1/IN 1

OUT 2/IN 2

OUT 3/IN 3

OUT 4/IN 4

T V 1 2 3 4
A
T R A
/ /A A
/ /A
S S L L L L
1

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

101

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

4 Packet Processing Boards

Indicators
The front panel of the EG4C has the following indicators: STAT, SRV, L/A1, L/A2, L/A3, and
L/A4. For status explanation for the indicators, see Indicator Status Explanation.

Ports
Table 4-34 Ports on an EG4C board
Port

Descrip
tion

Connector Type

Pin Assignment

Required
Cable

GE1GE4

GE
service
port
(fixed
electrica
l port)

RJ45

The GE electrical
ports support the
medium dependent
interface (MDI),
medium dependent
interface crossover
(MDI-X), and
auto-MDI/MDI-X
modes. Table 4-36
and Table 4-37
provide the pin
assignments for an
RJ45 port in different
modes.

16.10
Network
Cable

FE/GE
service
port
(using
SFP
modules
)

LC SFP optical module

87654321

For status
explanation for
the indicators
of an RJ45
port, see Table
4-35.

OUT

OUT represents
the transmit port.

IN represents the
receive port.

16.1 Fiber
Jumper

Table 4-35 Status explanation for indicators on an Ethernet port

Indicator

State

Meaning

LINK (green)

The Ethernet link is working

properly.

Off

The Ethernet link is interrupted.

On or blinking

The port is receiving or transmitting

data.

Off

The port is not receiving or

transmitting data.

ACT (yellow)

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

102

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

4 Packet Processing Boards

Table 4-36 Pin assignments for an RJ45 port in MDI mode

10/100BASE-TX

1000BASE-T

Signal

Function

Signal

Function

TX+

Transmitting data (+)

BIDA+

Bidirectional data wire A

(+)

TX-

Transmitting data (-)

BIDA-

Bidirectional data wire A

(-)

RX+

Receiving data (+)

BIDB+

Bidirectional data wire B

(+)

Reserved

BIDC+

Bidirectional data wire C

(+)

Reserved

BIDC-

Bidirectional data wire C

(-)

RX-

Receiving data (-)

BIDB-

Bidirectional data wire B

(-)

Reserved

BIDD+

Bidirectional data wire D

(+)

Reserved

BIDD-

Bidirectional data wire D

(-)

Table 4-37 Pin assignments for an RJ45 port in MDI-X mode

10/100BASE-TX

1000BASE-T

Signal

Function

Signal

Function

RX+

Receiving data (+)

BIDB+

Bidirectional data wire B

(+)

RX-

Receiving data (-)

BIDB-

Bidirectional data wire B

(-)

TX+

Transmitting data (+)

BIDA+

Bidirectional data wire A

(+)

Reserved

BIDD+

Bidirectional data wire D

(+)

Reserved

BIDD-

Bidirectional data wire D

(-)

TX-

Transmitting data (-)

BIDA-

Bidirectional data wire A

(-)

Reserved

BIDC+

Bidirectional data wire C

(+)

Reserved

BIDC-

Bidirectional data wire C

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

103

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

4 Packet Processing Boards

10/100BASE-TX

1000BASE-T

Signal

Function

Function
(-)

Labels
There is a laser safety class label on the front panel of the EG4C.
The laser safety class label CLASS 1 indicates that the maximum launched optical power of
the optical port is lower than 10 dBm (10 mW).

4.3.5 DIP Switches and Jumpers

None.

4.3.6 Valid Slots

The EG4C can be inserted in slots 3-6, and slots 4 and 6 are preferred. The logical slots of the
EG4C on the NMS are the same as its physical slots.

4.3.7 Feature Code

None.

4.3.8 Technical Specifications

This section describes the board specifications, including the port performance, dimensions,
weight, and power consumption.
Table 4-38 lists the technical specifications of the EG4C.
Table 4-38 Technical Specifications of the EG4C
Item
Service
ports

Performance
GE1-GE
4

GE electrical
port

See Table 4-39 and Table 4-40.

FE/GE optical
port

By using various SFP modules, the equipment

provides FE/GE optical ports with various
application codes and transmission distances.
For FE optical port specifications, see Table
4-41, Table 4-42, and Table 4-43.
For GE optical port specifications, see Table
4-44, Table 4-45, Table 4-47, and Table 4-46.

Dimensions (H x W
x D)

19.82 mm x 193.80 mm x 225.80 mm

Weight

0.45 kg

Power consumption

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

4xGE optical ports: 12.5 W

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

104

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

4 Packet Processing Boards

Item

Performance

4xGE electrical ports: 11.0 W

Table 4-39 Specifications of the EG4C Ethernet electrical ports

Service Port

Port Rate

Code Pattern

Port Type

GE electrical
port

1000BASE-T

4D-PAM5 coding
signals

RJ45

Table 4-40 Ethernet performance specifications of the OptiX OSN 550's GE electrical ports
Item

Performance

Frame
Length
(Bytes)

Throughput
(pks/sec)

Latency (us)

Packet Loss
Ratio (%)

Back-to-Back
(Frames)

64.00

1488095.00

7.00

0.00

7440475.00

128.00

844595.00

7.40

0.00

4222975.00

256.00

452899.00

8.40

0.00

2264495.00

512.00

234962.00

10.60

0.00

1174810.00

1024.00

119732.00

14.70

0.00

598660.00

1280.00

96154.00

17.00

0.00

480770.00

1518.00

81274.00

18.90

0.00

406370.00

2000.00

61881.00

22.60

0.00

309405.00

9600.00

12994.00

83.40

0.00

64970.00

Table 4-41 Specifications of the OptiX OSN 550's FE optical ports

Item

Value

Optical port
type

100BASE-FX

100BASE-LX

100BASE-VX

100BASE-ZX

Optical fiber
type

Multi-mode LC

Single-mode LC

Single-mode
LC

Transmissio
n distance
(km)

Operating
wavelength

1270 to 1380

1261 to 1360

1263 to 1360

1480 to 1580

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

105

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

Item

4 Packet Processing Boards

Value

(nm)
Mean
launched
power
(dBm)

-19 to -14

-15 to -8

-5 to 0

Receiver
minimum
sensitivity
(dBm)

-30

-28

-34

Minimum
overload
(dBm)

-14

-8

-10

Minimum
extinction
ratio (dB)

8.2

Table 4-42 Specifications of the OptiX OSN 550's FE single-fiber bidirectional optical ports
Parameter

Value

Type of optical
interface

100Base-BX

Transmission distance
(km)

Type of fiber

Single-mode LC

Operating transmit
wavelength (nm)

1550

1310

1550

1310

Operating receive
wavelength (nm)

1310

1550

1310

1550

Launched optical power

range (dBm)

-15 to -8

-5 to 0

Receiver sensitivity
(dBm)

-32

Minimum overload
(dBm)

-8

-10

Minimum extinction
ratio (dB)

8.5

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

106

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

4 Packet Processing Boards

Table 4-43 Ethernet performance specifications of the OptiX OSN 550's FE optical ports
Item

Performance

Frame
Length
(Bytes)

Throughput
(pks/sec)

Latency (us)

Packet Loss
Ratio (%)

Back-to-Back
(Frames)

64.00

148810.00

44.90

0.00

744050.00

128.00

84459.00

65.90

0.00

422295.00

256.00

45290.00

106.50

0.00

226450.00

512.00

23496.00

182.20

0.00

117480.00

1024.00

11973.00

241.10

0.00

59865.00

1280.00

9615.00

269.20

0.00

48075.00

1518.00

8126.00

292.20

0.00

40635.00

2000.00

6188.00

341.90

0.00

30940.00

9600.00

1299.00

1133.30

0.00

6459.00

Table 4-44 Specifications of the OptiX OSN 550's GE optical ports

Item

Value

Optical port
type

1000BASE-SX

1000BASE-LX

1000BASE-VX

1000BASE-ZX

Optical fiber
type

Multi-mode LC

Single-mode LC

Transmission
distance (km)

0.5

Operating
wavelength
(nm)

770 to 860

1270 to 1355

1500 to 1580

Mean
launched
power (dBm)

-9.5 to -2.5

-9 to -3

-5 to 0

-2 to +5

Receiver
minimum
sensitivity
(dBm)

-17

-20

-23

Minimum
overload
(dBm)

-3

Minimum
extinction

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

107

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

Item

4 Packet Processing Boards

Value

ratio (dB)

Table 4-45 Specifications of the OptiX OSN 550's GE single-fiber bidirectional optical ports
Paramete
r

Value

Type of
optical
interface

1000BASE-LX

1000BASE-VX

Transmiss
ion
distance
(km)

Type of
fiber

Single-mode LC

Operating
transmit
wavelengt
h (nm)

1490

1310

1490

1310

Operating
receive
wavelengt
h (nm)

1310

1490

1310

1490

Launched
optical
power
range
(dBm)

-9 to -3

-2 to 3

Receiver
sensitivity
(dBm)

-19.5

-23

Minimum
overload
(dBm)

-3

Minimum
extinction
ratio (dB)

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

108

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

4 Packet Processing Boards

Table 4-46 Ethernet performance specifications of the OptiX OSN 550's GE optical ports
Item

Performance

Frame
Length
(Bytes)

Throughput
(pks/sec)

Latency (us)

Packet Loss
Ratio (%)

Back-to-Back
(Frames)

64.00

1488095.00

9.00

0.00

7440475.00

128.00

844595.00

11.80

0.00

4222975.00

256.00

452899.00

17.30

0.00

2264495.00

512.00

234962.00

25.00

0.00

1174810.00

1024.00

119732.00

29.20

0.00

598660.00

1280.00

96154.00

31.30

0.00

480770.00

1518.00

81274.00

33.40

0.00

406370.00

2000.00

61881.00

37.40

0.00

309405.00

9600.00

12994.00

98.00

0.00

64970.00

Table 4-47 Parameters specified for colored GE optical ports (CWDM)

Parameter

Value
CWDM

Nominal bit
rate

1,250,000 kbit/s

Type of fiber

Single-mode LC

Transmission
distance (km)

Launched
optical power
range (dBm)

0 to 5

Operating
wavelength
range (nm)

1471 to 1611, in steps of

1471 to 1611, in steps of 20

Receiver
sensitivity
(dBm)

-19

-28

Minimum
overload
(dBm)

-3

-9

8.2

Minimum
extinction ratio

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

109

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

Parameter

4 Packet Processing Boards

Value
CWDM

(dB)

4.4 EX1
The EX1 is a 1x10GE Ethernet processing board.

4.4.1 Version Description

The functional version of the EX1 is TNM1.

4.4.2 Functions and Features

The EX1 receives/transmits and processes 1x10GE signals.
Table 4-48 lists the functions and features that the EX1 supports. The EX1 needs to work with
the packet switching unit of the system control, switching, and timing board to implement
Ethernet service functions.
Table 4-48 Functions and features that the EX1 supports
Function and Feature

Board

Basic functions

Receives/Transmits 10GE service signals, and

process these signals by working with the packet
switching unit.

Backplane bus bandwidth

10 Gbit/s

Port specifications

One 10GE XFP optical port: 10GBASE-SR

(LAN), 10GBASE-SW (WAN), 10GBASE-LR
(LAN), 10GBASE-LW (WAN), 10GBASE-ER
(LAN), 10GBASE-EW (WAN), 10GBASE-ZR
(LAN), or 10GBASE-ZW (WAN)

A 10GE optical port can be a colored CWDM

optical port or a colored DWDM optical port. A
colored CWDM optical port supports a
transmission distance of 70 km. A colored
DWDM optical port supports a transmission
distance of 40 km or 80 km.

Port attributes

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Working mode

Supports 10G full-duplex and supports the setting of

the LAN mode or WAN mode.

TAG attributes

Traffic control
at ports

Supports the port-based traffic control function that

complies with IEEE 802.3x.

The TAG attribute can be set to tag aware, access,

or hybrid.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

110

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

Function and Feature

Packet services

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Board

Port type query

Supported

Query and
setting of
optical power
thresholds

Supported

E-Line services

E-LAN services

Protection
schemes

4 Packet Processing Boards

Native ETH services:

E-Line services based on point-to-point

transparent transmission

E-Line services based on virtual local area

networks (VLANs)

E-Line services based on 802.1Q in 802.1Q

(QinQ)

ETH pseudo wire emulation edge-to-edge (PWE3)

services: E-Line services carried by PWs (VPWS
services)

Native ETH services:

E-LAN services based on IEEE 802.1d bridges

E-LAN services based on IEEE 802.1q bridges

E-LAN services based on IEEE 802.1ad

bridges

ETH PWE3 services: E-LAN services carried by

PWs (virtual private LAN services [VPLSs])

MAC address learning modes:

Independent VLAN learning (IVL) and shared

VLAN learning (SVL) for native Ethernet
services

SVL for VPLS services

Ethernet data
frame format

IEEE 802.3/Ethernet II

Jumbo frame

Supports a jumbo frame with a maximum length of

9600 bytes.

Maximum
transmission
unit (MTU)

Ranges from 960 bytes to 9600 bytes, with 1620

bytes being the default value.

Tunnel
automatic
protection
switching
(APS)

Supports 1:1 tunnel APS.

Pseudo wire
(PW) APS

Supports 1:1 PW APS.

MPLS-TP ring
protection

Does not support MRPS.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

111

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

Function and Feature

4 Packet Processing Boards

Board

switching
(MRPS)
Multiple
Spanning Tree
Protocol
(MSTP)

Supports MSTP that runs only Common and Internal

Spanning Tree (CIST) instances. This type of MSTP
provides the same functions as the Rapid Spanning
Tree Protocol (RSTP).

Ethernet ring
protection
switching
(ERPS)

Supports ERPS that complies with ITU-T

G.8032/Y.1344.

Link
aggregation
group (LAG)

Aggregation types: manual aggregation and static

aggregation

Load sharing modes: load sharing and non-load

sharing

Link-state pass
through (LPT)

Point-point and point-multipoint LPT

Quality of service (QoS)

DiffServ
Supports simple traffic classification by
specifying PHB service classes for service flows
based on their QoS information (C-VLAN
priorities, S-VLAN priorities, DSCP values, or
MPLS EXP values) carried by packets.

Complex traffic classification

Supports complex traffic classification based on
C-VLAN IDs, S-VLAN IDs, C-VLAN priorities,
S-VLAN priorities, C-VLAN IDs + C-VLAN
priorities, S-VLAN IDs + S-VLAN priorities, or
DSCP values carried by packets, and V-UNI
ingress policies.

QoS policies
Supports port policies and V-UNI ingress policies.

Access control list (ACL) policy

Passes or discards packets in a flow that matches
rules specified by a port policy or V-UNI ingress
policy.

CAR
Provides the CAR function for traffic flows at
ports and V-UNI ingresses.

Shaping
Provides traffic shaping for a specific port, PW
ingress, prioritized queue, or traffic flow.

Congestion management
Supports tail drop and WRED dropping.

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Queue scheduling policies

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

112

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

Function and Feature

4 Packet Processing Boards

Board
Supports SP, WRR, and SP+WRR.

Maintenance
features

Multiprotocol
Label
Switching
(MPLS)/Multip
rotocol label
switching
transport profile
(MPLS-TP)
operation,
administration
and
maintenance
(OAM)

Tunnel OAM and PW OAM are supported.

MPLS OAM supports connectivity verification

(CV), fast failure detection (FFD), backward
defect indication (BDI), forward defect indication
(FDI), ping, and traceroute tests in compliance
with ITU-T Y.1711.

MPLS-TP OAM supports continuity checks

ETH OAM

Ethernet service OAM:

Supports CCs, LB tests, LT tests, and AIS

insertion in compliance with IEEE 802.1ag.

Implements IEEE 802.1ag-based LM and DM

with reference to ITU-T Y.7131.

Ethernet port OAM: supports OAM

auto-discovery, link performance monitoring,
remote loopbacks, and selfloop checks in
compliance with IEEE 802.3ah.

Inloops at the physical PHY/MAC layer of Ethernet ports

Warm resets (having no impact on services) and cold resets
Board power consumption query
Board voltage detection
Board temperature detection
XFP module information query
Ethernet performance monitoring (remote network monitoring [RMON])
Hot-swappable board
Hot swapping for pluggable optical modules
Port mirroring

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Supports local port mirroring.

Supports mirroring in the egress direction of a

UNI port.

Supports mirroring in the ingress direction of UNI

and NNI ports.

Supports mirroring of PORT+VLAN services in

the ingress direction of a UNI port.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

113

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

4 Packet Processing Boards

Function and Feature

Board

Synchronizatio
n

Synchronous
Ethernet

Transmits synchronous Ethernet clock signals at one

port.

IEEE 1588v2

Transmits IEEE 1588v2 time and clock signals at one

port.

IEEE 1588
adaptive clock
recovery (ACR)

Transmits IEEE 1588 ACR signals at one port.

NOTE
Ports working in 10GE WAN mode do not support IEEE
1588v2 or IEEE 1588 ACR.

Data communication network

(DCN)

Provides one inband DCN channel.

Internet Group Management

Protocol (IGMP) snooping

Supported

4.4.3 Working Principle and Signal Flow

This section describes the working principle and signal flow of the EX1.

Function Block Diagram

Figure 4-9 EX1 board function block diagram
Backplane
Ethernet
signal
10GE signal
access unit

Control signal

Service
processing unit

Ethernet
signal

Dual-fed and
selectivereceiving unit

10GE signal
Ethernet
signal

Packet switching unit

(active)

Packet switching unit

(backup)

Control bus of the board

Logic control
unit

+3.3 V power supplied

to the board

System control bus

Power
supply unit

Fuse

-48 V/-60 V

Clock signal provided to the

other units on the board

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Clock unit

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

System control and

communication unit

System power supply

System clock signal

114

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

4 Packet Processing Boards

Signal Processing in the Receive Direction

Table 4-49 Signal processing in the receive direction of the EX1
Step

Function Unit

Processing Flow

10GE signal access

unit

Receives 10GE signals.

Performs restructuring, decoding, and serial/parallel

conversion for 10GE signals.

Performs frame delimitation, preamble stripping,

and cyclic redundancy checks (CRCs) for frame
signals.

Service processing
unit

Dual-fed and
selective-receiving
unit

Works with the system control, switching, and timing

board to provide the following functions:

Processes VLAN tags in Ethernet data frames.

Processes labels in Multiprotocol Label Switching

(MPLS) or pseudo wire emulation edge-to-edge
(PWE3) packets.

Performs QoS processing such as traffic

classification and committed access rate (CAR)
restriction for Ethernet data frames.

Processes OAM packets and protocol packets.

Transmits Ethernet data frames to the active and

standby packet switching units.

Signal Processing in the Transmit Direction

Table 4-50 Signal processing in the transmit direction of the EX1
Step

Function Unit

Processing Flow

Dual-fed and
selective-receiving
unit

Selects Ethernet data frames from the packet

switching unit.

Transmits Ethernet data frames to the Ethernet

processing unit.

Service processing
unit

Works with the system control, switching, and timing

board to provide the following functions:

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

10GE signal access

unit

Processes labels in MPLS or PWE3 packets.

Processes VLAN tags in Ethernet data frames.

Performs QoS processing such as traffic shaping and

queue scheduling for Ethernet data frames.

Processes OAM packets and protocol packets.

Performs frame delimitation, preamble addition, and

CRC code computing.

Performs parallel/serial conversion and coding for

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

115

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

Step

Function Unit

4 Packet Processing Boards

Processing Flow
Ethernet data frames, and sends out the generated
10GE signals through Ethernet ports.

Control Signal Processing

The logic control unit communicates with the active and standby system control and
communication units using the system control bus. Specifically, the logic control unit
transmits the configuration data and query commands from the system control and
communication unit to other units on the EX1; it also transmits the response messages, alarms,
and performance events from other units on the EX1 to the system control and
communication unit.

Power Supply Unit

Clock Unit

The clock unit receives the system clock from the control bus on the backplane, and
supplies clock signals to other units on the EX1.

The clock unit processes IEEE 1588v2 and IEEE 1588 ACR protocol packets.

The clock unit supports synchronous Ethernet clock.

4.4.4 Front Panel

There are indicators and ports on the front panel.

Front Panel Diagram

Figure 4-10 Front panel of the EX1
1
X
E

OUT

T
A V
T R A
/
S S L

Indicators
The front panel of the EX1 has the following indicators: STAT, SRV, and L/A. For status
explanation for the indicators, see Indicator Status Explanation.

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

116

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

4 Packet Processing Boards

Ports
Table 4-51 Ports on an EX1 board
Port

Descripti
on

Connector Type

Pin
Assignment

Receives
10GE
signals.

XFP optical module

OUT
represents the
transmit port.

IN represents
the receive
port.

OUT

Transmits
10GE
signals.

Required
Cable
16.1 Fiber
Jumper

Labels
There is a laser safety class label on the front panel of the EX1.
The laser safety class label CLASS 1 indicates that the maximum launched optical power of
the optical port is lower than 10 dBm (10 mW).

4.4.5 DIP Switches and Jumpers

None.

4.4.6 Valid Slots

The EX1 can be inserted in slot 1 (preferred) or slot 2. Its logical slot on the network
management system (NMS) is the same as its physical slot.
The backplane bus bandwidth of the EX1 board is 10 Gbit/s so the EX1 board cannot work with the
PCXGA board. That is, when the system control board is the PCXGA board, slots 1 and 2 cannot house
EX1 boards.

4.4.7 Feature Code

None.

4.4.8 Technical Specifications

This section describes the board specifications, including the port performance, dimensions,
weight, and power consumption.
Table 4-52 lists the technical specifications of the EX1.
Table 4-52 Technical specifications of the EX1
Item

Performance

Service ports

For 10GE optical port specifications, see Table 4-53, Table 4-54,
and Table 4-55.

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

117

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

4 Packet Processing Boards

Item

Performance

Dimensions (H x W x
D)

19.82 mm x 193.80 mm x 225.80 mm

Weight

0.48 kg

Power consumption

11 W

Table 4-53 Specifications of the OptiX OSN 550's 10GE optical ports
Item

Value

Optical port
type

10GBASE-SR
(LAN)/10GBAS
E-SW (WAN)

10GBASE-LR
(LAN)/10GBAS
E-LW (WAN)

10GBASE-ER
(LAN)/10GBAS
E-EW (WAN)

10GBASE-ZR
(LAN)/10GBAS
E-ZW (WAN)

Optical fiber
type

Multi-mode LC

Single-mode LC

Transmission
distance (km)

0.3

Operating
wavelength
(nm)

840 to 860

1260 to 1330

1530 to 1565

Mean
launched
power (dBm)

-1.3 to -7.3

-6 to -1

-1 to +2

0 to 4

Receiver
minimum
sensitivity
(dBm)

-7.5

-11

-15

-24

Minimum
overload
(dBm)

-1

0.5

-1

-7

Minimum
extinction
ratio (dB)

8.2

Table 4-54 Parameters specified for colored 10GE optical ports (CWDM)
Parameter

Value
CWDM

Nominal bit rate

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

LAN mode: 10,312,500 kbit/s

WAN mode: 9,953,280 kbit/s

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

118

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

4 Packet Processing Boards

Parameter

Value
CWDM

Type of fiber

Single-mode LC

Transmission distance (km)

Launched optical power

range (dBm)

0 to 4

Operating wavelength
range (nm)

1471 to 1611, in steps of 20

Receiver sensitivity (dBm)

1451 nm to 1551 nm: -23

1571 nm: -22

1591 nm to 1611 nm: -21

Minimum overload (dBm)

-9

Minimum extinction ratio

(dB)

8.2

Table 4-55 Parameters specified for colored 10GE optical ports (DWDM)
Parameter

Value
DWDM

Nominal bit rate

LAN mode: 10,312,500 kbit/s

WAN mode: 9,953,280 kbit/s

Type of fiber

Single-mode LC

Transmission
distance (km)

Launched optical
power range
(dBm)

-1 to +2

-1 to +3

Central frequency
(THz)

192.1 to 196.0

Central frequency
deviation (GHz)

Receiver
sensitivity (dBm)

-17

-24

Minimum
overload (dBm)

-1

-9

Minimum
extinction ratio
(dB)

9.5

8.2

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

119

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

4 Packet Processing Boards

4.5 MD1
The MD1 is a 32xSmart E1 service processing board.

4.5.1 Version Description

The functional version of the MD1 is TNM1.

4.5.2 Functions and Features

The MD1 receives and transmits 32xE1 signals.
Table 4-56 lists the functions and features that the MD1 supports.
Table 4-56 Functions and features that the MD1 supports
Function and Feature

Description

Basic functions

Receives and transmits E1 signals, and supports flexible

configuration of E1 service categories.

E1 service categories

Supports the following E1 service categories:

CES E1

ATM/IMA E1

Port specifications

Provides thirty-two 75-ohm/120-ohm E1 ports.

ATM/IMA

Maximum
number of
ATM
services

Local: 32

Remote: 64

Maximum
number of
ATM
connections

Local: 128

Remote: 256

ATM
traffic
managemen
t

Supported

ATM
encapsulati
on mode

Supports the following ATM encapsulation modes:

Maximum
number of
concatenate

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

N-to-one VPC

N-to-one VCC

One-to-one VPC

One-to-one VCC

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

120

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

Function and Feature

4 Packet Processing Boards

Description

d ATM
cells
ATM OAM

CES

Synchroni
zation

Maintenan

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Supports F4 OAM (VP level) and F5 OAM (VC level),

including the following functions:

Alarm indication signal (AIS)/Remote defect indication

(RDI)

Continuity check test

Loopback test

Maximum
number of
IMA
groups

Maximum
number of
members in
an IMA
group

Maximum
number of
services

Encapsulati
on mode

Supports the following encapsulation modes:

CESoPSN

SAToP

Service
category

Point-to-point services

Compressio
n of vacant
slots

Supported (applicable to CESoPSN only)

Jitter
buffering
time (us)

375-16000

Packet
loading
time (us)

125-5000

CES ACR

Supported
NOTE
Supports CES ACR for a maximum of four channels. The clock
information that is recovered from the services transported at ports
116 can be sent out only from ports 116; the clock information that
is recovered from the services transported at ports 1732 can be sent
out only from ports 1732.

Retiming

Supports tributary retiming and system retiming.

Loopback

Supports inloops and outloops at E1 tributary ports.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

121

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

4 Packet Processing Boards

Function and Feature

Description

ce features

Cold reset
and warm
reset

Supported (with warm resets having no impact on services)

PRBS tests
at E1 ports

Supported

Board
manufacturi
ng
information
query

Supported

Board
power
consumptio
n
information
query

Supported

4.5.3 Working Principle and Signal Flow

This section describes the working principle and signal flow of the MD1.

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

122

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

4 Packet Processing Boards

Functional Block Diagram

Figure 4-11 Functional block diagram of the MD1
Backplane

in
te
rf
a
c
e
u
n
it

S
ig
n
a
l

p
ro
c
e
s
s
in
g
u
n
it

S
e
rv
ic
e

Service
bus

p
ro
c
e
s
s
in
g
u
n
it

L
o
g
ic

GE bus

Control bus

Packet switching unit

System control and

communication unit

Logic
control unit

+3.3 V power supplied

to the board

Power
supply unit

-48 V/-60 V

Fuse

-48 V/-60 V
Clock signal provided to the other units of the board

Clock
unit

System power supply

System clock signal

Signal Processing in the Receive Direction

Table 4-57 Signal processing in the receive direction of the MD1
Step

Function Unit

Processing Flow

Signal interface unit

Receives external E1 signals.

Matches the resistance.

Equalizes signals.

Converts the level.

Restores clock signals.

Buffers the received data.

Performs HDB3 decoding.

Frames E1 signals.

Performs CES emulation or processes ATM/IMA

services.

Encapsulates PWE3 services and converts the PWE3

services into Ethernet services.

Shifts transmission of service signals from the

internal service bus to the GE bus in the backplane.

Sends service signals to the packet switching unit.

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Service processing
unit

Logic processing
unit

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

123

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

4 Packet Processing Boards

Signal Processing in the Transmit Direction

Table 4-58 Signal processing in the transmit direction of the MD1
Step

Function Unit

Processing Flow

Logic processing
unit

Receives service signals from the packet switching

unit.

Shifts transmission of service signals from the GE

bus in the backplane to the internal service bus.

Decapsulates service signals.

Re-forms CES packets or processes ATM/IMA

services.

Converts signals into E1 signals and sends the E1

signals to the signal interface unit.

Performs HDB3 coding.

Performs clock re-timing.

Shapes pulses.

Drives the line.

Sends E1 signals to a port.

Service processing
unit

Signal interface unit

Control Signal Processing

The board is directly controlled by the CPU unit on the system control and communication
unit.

The CPU unit issues configuration and query commands to the other units of the board
over the control bus.

These units then report command responses, alarms, and performance events to the CPU
unit over the control bus.

The logic control unit decodes the address read/write signals from the CPU unit of the system
control and communication unit.

Power Supply Unit

Clock Unit
This unit receives the system clock from the control bus in the backplane and provides clock
signals to the other units on the board.

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

124

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

4 Packet Processing Boards

4.5.4 Front Panel

There are indicators and ports on the front panel.

Front Panel Diagram

Figure 4-12 Front panel of the MD1
1
D
M

T
A V
T R
S S

32
17

Indicators
The front panel of the MD1 has the following indicators: STAT and SRV. For status
explanation for the indicators, see Indicator Status Explanation.

Ports
Table 4-59 Ports on an MD1 board
Port

Descript
ion

Connector Type

Pin Assignment

Required Cable

1 to
16

The first
to
sixteenth
E1 ports

Anea 96

See Table 4-60.

16.7 16xE1/T1
Cable

17 to
32

The second transmitted E1

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

125

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

Signal

Port Impedance (Ohm)

120

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

127

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

4 Packet Processing Boards

4.5.8 Technical Specifications

This section describes the board specifications, including the port performance, dimensions,
weight, and power consumption.
Table 4-62 lists the technical specifications of the MD1.
Table 4-62 Technical specifications of the MD1
Item

Performance

E1 ports (1-16
and 17-32)

See Table 4-63.

Dimensions (H
x W x D)

19.82 mm x 193.80 mm x 225.80 mm

Weight

0.50 kg

Power
consumption

12.2 W

Table 4-63 Specifications of the OptiX OSN 550's CES/ATM/IMA service electrical ports
Item

Value

Standard compliance

ITU-T G.703/G.823

Nominal bit rate (kbit/s)

2048

Code pattern

HDB3

Impedance (ohm)

120

Pair in each direction

One coaxial pair

One symmetrical pair

Port type

Anea 96

4.6 CQ1
CQ1 boards are 4-port channelized STM-1 processing boards.

4.6.1 Version Description

The functional version of CQ1 boards is TNM1.

4.6.2 Functions and Features

CQ1 boards receive and transmit four channels of channelized STM-1 optical/electrical
signals.
Table 4-64 lists the functions and features supported by CQ1 boards.

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

128

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

4 Packet Processing Boards

Table 4-64 Functions and features that CQ1 boards support

Function and Feature

Description

Basic functions

Receives/Transmits four channels of channelized STM-1

optical/electrical signals.

Supported packet service

types

Circuit emulation service (CES) E1

ML-PPP E1

Port
specificati
ons

Provides four STM-1 SFP optical ports, which can be

S-1.1, L-1.1, or L-1.2 optical ports.

Supports single-fiber bidirectional optical modules.

Electrical
ports

Use SFP electrical modules.

Comply with ITU-T G.703.

Maximum
number of
services

252

Encapsulation
mode

CESoPSN (CESoPSN stands for circuit emulation

services over packet switch networks)

SAToP (SAToP stands for Structure-Agnostic Time

Division Multiplexing over Packet)

CES

ML-PPP

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Optical ports

Idle timeslot
compression

Supported only in CESoPSN mode

Jitter
buffering time
(us)

375 to 16,000

Packet
loading time
(us)

125 to 5,000

CES
ACR(ACR
stands for
adaptive
clock
recovery)

Supported, but the NE can only function as a master node

Transparent
transmission
of SDH
overheads in
packet
networks

D1 to D12, E1, and E2 bytes

Type of links
carrying
ML-PPP links

VC-12s in channelized STM-1s (service type: PWE3 over

tunnel)

Maximum
number of
supported

252

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

129

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

Function and Feature

4 Packet Processing Boards

Description

PPP links
Maximum
number of
supported
ML-PPP
groups

Maximum
number of
links in one
ML-PPP
group

Linear multiplex section

protection (LMSP) on the
packet plane

1:1 LMSP

Synchroni
zation

Each line port provides one channel of SDH line clock

signals.

Each board supports two channels of E1 clock signals

over its STM-1 ports.

DCN

Maintenan
ce features

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Clock source

NOTE
A CQ1 board and a TDM service board, such as SL1D/SL1Q,
cannot be configured into the same 1:1 LMSP protection group.

SDH line
clock

Supported

Outband
DCN

Each SDH line port can provide one data communications

channel (DCC) that is composed of three DCC bytes or nine
DCC bytes.

Inband DCN

Transmits DCN information over ML-PPP links.

Loopback

Supports inloops at STM-1 ports.

Supports outloops at STM-1 ports.

Supports inloops over E1 channels.

Supports outloops over E1 channels.

Warm and
cold resetting

Supported

Switching a
laser on or off

Supported

Pseudo
random
binary
sequence
(PRBS)
testing

Not supported

Manufacturer
information
querying

Supported

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

130

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

4 Packet Processing Boards

Function and Feature

Description

Power
consumption
querying

Supported

SFP module
information
detecting and
querying

Supported

4.6.3 Working Principle and Signal Flow

This section describes how the function units of a CQ1 board process channelized STM-1
optical signals.

Function Block Diagram

Figure 4-13 CQ1 board function block diagram
Backplane

Channelized
STM-1 signal

Signal
access unit

STM-1
signal

SDH
processing
unit

E1
signal

Packet
processing
unit

GE
signal

Logic
processing
unit

GE
bus

Control bus

Packet switching unit

System control and

communication unit

Logic
control unit

Line clock signal

Clock unit

Clock signal provided to

other units on the board

+3.3 V power
supplied to the board

Power supply
unit

System clock signal

Fuse

-48 V/-60 V
System power
System power
-48 V/-60 V

Signal Processing in the Receive Direction

Table 4-65 Signal processing in the receive direction of a CQ1 board
Step

Function Unit

Processing Flow

Signal interface unit

Receives channelized STM-1 signals.

Regenerates STM-1 optical signals.

Checks for R_LOS alarms.

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

131

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

Step

Function Unit

SDH processing unit

Packet processing
unit

Logic processing
unit

4 Packet Processing Boards

Processing Flow

Converts STM-1 optical signals into STM-1

electrical signals.

Restores clock signals.

Synchronizes frames and checks for R_LOS and

R_LOF alarms.

Descrambles signals.

Checks B1 and B2 bytes and generates alarms and

performance events, if any.

Checks the M1 byte and bits 6-8 of the K2 byte, and

generates alarms and performance events, if any.

Checks for changes in Synchronization Status

Messages (SSMs) in the S1 byte and reports the
SSM status to the system control and
communication unit.

Extracts orderwire bytes, auxiliary channel bytes

(including F1 and serial bytes), DCC bytes, and K
bytes, and transmits the bytes to the logic processing
unit.

Adjusts AU pointers and generates performance

events, if any.

Checks higher order path overheads and generates

alarms and performance events, if any.

Decapsulates E1 signals from the STM-1 signals.

Frames E1 signals.

Performs CES emulation.

Performs Multilink Point-to-Point Protocol

(MP-PPP) processing.

Encapsulates PWE3 services and converts them into

Ethernet services.

Grooms services from service buses to the GE bus

on the backplane.

Sends service signals to the packet switching unit.

Signal Processing in the Transmit Direction

Table 4-66 Signal processing in the transmit direction of a CQ1 board
Step

Function Unit

Processing Flow

Logic processing
unit

Receives service signals from the packet switching

unit.

Grooms services from the GE bus on the backplane

to service buses.

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

132

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

4 Packet Processing Boards

Step

Function Unit

Processing Flow

Packet processing
unit

Decapsulates service signals.

Restructures CES packets.

Converts signals into E1 signals and sends the E1

signals to the SDH processing unit.

Multiplexes E1 signals into STM-1 signals.

Sets higher order path overheads.

Sets AU pointers.

Sets multiplex section overhead bytes.

Sets regenerator section overhead bytes.

Scrambles signals.

SDH processing unit

Signal interface unit

Converts electrical signals into optical signals.

Control Signal Processing

The CQ1 board is directly controlled by a CPU on the system control and communication unit.
The CPU issues configuration and query commands to other units of the board over the
control bus. These units send command responses, alarms, and performance events to the
CPU unit over the control bus.
The logic control unit decodes the address read/write signals from the CPU.

Power Supply Unit

The power supply unit receives two -48 V/-60 V power supplies from the backplane. It then
converts the -48 V power supplies into +3.3 V power and supplies the +3.3 V power to other
units on the board.

Clock Unit
The clock unit performs the following operations:

Extracts line clock signals or E1 clock signals and transmits them to the system control
and communication unit.

Receives system clock signals from the control bus on the backplane and supplies clock
signals to other units on the board.

4.6.4 Front Panel

A CQ1 board has indicators and STM-1 ports on its front panel.

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

133

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

4 Packet Processing Boards

Front Panel Diagram

Figure 4-14 Front panel of a CQ1 board providing optical ports
OUT1

1
Q
C

1 2
T
A V S S
T R O O
S S L L

3
S
O
L

IN1

OUT2

IN2

OUT3

IN3

OUT4

IN4

OUT4

IN4

4
S
O
L

Figure 4-15 Front panel of a CQ1 board providing electrical ports

OUT1

1
Q
C

IN1

OUT2

IN2

OUT3

IN3

1 2 3 4
T
A V S S S S
T R O O O O
S S L L L L

Indicators
The front panel of the CQ1 has the following indicators: STAT, SRV, LOS1, LOS2, LOS3,
and LOS4. For status explanation for the indicators, see Indicator Status Explanation.

Ports
Table 4-67 Ports on a CQ1 board
Port

Description

Connector Type

OUT1 to OUT4

Transmit ports of the

first to fourth
STM-1 ports

IN1 to IN4

Receive ports of the

first to fourth
STM-1 ports

LC (with an SFP
optical module)

OUT

16.1 Fiber
Jumper for SFP
optical modules

16.6 STM-1
Cable for SFP
electrical
modules

SAA straight
female (with an
SFP electrical
module)

OUT

Required Cable

Labels
There is a laser safety class label on the front panel of the CQ1.
The laser safety class label CLASS 1 indicates that the maximum launched optical power of
the optical port is lower than 10 dBm (10 mW).

4.6.5 DIP Switches and Jumpers

None.

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

134

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

4 Packet Processing Boards

4.6.6 Valid Slots

A CQ1 board can be inserted in any of slots 1 to 6. The priorities of the slots are as follows:
slots 4 and 6 > slots 1 and 2 > slots 3 and 5. Its logical slot on the network management
system (NMS) is the same as its physical slot.

4.6.7 Feature Code

The feature code of a board refers to the number next to the board name in the bar code and
indicates the type of optical port. CQ1 boards have feature codes.
Table 4-68 Feature codes of the CQ1
Feature Code

Type of Optical Port

S-1.1, eSFP optical module

L-1.1, eSFP optical module

L-1.2, eSFP optical module

S-1.1, single-fiber bidirectional optical module (For optical ports 1 and

2, the transmit wavelength is 1310 nm and the receive wavelength is
1550 nm; for optical ports 3 and 4, the transmit wavelength is 1550 nm
and the receive wavelength is 1310 nm.)

4.6.8 Technical Specifications

This section describes board specifications, including the STM-1 optical/electrical port
performance, mechanical behaviors, and power consumption.
Table 4-69 lists the technical specifications of the CQ1.
Table 4-69 Technical specifications of the CQ1
Item
Service ports

Performance
Electrical
port

See Table 4-70.

Optical port

See Table 4-71 and Table 4-72.

Dimensions (H x W x D)

19.82 mm x 193.80 mm x 225.80 mm

Weight

0.47 kg

Power consumption

11.5 W

Table 4-70 Specifications of STM-1 electrical ports

Item

Value

Bit rate

155520 kbit/s

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

135

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

4 Packet Processing Boards

Item

Value

Code pattern

CMI

Connector

SAA straight female

Signal bit rate at the output port

Complies with ITU-T G.703.

Permitted frequency deviation at

the input port
Allowed attenuation at the input
port
Input jitter tolerance

Table 4-71 Specifications of the OptiX OSN 550's STM-1 optical ports
Item

Value

Nominal bit rate

155520 kbit/s

Optical port type

S-1.1

L-1.1

L-1.2

Transmission distance
(km)

Operating wavelength
range (nm)

1261 to 1360

1263 to 1360

1480 to 1580

Optical fiber type

Single-mode LC

Launched optical power

range (dBm)

-15 to -8

-5 to 0

Receiver sensitivity
(dBm)

-28

-34

Minimum overload
(dBm)

-8

-10

Minimum extinction ratio

(dB)

8.2

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

136

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

4 Packet Processing Boards

Table 4-72 Specifications for the single-fiber bidirectional optical interfaces of the OptiX OSN
550's STM-1 optical ports
Parameter

Value

Nominal bit rate

155520 kbit/s

Line code pattern

NRZ

Type of optical
interface

S-1.1

L-1.1

Transmission distance
(km)

Type of fiber

Single-mode LC

Operating transmit
wavelength (nm)

1550

1310

1550

1310

Operating receive
wavelength (nm)

1310

1550

1310

1550

Launched optical power

range (dBm)

-15 to -8

-5 to 0

Receiver sensitivity
(dBm)

-32

Minimum overload
(dBm)

-8

-10

Minimum extinction
ratio (dB)

8.5

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

137

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

5 SDH Boards

SDH Boards

About This Chapter

The OptiX OSN 550 supports the following SDH boards: SL1S, SL1D, SL1Q, SL4S, SL4D,
and SL16S.
SL1S, SL4S, and SL16S are integrated on the PCX or CXL board.

5.1

SL1D

The SL1D is a 2xSTM-1 optical/electrical interface board.

5.2

SL1Q

The SL1Q is a 4xSTM-1 optical/electrical interface board.

5.3

SL4D

The SL4D is a 2xSTM-4 optical interface board.

5.1 SL1D
The SL1D is a 2xSTM-1 optical/electrical interface board.

5.1.1 Version Description

The functional version of the SL1D is TNH2.

5.1.2 Functions and Features

The SL1D receives/transmits 2xSTM-1 optical/electrical signals, performs O/E conversion for
STM-1 optical signals, extracts and inserts overhead bytes, and reports alarms generated on
the line.
Table 5-1 lists the functions and features that the SL1D supports.

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

138

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

5 SDH Boards

Table 5-1 Functions and features that the SL1D supports

Function and
Feature

Board

Basic functions

Receives/Transmits 2xSTM-1 optical/electrical signals.

Optical port
specifications

Provides S-1.1, L-1.1, and L-1.2 optical ports. STM-1 optical ports
support SFP electrical modules.

The characteristics of all optical ports comply with ITU-T G.957.

Optical module information can be detected and queried.

Single-fiber, bidirectional, pluggable optical modules can be used.

Pluggable optical modules support hot swapping.

Appropriate SFP optical modules can be used, their information

can be queried, and their running status can be monitored. This
facilitates your maintenance.

Optical ports allow setting the on/off state of a laser and support
the automatic laser shutdown (ALS) function.

DCN

Supports outband DCN.

Service
processing

Processes VC-12, VC-3, and VC-4 services.

Overhead
processing

Processes the section overheads of STM-1 signals.

Transparently transmits or terminates path overheads.

Sets and queries J0, J1, and C2 bytes.

Alarms and
performance
events

Provides various alarms and performance events, facilitating

equipment management and maintenance.

Protection
schemes

Supports two-fiber unidirectional ring multiplex section protection

(MSP).

Supports linear MSP.

Supports sub-network connection protection (SNCP).

Optical module
specifications

Line clock source

Supports two channels of SDH line clock signals.

Maintenance
features

Inloops and outloops at optical ports

Inloops and outloops on VC-4 paths for quick fault locating

Setting of overhead bytes to be sent/received

Enabling/Disabling SSMs on line optical ports

Pass-through tests of line K bytes

Setting of bit error threshold-crossing values and degrade

thresholds

Warm resets and cold resets (with warm resets having no impact
on services)

Board manufacturing information query

In-service FPGA loading

Hot board swapping

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

139

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

Function and
Feature

5 SDH Boards

Board

ALS

5.1.3 Working Principle and Signal Flow

The SL1D consists of an O/E conversion unit, an overhead processing unit, a logic control
unit, and a clock unit.

Functional Block Diagram

Figure 5-2 Functional block diagram of the SL1D
Backplane
STM-1

O/E conversion
processing
Service bus
Overhead
unit
unit
Overhead bus

STM-1

Control bus

Logic
control
unit

Power supplied to the

other units on the board

Cross-connect unit
System control and
communication unit
System control and
communication unit
+3.3 V

Clock signal provided to the

other units on the board

Clock unit

System clock signal

Signal Processing in the Receive Direction

Table 5-2 Signal processing in the receive direction of the SL1D
Step

Function Unit

Processing Flow

O/E conversion unit

Regenerates STM-1 optical signals.

Detects R_LOS alarms.

Converts STM-1 optical signals into STM-1

electrical signals.

Restores clock signals.

Aligns frames and detects R_LOS and R_LOF

alarms.

Descrambles signals.

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Overhead processing
unit

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

140

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

Step

Function Unit

5 SDH Boards

Processing Flow

Checks B1 and B2 bytes and generates specific

alarms and performance events.

Checks the M1 byte and bits 6-8 of the K2 byte, and

generates specific alarms and performance events.

Detects changes in the SSM in the S1 byte and

reports the SSM status to the system control and
communication unit.

Extracts orderwire bytes, auxiliary channel bytes

including F1 and SERIAL bytes, DCC bytes, and K
bytes to form a 2 Mbit/s overhead signal and
transmits the 2 Mbit/s overhead signal to the system
control and communication unit.

Adjusts AU pointers and generates specific

performance events.

Checks higher order path overheads and generates

specific alarms and performance events.

Transmits pointer indication signals and VC-4

signals to the cross-connect unit.

Signal Processing in the Transmit Direction

Table 5-3 Signal processing in the transmit direction of the SL1D
Step

Function Unit

Processing Flow

Overhead processing
unit

Receives VC-4 signals and pointer indication signals

from the cross-connect unit.

Sets higher order path overheads.

Sets AU pointers.

Sets multiplex section overhead bytes.

Sets regenerator section overhead bytes.

Scrambles signals.

Converts electrical signals into optical signals.

O/E conversion unit

Control Signal Processing

The board is directly controlled by the CPU unit on the system control and communication
unit. The CPU unit issues configuration and query commands to the other units of the board
over the control bus. These units then report command responses, alarms, and performance
events to the CPU unit over the control bus.
The logic control unit decodes the address read/write signals from the CPU unit of the system
control and communication unit and enables FPGA loading.

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

141

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

5 SDH Boards

Clock Unit
This unit receives the system clock from the control bus in the backplane and provides clock
signals to the other units on the board.

5.1.4 Front Panel

There are indicators and ports on the front panel.

Front Panel Diagram

Figure 5-2 shows the front panel of the SL1D.
Figure 5-3 Front panel of the SL1D
CLASS1
LASER
PRODUCT

SL1D
LOS1
LOS2
STAT
SRV

TX1/RX1

SL1D

TX2/RX2

Indicators
The front panel of the SL1D has the following indicators: STAT, SRV, LOS1, and LOS2. For
status explanation for the indicators, see Indicator Status Explanation.

Ports
Table 5-4 Ports on an SL1D board
Port

Descripti
on

Connector Type

Pin Assignment

TX1/R
X1

Receive/Tr
ansmit port
of the first
STM-1
optical/elec
trical port

Optical port: LC SFP optical

module

TX represents
the transmit
port.

RX represents
the receive
port.

TX2/R
X2

Receive/Tr
ansmit port
of the
second
STM-1
optical/elec
trical port

Electrical port: SFP electrical

module
TX

Required
Cable
SFP optical
port: 16.1
Fiber
Jumper
SFP
electrical
port: 16.6
STM-1
Cable

Labels
There is a laser safety class label on the front panel.

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

142

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

5 SDH Boards

The laser safety class label CLASS 1 indicates that the maximum launched optical power of
the optical port is lower than 10 dBm (10 mW).

5.1.5 DIP Switches and Jumpers

None.

5.1.6 Valid Slots

The SL1D can be inserted in slots 1-6 in the chassis. The logical slots of the SL1D on the
NMS are the same as its physical slots.

5.1.7 Feature Code

The feature code of a board refers to the number next to the board name in the bar code and
indicates the type of optical port. SL1D boards have feature codes.
Table 5-5 Feature codes of the SL1D
Feature Code

Type of Optical Port

S-1.1, eSFP optical module

L-1.1, eSFP optical module

L-1.2, eSFP optical module

S-1.1, single-fiber bidirectional optical module (For optical port 1, the

transmit wavelength is 1550 nm and the receive wavelength is 1310
nm; for optical port 2, the transmit wavelength is 1310 nm and the
receive wavelength is 1550 nm.)

L-1.1, single-fiber bidirectional optical module (For optical port 1, the

transmit wavelength is 1550 nm and the receive wavelength is 1310
nm; for optical port 2, the transmit wavelength is 1310 nm and the
receive wavelength is 1550 nm.)

5.1.8 Technical Specifications

This section describes the board specifications, including the port performance, dimensions,
weight, and power consumption.
Table 5-6 lists the technical specifications of the SL1D.
Table 5-6 Technical specifications of the SL1D
Item
Service
ports

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Performance
TX1/RX
1

Receive/Transmit port of the

first STM-1 optical/electrical
port

For the performance of STM-1

optical ports, see Table 5-8 and
Table 5-9.

TX2/RX
2

Receive/Transmit port of the

second STM-1 optical/electrical

For the performance of STM-1

electrical ports, see Table 5-7.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

143

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

5 SDH Boards

Item

Performance
port

Dimensions (H x W
x D)

19.82 mm x 193.80 mm x 225.80 mm

Weight

0.30 kg

Power consumption

3.5 W

Table 5-7 Specifications of STM-1 electrical ports

Item

Value

Bit rate

155520 kbit/s

Code pattern

CMI

Connector

SAA straight female

Signal bit rate at the output port

Complies with ITU-T G.703.

Permitted frequency deviation at the

input port
Allowed attenuation at the input port
Input jitter tolerance

Table 5-8 Specifications of the OptiX OSN 550's STM-1 optical ports
Item

Value

Nominal bit rate

155520 kbit/s

Optical port type

S-1.1

L-1.1

L-1.2

Transmission distance
(km)

Operating wavelength
range (nm)

1261 to 1360

1263 to 1360

1480 to 1580

Optical fiber type

Single-mode LC

Launched optical power

range (dBm)

-15 to -8

-5 to 0

Receiver sensitivity
(dBm)

-28

-34

Minimum overload
(dBm)

-8

-10

Minimum extinction ratio

8.2

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

range (dBm)

-15 to -8

-5 to 0

Receiver sensitivity
(dBm)

-32

Minimum overload
(dBm)

-8

-10

Minimum extinction
ratio (dB)

8.5

5.2 SL1Q
The SL1Q is a 4xSTM-1 optical/electrical interface board.

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

145

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

5 SDH Boards

5.2.1 Version Description

The functional version of SL1Q boards is TNH2.

5.2.2 Functions and Features

The SL1Q receives/transmits 4xSTM-1 optical/electrical signals, performs O/E conversion for
STM-1 optical signals, extracts and inserts overhead bytes, and reports alarms generated on
the line.
Table 5-10 lists the functions and features that the SL1Q supports.
Table 5-10 Functions and features that the SL1Q supports
Function and
Feature

Board

Basic functions

Receives/Transmits 4xSTM-1 optical/electrical signals.

Optical port
specifications

Provides S-1.1, L-1.1, and L-1.2 optical ports. STM-1 optical ports
support SFP electrical modules.

The characteristics of all optical ports comply with ITU-T G.957.

Optical module information can be detected and queried.

Single-fiber, bidirectional, pluggable optical modules can be used.

Pluggable optical modules support hot swapping.

Appropriate SFP optical modules can be used and the running

status can be monitored. This facilitates your maintenance.

Optical ports allow setting the on/off state of a laser and support
the automatic laser shutdown (ALS) function.

Optical module
specifications

DCN

Supports outband DCN.

Service
processing

Processes VC-12, VC-3, and VC-4 services.

Overhead
processing

Processes the section overheads of STM-1 signals.

Processes higher order path overheads.

Sets K-byte reporting, transmission, and pass-through.

Provides transparent DCCs and orderwire byte channels.

Sets and queries J0, J1, and C2 bytes.

Pointer processing

Processes AU pointers.

Alarms and
performance
events

Provides various alarms and performance events, facilitating

equipment management and maintenance.

Protection
schemes

Supports two-fiber unidirectional ring MSP.

Supports linear MSP.

Supports SNCP.

Line clock source

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Supports four channels of SDH line clock signals.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

146

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

5 SDH Boards

Function and
Feature

Board

Maintenance
features

Inloops and outloops at optical ports

Inloops and outloops on VC-4 paths for quick fault locating

Setting of overhead bytes to be sent/received

Enabling/Disabling SSMs on line optical ports

Pass-through tests of line K bytes

Setting of bit error threshold-crossing values and degrade

thresholds

Warm resets and cold resets (with warm resets having no impact
on services)

Board manufacturing information query

In-service FPGA loading

Hot board swapping

ALS

5.2.3 Working Principle and Signal Flow

The SL1Q consists of an O/E conversion unit, an overhead processing unit, a logic control
unit, and a clock unit.
Figure 5-4 SL1Q board function block diagram
Backplane
STM-1

O/E conversion
processing
Service bus
Overhead
unit
unit
Overhead bus

STM-1

Control bus

Logic
control
unit

Power supplied to the

other units on the board
Clock signal provided to the
other units on the board

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Cross-connect unit
System control and
communication unit
System control and
communication unit
+3.3 V

Clock unit

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

System clock signal

147

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

5 SDH Boards

Signal Processing in the Receive Direction

Table 5-11 Signal processing in the receive direction of the SL1Q
Step

Function Unit

Processing Flow

O/E conversion unit

Regenerates STM-1 optical signals.

Detects R_LOS alarms.

Converts STM-1 optical signals into STM-1

electrical signals.

Restores clock signals.

Aligns frames and detects R_LOS and R_LOF

alarms.

Descrambles signals.

Checks B1 and B2 bytes and generates specific

alarms and performance events.

Checks the M1 byte and bits 6-8 of the K2 byte, and

generates specific alarms and performance events.

Detects changes in the SSM in the S1 byte and

reports the SSM status to the system control and
communication unit.

Extracts orderwire bytes, auxiliary channel bytes

including F1 and SERIAL bytes, DCC bytes, and K
bytes to form a 2 Mbit/s overhead signal and
transmits the 2 Mbit/s overhead signal to the system
control and communication unit.

Adjusts AU pointers and generates specific

performance events.

Checks higher order path overheads and generates

specific alarms and performance events.

Transmits pointer indication signals and VC-4

signals to the cross-connect unit.

Overhead processing
unit

Signal Processing in the Transmit Direction

Table 5-12 Signal processing in the transmit direction of the SL1Q
Step

Function Unit

Processing Flow

Overhead processing
unit

Receives VC-4 signals and pointer indication signals

from the cross-connect unit.

Sets higher order path overheads.

Sets AU pointers.

Sets multiplex section overhead bytes.

Sets regenerator section overhead bytes.

Scrambles signals.

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

148

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

5 SDH Boards

Step

Function Unit

Processing Flow

O/E conversion unit

Converts electrical signals into optical signals.

Control Signal Processing

Clock Unit
This unit receives the system clock from the control bus in the backplane and provides clock
signals to the other units on the board.

5.2.4 Front Panel

There are indicators, ports, and a laser safety class label on the front panel.

Front Panel Diagram

Figure 5-5 Front panel of the SL1Q
TX3/RX3

SL1Q

SRV
STAT
LOS1
LOS2
LOS3
LOS4

TX1/RX1

TX4/RX4

CLASS1
LASER
PRODUCT

TX2/RX2

Indicators
The front panel of the SL1Q has the following indicators: STAT, SRV, LOS1, LOS2, LOS3,
and LOS4. For status explanation for the indicators, see Indicator Status Explanation.

Ports
Table 5-13 Ports on an SL1Q board
Port

Description

Connector Type

Pin
Assignm
ent

TX1/R
X1

Receive/Transmi
t port of the first
STM-1
optical/electrical
port

STM-1/4/16 optical port: LC

SFP optical module

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

TX
represe
nts the
transmi
t port.

Required
Cable
SFP optical
port: 16.1 Fiber
Jumper
SFP electrical
port: 16.6
149

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

5 SDH Boards

Port

Description

Connector Type

Pin
Assignm
ent

TX2/R
X2

Receive/Transmi
t port of the
second STM-1
optical/electrical
port

STM-1 electrical port: SFP

electrical module

TX3/R
X3

Receive/Transmi
t port of the third
STM-1
optical/electrical
port

TX4/R
X4

Receive/Transmi
t port of the
fourth STM-1
optical/electrical
port

RX
represe
nts the
receive
port.

Required
Cable
STM-1 Cable

Labels
There is a laser safety class label on the front panel.
The laser safety class label CLASS 1 indicates that the maximum launched optical power of
the optical port is lower than 10 dBm (10 mW).

5.2.5 DIP Switches and Jumpers

The SL1Q does not have any jumpers or DIP switches that are used for board settings.

5.2.6 Valid Slots

The SL1Q can be inserted in slots 1-6 in the chassis.

5.2.7 Feature Code

The feature code of a board refers to the number next to the board name in the bar code and
indicates the type of optical port. SL1Q boards have feature codes.
Table 5-14 Feature codes of the SL1Q
Feature Code

Type of Optical Port

S-1.1, eSFP optical module

L-1.1, eSFP optical module

L-1.2, eSFP optical module

S-1.1, single-fiber bidirectional optical module (For optical ports 1

and 3, the transmit wavelength is 1550 nm and the receive wavelength

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

150

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

Feature Code

5 SDH Boards

Type of Optical Port

is 1310 nm; for optical ports 2 and 4, the transmit wavelength is 1310
nm and the receive wavelength is 1550 nm.)

L-1.1, single-fiber bidirectional optical module (For optical ports 1

and 3, the transmit wavelength is 1550 nm and the receive wavelength
is 1310 nm; for optical ports 2 and 4, the transmit wavelength is 1310
nm and the receive wavelength is 1550 nm.)

5.2.8 Technical Specifications

This section describes the board specifications, including the optical port performance,
dimensions, weight, and power consumption.
Table 5-15 lists the technical specifications of the SL1Q.
Table 5-15 Technical specifications of the SL1Q
Item
Service
ports

Performance
TX1/RX
1

Receive/Transmit port of the

first STM-1 optical/electrical
port

For the performance of STM-1

optical ports, see Table 5-17 and
Table 5-18.

TX2/RX
2

Receive/Transmit port of the

second STM-1 optical/electrical
port

For the performance of STM-1

electrical ports, see Table 5-16.

TX3/RX
3

Receive/Transmit port of the

third STM-1 optical/electrical
port

TX4/RX
4

Receive/Transmit port of the

fourth STM-1 optical/electrical
port

Dimensions (H x W
x D)

19.82 mm x 193.80 mm x 225.80 mm

Weight

0.30 kg

Power consumption

4.5 W

Table 5-16 Specifications of STM-1 electrical ports

Item

Value

Bit rate

155520 kbit/s

Code pattern

CMI

Connector

SAA straight female

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

151

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

5 SDH Boards

Item

Value

Signal bit rate at the output port

Complies with ITU-T G.703.

Permitted frequency deviation at

the input port
Allowed attenuation at the input
port
Input jitter tolerance

Table 5-17 Specifications of the OptiX OSN 550's STM-1 optical ports
Item

Value

Nominal bit rate

155520 kbit/s

Optical port type

S-1.1

L-1.1

L-1.2

Transmission distance
(km)

Operating wavelength
range (nm)

1261 to 1360

1263 to 1360

1480 to 1580

Optical fiber type

Single-mode LC

Launched optical power

range (dBm)

-15 to -8

-5 to 0

Receiver sensitivity
(dBm)

-28

-34

Minimum overload
(dBm)

-8

-10

Minimum extinction ratio

(dB)

8.2

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

152

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

5 SDH Boards

Table 5-18 Specifications for the single-fiber bidirectional optical interfaces of the OptiX OSN
550's STM-1 optical ports
Parameter

Value

Nominal bit rate

155520 kbit/s

Line code pattern

NRZ

Type of optical
interface

S-1.1

L-1.1

Transmission distance
(km)

Type of fiber

Single-mode LC

Operating transmit
wavelength (nm)

1550

1310

1550

1310

Operating receive
wavelength (nm)

1310

1550

1310

1550

Launched optical power

range (dBm)

-15 to -8

-5 to 0

Receiver sensitivity
(dBm)

-32

Minimum overload
(dBm)

-8

-10

Minimum extinction
ratio (dB)

8.5

5.3 SL4D
The SL4D is a 2xSTM-4 optical interface board.

5.3.1 Version Description

The functional version of the SL4D is TNH2.

5.3.2 Functions and Features

The SL4D receives/transmits 2xSTM-4 optical signals, performs O/E conversion for STM-4
optical signals, extracts and inserts overhead bytes, and reports alarms generated on the line.
Table 5-19 lists the functions and features that the SL4D supports.

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

153

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

5 SDH Boards

Table 5-19 Functions and features that the SL4D supports

Function and Feature

Board

Basic functions

Receives/Transmits 2xSTM-4 optical signals.

Optical port specifications

Provides S-4.1, L-4.1, and L-4.2 optical ports.

The characteristics of all optical ports comply

with ITU-T G.957.

Optical module information can be detected and

queried.

Single-fiber, bidirectional, pluggable optical

modules can be used.

Pluggable optical modules support hot swapping.

Appropriate SFP optical modules can be used,

their information can be queried, and their
running status can be monitored. This facilitates
your maintenance.

Allows setting the on/off state of a laser and

supports the automatic laser shutdown (ALS)
function.

DCN

Supports outband DCN.

Service processing

Processes VC-12/VC-3/VC-4 services and

VC-4-4c concatenated services.

Overhead processing

Processes the section overheads of STM-4

signals.

Processes higher order path overheads.

Sets K-byte reporting, transmission, and

pass-through.

Provides transparent DCCs and orderwire byte

channels.

Sets and queries J0, J1, and C2 bytes.

Pointer processing

Processes AU pointers.

Alarms and performance events

Provides various alarms and performance events,

facilitating equipment management and
maintenance.

Protection schemes

Supports two-fiber unidirectional/bidirectional

ring MSP.

Supports linear MSP.

Supports SNCP.

Optical module specifications

Line clock source

Supports two channels of SDH line clock signals.

Maintenance features

Inloops and outloops at optical ports

Inloops and outloops on VC-4 paths for quick

fault locating

Setting of overhead bytes to be sent/received

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

154

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

Function and Feature

5 SDH Boards

Board

Enabling/Disabling SSMs on line optical ports

Pass-through tests of line K bytes

Setting of bit error threshold-crossing values and

degrade thresholds

Warm resets and cold resets (with warm resets

having no impact on services)

Board manufacturing information query

In-service FPGA loading

Hot board swapping

ALS

5.3.3 Working Principle and Signal Flow

The SL4D consists of an O/E conversion unit, an overhead processing unit, a logic control
unit, and a clock unit.

Functional Block Diagram

Figure 5-6 Functional block diagram of the SL4D
Backplane
STM-4

O/E conversion
Service bus
processing
Overhead
unit
unit
Overhead bus

STM-4

Control bus

Logic
control
unit

Power supplied to the other

units on the board
Clock signal provided to the
other units on the board

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Cross-connect unit
System control and
communication unit
System control and
communication unit
+3.3 V

Clock unit

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

System clock signal

155

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

5 SDH Boards

Signal Processing in the Receive Direction

Table 5-20 Signal processing in the receive direction of the SL4D
Step

Function Unit

Processing Flow

O/E conversion unit

Regenerates STM-4 optical signals.

Detects R_LOS alarms.

Converts STM-4 optical signals into electrical

signals.

Restores clock signals.

Aligns frames and detects R_LOS and R_LOF

alarms.

Descrambles signals.

Checks B1 and B2 bytes and generates specific

alarms and performance events.

Checks the M1 byte and bits 6-8 of the K2 byte, and

generates specific alarms and performance events.

Detects changes in the SSM in the S1 byte and

reports the SSM status to the system control and
communication unit.

Extracts orderwire bytes, auxiliary channel bytes

including F1 and SERIAL bytes, DCC bytes, and K
bytes to form a 2 Mbit/s overhead signal and
transmits the 2 Mbit/s overhead signal to the system
control and communication unit.

Adjusts AU pointers and generates specific

performance events.

Checks higher order path overheads and generates

specific alarms and performance events.

Transmits pointer indication signals and VC-4

signals to the cross-connect unit.

Overhead processing
unit

Signal Processing in the Transmit Direction

Table 5-21 Signal processing in the transmit direction of the SL4D
Step

Function Unit

Processing Flow

Overhead processing
unit

Receives VC-4 signals and pointer indication signals

from the cross-connect unit.

Sets higher order path overheads.

Sets AU pointers.

Sets multiplex section overhead bytes.

Sets regenerator section overhead bytes.

Scrambles signals.

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

156

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

5 SDH Boards

Step

Function Unit

Processing Flow

O/E conversion unit

Converts electrical signals into optical signals.

Control Signal Processing

Clock Unit
This unit receives the system clock from the control bus in the backplane and provides clock
signals to the other units on the board.

5.3.4 Front Panel

There are indicators, ports, a bar code, and a laser safety class label on the front panel.

Front Panel Diagram

Figure 5-6 shows the front panel of the SL4D.
Figure 5-7 Front panel of the SL4D
CLASS1
LASER
PRODUCT

SL4D

SRV
STAT
LOS1
LOS2

TX1/RX1

TX2/RX2

Indicators
The front panel of the SL4D has the following indicators: STAT, SRV, LOS1, and LOS2. For
status explanation for the indicators, see Indicator Status Explanation.

Ports
Table 5-22 Ports on an SL4D board
Port

Descripti
on

Connector Type

Pin Assignment

Required
Cable

TX1/R
X1

Receive/Tr
ansmit port
of the first
STM-4

LC SFP optical module

TX represents
the transmit
port.

16.1 Fiber
Jumper

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

157

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

Port

Descripti
on
optical port

TX2/R
X2

5 SDH Boards

Connector Type

Receive/Tr
ansmit port
of the
second
STM-4
optical port

Pin Assignment

Required
Cable

RX represents
the receive
port.

Labels
There is a laser safety class label on the front panel.
The laser safety class label CLASS 1 indicates that the maximum launched optical power of
the optical port is lower than 10 dBm (10 mW).

5.3.5 DIP Switches and Jumpers

None.

5.3.6 Valid Slots

The SL4D can be inserted in slots 1-6 in the chassis. The logical slots of the SL4D on the
NMS are the same as its physical slots.

5.3.7 Feature Code

The feature code of a board refers to the number next to the board name in the bar code and
indicates the type of optical port. SL4D boards have feature codes.
Table 5-23 Feature codes of the SL4D
Feature Code

Type of Optical Port

S-4.1, eSFP optical module

L-4.1, eSFP optical module

L-4.2, eSFP optical module

S-4.1, single-fiber bidirectional optical module (For optical port 1, the

transmit wavelength is 1490 nm and the receive wavelength is 1310
nm; for optical port 2, the transmit wavelength is 1310 nm and the
receive wavelength is 1490 nm.)

5.3.8 Technical Specifications

This section describes the board specifications, including the port performance, dimensions,
weight, and power consumption.

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

158

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

5 SDH Boards

Table 5-24 lists the technical specifications of the SL4D.

Table 5-24 Technical specifications of the SL4D
Item
Service
ports

Performance
TX1/RX
1

Receive/Transmit port of the

first STM-4 optical port

TX2/RX
2

Receive/Transmit port of the

second STM-4 optical port

For the performance of STM-4

optical ports, see Table 5-25 and
Table 5-26.

Dimensions (H x W
x D)

19.82 mm x 193.80 mm x 225.80 mm

Weight

0.30 kg

Power consumption

3.7 W

Table 5-25 Specifications of the OptiX OSN 550's STM-4 optical ports
Item

Value

Nominal bit rate

622080 kbit/s

Optical port type

S-4.1

L-4.1

L-4.2

Transmission
distance (km)

Operating
wavelength range
(nm)

1274 to 1356

1280 to 1335

1480 to 1580

Optical fiber type

Single-mode LC

Launched optical
power range (dBm)

-15 to -8

-3 to +2

Receiver sensitivity
(dBm)

-28

Minimum overload
(dBm)

-8

Minimum extinction
ratio (dB)

8.2

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

159

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

Item

5 SDH Boards

Value

Table 5-26 Specifications for the single-fiber bidirectional optical interfaces of the OptiX OSN
550's STM-4 optical ports
Paramete
r

Value

Nominal
bit rate

622080 kbit/s

Line code
pattern

NRZ

Type of
optical
interface

S-4.1

L-4.1

Transmiss
ion
distance
(km)

Type of
fiber

Single-mode LC

Operating
transmit
wavelengt
h (nm)

1490

1310

1490

1310

Operating
receive
wavelengt
h (nm)

1310

1490

1310

1490

Launched
optical
power
range
(dBm)

-9 to -3

-2 to 3

Receiver
sensitivity
(dBm)

-19.5

-23

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

160

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

5 SDH Boards

Paramete
r

Value

Minimum
overload
(dBm)

-3

Minimum
extinction
ratio (dB)

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

161

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

6 PDH Boards

PDH Boards

About This Chapter

The OptiX OSN 550 supports PDH boards SP3D and PL3T.
6.1

SP3D

The SP3D is a 42xE1/T1 electrical interface board.

6.2

PL3T

The PL3T is a 3xE3/T3 electrical interface board.

6.1 SP3D
The SP3D is a 42xE1/T1 electrical interface board.

6.1.1 Version Description

The functional version of the SP3D is TNH2.

6.1.2 Functions and Features

The SP3D processes E1/T1 signals and overheads, and supports alarms, performance events,
and maintenance features.
Table 6-1 lists the functions and features that the SP3D supports.
Table 6-1 Functions and features that the SP3D supports
Function and
Feature

Board

Service
processing

Receives/Transmits and processes 42xE1/T1 signals.

Overhead
processing

Processes path overheads at the VC-12 level such as J2 and V5.

Alarms and

Provides various alarms and performance events, facilitating

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

162

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

6 PDH Boards

Function and
Feature

Board

performance
events

equipment management and maintenance.

Tributary clock
sources

Extracts clock signals from the first and seventeenth channels.

Supports the tributary retiming function.

Transmits E1 clock signals transparently.

Inloops and outloops at electrical ports

Warm resets and cold resets (with warm resets having no impact
on services)

Board manufacturing information query

PRBS tests

Maintenance
features

TPS protection

Not supported

6.1.3 Working Principle and Signal Flow

The SP3D consists of an interface unit, a CODEC unit, a mapping/demapping unit, a logic
control unit, and a power supply unit.

Functional Block Diagram

Figure 6-2 Functional block diagram of the SP3D
Backplane
E1/T1
signal
E1/T1
Interface
unit

CODEC
unit

Mapping/De
mapping unit

Service bus
Cross-connect unit

E1/T1

Logic
control unit

Control
bus
+3.3 V power supplied
to the board

Power
supply unit

Fuse

System control and

communication unit
-48 V/-60 V

-48 V/-60 V
Clock signal provided to the
other units on the board

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Clock unit

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

System power supply

System power supply
System clock signal

163

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

6 PDH Boards

Signal Processing in the Receive Direction

Table 6-2 Signal processing in the receive direction of the SP3D
Step

Function Unit

Processing Flow

Interface unit

Couples external E1/T1 signals by using a transformer

and then transmits the signals to the board.

CODEC unit

Equalizes the received signals.

Restores clock signals.

Detects T_ALOS alarms.

Performs HDB3 decoding.

Asynchronously maps signals into C-12s.

Adds path overhead bytes to C-12s to form VC-12s.

Processes pointers to form TU-12s.

Performs byte interleaving for three TU-12s to form

one TUG-2.

Performs byte interleaving for seven TUG-2s to

form one TUG-3.

Performs byte interleaving for three TUG-3s to form

one C-4.

Adds higher order path overhead bytes to one C-4 to

form one VC-4.

Processes clock signals.

Transmits VC-4 signals and pointer indication

signals to the active and standby cross-connect units.

Mapping/Demappin
g unit

Logic processing
unit

Signal Processing in the Transmit Direction

Table 6-3 Signal processing in the transmit direction of the SP3D
Step

Function Unit

Processing Flow

Logic processing
unit

Processes clock signals.

Receives VC-4 signals and pointer indication signals

from the cross-connect unit.

Mapping/Demappin
g unit

Demultiplexes three TUG-3s from one VC-4.

Demultiplexes seven TUG-2s from one TUG-3.

Demultiplexes three VC-12s from one TUG-2.

Processes path overheads and pointers and detects

specific alarms and performance events.

Extracts E1/T1 signals.

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

CODEC unit

Performs HDB3 coding.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

164

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

6 PDH Boards

Step

Function Unit

Processing Flow

Interface unit

Couples E1/T1 signals by using a transformer and then

transmits the signals to an external cable.

Control Signal Processing

Power Supply Unit

Clock Unit
This unit receives the system clock from the control bus in the backplane and provides clock
signals to the other units on the board.

6.1.4 Front Panel

There are indicators and ports on the front panel.

Front Panel Diagram

Figure 6-2 shows the front panel of the SP3D.
Figure 6-3 Front panel of the SP3D
21

SP3D
STAT
SRV

42
22

SP3D

Indicators
The front panel of the SP3D has the following indicators: STAT and SRV. For status
explanation for the indicators, see Indicator Status Explanation.

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

165

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

6 PDH Boards

Ports
Table 6-4 Ports on an SP3D board
Port

Descripti
on

Connector Type

Pin Assignment

Required
Cable

1-21

Receives/T
ransmits
the first to
twenty-firs
t E1/T1
signals.

Anea 96

See Table 6-5.

16.8
21xE1/T1
Cable

22-42

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

168

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

6 PDH Boards

Table 6-6 Feature codes of the SP3D

Feature Code

Port Impedance (Ohm)

120

6.1.8 Technical Specifications

This section describes the board specifications, including the port performance, dimensions,
weight, and power consumption.
Table 6-7 lists the technical specifications of the SP3D.
Table 6-7 Technical specifications of the SP3D
Item
Service
ports

Performance
1-21

Receives/Transmits the first to

twenty-first E1/T1 signals.

22-42

Receives/Transmits the
twenty-second to forty-second
E1/T1 signals.

See Table 6-8.

Dimensions (H x W
x D)

19.82 mm x 193.80 mm x 225.80 mm

Weight

0.85 kg

Power consumption

11.9 W

Table 6-8 Specifications of the OptiX OSN 550's E1/T1 electrical ports
Electrical Port Type

1544 kbit/s

2048 kbit/s

Code pattern

B8ZS code, AMI code

HDB3 code

Waveform at the output port

Complies with ITU-T G.703.

Signal bit rate at the output

port
Allowed attenuation at the
input port
Permitted frequency deviation
at the input port

Complies with ITU-T G.823.

Complies with ITU-T G.783.

Combined jitter
Jitter transfer function

Port type

Anea 96

Complies with ITU-T

G.742.

6.2 PL3T
The PL3T is a 3xE3/T3 electrical interface board.

6.2.1 Version Description

The functional version of PL3T boards is TNH2.

6.2.2 Functions and Features

The PL3T processes E3/T3 signals and overheads, and supports alarms, performance events,
and maintenance features.
Table 6-9 lists the functions and features that the PL3T supports.
Table 6-9 Functions and features that the PL3T supports
Function and
Feature

Board

Service
processing

Receives/Transmits and processes 3xE3/T3 signals.

Overhead
processing

Sets and queries all path overheads at the VC-3 level.

Alarms and
performance
events

Provides various alarms and performance events, facilitating

equipment management and maintenance.

Tributary clock
sources

Extracts clock signals from the first and second channels.

Maintenance
features

Inloops and outloops at electrical ports

Warm resets and cold resets (with warm resets having no impact
on services)

Board manufacturing information query

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

170

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

Function and
Feature

6 PDH Boards

Board

Board temperature detection

PRBS tests

Hot board swapping

6.2.3 Working Principle and Signal Flow

The PL3T consists of an interface unit, a CODEC unit, a mapping/demapping unit, and a
logic control unit.
This section describes how the PL3T processes one E3/T3 signal, and it serves as an example
to describe the working principle and signal flow of the PL3T. Figure 6-3 shows the
functional block diagram of the PL3T.
Figure 6-4 Functional block diagram of the PL3T
Backplane
E3/T3
signal

E3/T3

CODEC
unit

Interface
unit

Service bus

Mapping/De
mapping unit

Cross-connect unit

E3/T3

Control
bus

Logic
control unit

Power supplied to the other

units on the board
Clock signal provided to the
other units on the board

System control and

communication unit

+3.3 V

Clock unit

System clock signal

Signal Processing in the Receive Direction

Table 6-10 Signal processing in the receive direction of the PL3T
Step

Function Unit

Processing Flow

Interface unit

Couples external E3/T3 signals by using a transformer

and then transmits the signals to the board.

CODEC unit

Equalizes the received signals.

Restores clock signals.

Detects T_ALOS alarms.

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

171

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

Step
3

Function Unit
Mapping/Demappin
g unit

Logic control unit

6 PDH Boards

Processing Flow

Performs HDB3 decoding.

Asynchronously maps the signal into C-3.

Processes path overheads and forms the signal to be

VC-3.

Processes pointers and forms the signal to be TU-3.

One TU-3 is multiplexed into one TUG-3.

Three TU-3s are performed with byte interleaving

and are multiplexed into one C-4.

C-4 is added with higher order path overheads and

the VC-4 is formed.

Processes clock signals.

Transmits VC-4 signals and pointer indication

signals to the active and standby cross-connect units.

Signal Processing in the Transmit Direction

Table 6-11 Signal processing in the transmit direction of the PL3T
Step

Function Unit

Processing Flow

Logic control unit

Processes clock signals.

Receives VC-4 signals and pointer indication signals

from the cross-connect unit.

Demultiplexes three TUG-3s from one VC-4.

Demultiplexes one TU-3 from one TUG-3.

Demultiplexes one VC-3 from one TU-3.

Processes path overheads and pointers and detects

specific alarms and performance events.

Extracts E3/T3 signals.

Mapping/Demappin
g unit

CODEC unit

Performs HDB3 coding.

Interface unit

Couples E3/T3 signals by using a transformer and then

transmits the signals to an external cable.

Control Signal Processing

The board is directly controlled by the CPU unit on the system control and communication
unit. The CPU unit issues configuration and query commands to the other units of the board
over the control bus. These units then report command responses, alarms, and performance
events to the CPU unit over the control bus.
The logic control unit decodes the address read/write signals from the system control and
communication unit.
Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

172

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

6 PDH Boards

Clock Unit
This unit receives the system clock from the control bus in the backplane and provides clock
signals to the other units on the board.

6.2.4 Front Panel

There are indicators and ports on the front panel.

Front Panel Diagram

Figure 6-4 shows the front panel of the PL3T.
Figure 6-5 Front panel of the PL3T
T
3
L
P

T
3
L
P

T
A V
T R
S S

TX1

RX1

TX2

RX2

TX3

RX3

Indicators
The front panel of the PL3T has the STAT and SRV indicators. For status explanation for the
indicators, see Indicator Status Explanation.

Ports
The front panel of the PL3T has three electrical ports. Table 6-12 lists the types of the ports on
the PL3T and their respective usage.
Table 6-12 Ports on the PL3T
Port

Description

Connector Type

Pin Assignment

Required Cable

TX1TX3

Transmits the first

to third E3/T3
signals.

SMB

Inner core:
transmitting
data (+)

16.9 E3/T3 Cable

Outer core:
transmitting
data (-)

Inner core:
transmitting
data (+)

Outer core:
transmitting
data (-)

RX1RX3

Receives the first

to third E3/T3
signals.

6.2.5 DIP Switches and Jumpers

The PL3T does not have any jumpers or DIP switches that are used for board settings.

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

173

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

6 PDH Boards

6.2.6 Valid Slots

The PL3T can be inserted in slots 1-6 in the chassis. The slot allocation priority is as follows:
slots 4 and 6 > slots 1 and 2 > slots 3 and 5. The logical slots of the PL3T on the NMS are the
same as its physical slots.

6.2.7 Feature Code

PL3T boards do not have feature codes.

6.2.8 Technical Specifications

This section describes the board specifications, including the electrical port performance,
dimensions, weight, and power consumption.
Table 6-13 lists the technical specifications of the PL3T.
Table 6-13 Technical specifications of the PL3T
Item
Service
ports

Performance
TX1-TX
3

Transmits the first to third E3/T3

signals.

RX1-R
X3

Receives the first to third E3/T3

signals.

See Table 6-14.

Dimensions (H x W
x D)

19.82 mm x 193.80 mm x 225.80 mm

Weight

0.30 kg

Power consumption

4.5 W

Table 6-14 Specifications of the OptiX OSN 550's E3/T3 electrical ports
Item

Value

Bit rate

34368 kbit/s

44736 kbit/s

Code pattern

HDB3

B3ZS

Connector

SMB

Port impedance (ohm)

Signal bit rate at the output port

Complies with ITU-T G.703.

Permitted frequency deviation at

the input port
Allowed attenuation at the input
port
Input jitter tolerance

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Complies with
ITU-T G.823.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Complies with ITU-T G.824.

174

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

7 EoS Boards

EoS Boards

About This Chapter

The OptiX OSN 550 supports EoS boards EFS8 and EGT1.
7.1

EFS8

The EFS8 is an 8xFE switching and processing board.

7.2

EGT1

The EGT1 is a 1xGE transparent transmission board.

7.1 EFS8
The EFS8 is an 8xFE switching and processing board.

7.1.1 Version Description

The functional version of the EFS8 is TNH2.

7.1.2 Functions and Features

The EFS8 supports the Layer 2 switching of Ethernet services, link capacity adjustment
scheme (LCAS), and test frames.
Table 7-1 lists the functions and features that the EFS8 supports.
Table 7-1 Functions and features that the EFS8 supports
Function and
Feature

Board

Basic functions

Processes 8xFE signals.

Port
specifications

Supports 10/100BASE-T(X) that complies with IEEE 802.3u.

Service frame
format

Supports Ethernet II, IEEE 802.3, and IEEE 802.1 q/p frames.

Supports a frame with a length ranging from 64 bytes to 9600 bytes,

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

175

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

Function and
Feature

7 EoS Boards

Board
and supports a jumbo frame with a maximum length of 9600 bytes.

Maximum
upstream
bandwidth

4xVC-4

VCTRUNK

Number of supported VCTRUNKs: 8

Configuration principles are as follows:

A VCTRUNK can be bound with VC-12

paths or VC-3 paths. An NE can be
configured with a maximum of
3xVC-3+63xVC-12 or 12xVC-3.

When VC-12 paths are to be bound,

VCTRUNKs 1-8 can be bound only with
VC4-4.

When VC-3 paths are to be bound,

VCTRUNKs 1-8 can be bound with
VC4-1 to VC4-4.

Encapsulation
formats

HDLC, LAPS, GFP-F

Mapping
granularities

VC-12, VC-3, VC12-Xv (x 63), VC3-Xv (x 12)

Ethernet private
line (EPL)

Supports transparent transmission based on ports.

Ethernet virtual
private line
(EVPL)

Supports EVPL services based on port+VLAN.

Supports EVPL services carried by QinQ links.

Uses the frame encapsulation formats in compliance with IEEE

802.1q and IEEE 802.1ad.

Ethernet private
LAN (EPLAN)

Supports Layer 2 convergence and point-to-multipoint convergence.

Supports the forwarding function in Layer 2 switching, and also

supports the switching on both the user side and the SDH network
side.

Supports the self-learning of source MAC addresses. The size of a

MAC address table is 16 KB. You can set and query the aging time
of an MAC address entry.

Supports a maximum of 512 static MAC addresses and

configuration of static MAC routes.

Supports creation, deletion, and query of VBs. Only one VB is

supported. The VB supports a maximum of 16 logical ports.

Ethernet virtual
private LAN
(EVPLAN)

Supports data isolation based on VB+VLAN.

Supports EVPLAN services that are based on IEEE 802.1q bridges

and IEEE 802.1ad bridges.

MTU

The MTU can be set to a value within the range of 1518 bytes to 9600
bytes. After the MTU setting takes effect, the maximum length of a

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

176

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

Function and
Feature

7 EoS Boards

Board
packet is restricted on an ingress IP port.

VLAN

Transparently transmits VLAN tags.

Multicast

Supported

Ethernet
operation,
administration
and maintenance
(ETH OAM)

Ethernet service OAM: supports continuity check (CC), loopback

(LB), and link trace (LT) tests in compliance with IEEE 802.1ag,
and supports OAM ping in compliance with the Huawei proprietary
protocol.

Ethernet port OAM: supports OAM auto-discovery, link

performance monitoring, fault checks, and remote loopbacks in
compliance with IEEE 802.3ah, and supports loop checks in
compliance with the Huawei proprietary protocol.

QoS

Supported

Flow control
function

Supports port-based IEEE 802.3x flow control.

LCAS

In compliance with ITU-T G.7042, LCAS dynamically increases or

decreases bandwidths and protects bandwidths.

Ethernet test
frames

Transmits and receives Ethernet test frames.

Port mirroring

Supported

Loopback types

Supports inloops at the MAC layer and PHY layer and inloops on VC-3
paths.

LAG

Supported

LPT

Supports point-to-point LPT and point-to-multipoint LPT.

STP/RSTP

Supported

Ethernet
performance
monitoring
(RMON)

Supports port-level Ethernet performance monitoring.

Alarms and
performance
events

Provides various alarms and performance events, facilitating equipment

management and maintenance.

Board
temperature
detection

Supported

7.1.3 Working Principle and Signal Flow

The EFS8 consists of an Ethernet access unit, an encapsulation/mapping unit, a logic control
unit, a power supply unit, and a clock unit.

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

177

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

7 EoS Boards

This section describes how the EFS8 processes one FE signal, and it serves as an example to
describe the working principle and signal flow of the EFS8. Figure 7-1 shows the function
block diagram of the EFS8.
Figure 7-2 Function block diagram of the EFS8
Backplane
a
cc
e
ss
u
n
it

M
a
p
p
in
g
u
n
it

E
th
e
rn
e
t

E
n
ca
p
su
la
tio
n
/

Control bus
+3.3 V power supplied
to the board

Power
supply unit

Service bus

Logic
control unit

Fuse

-48 V/-60 V

-48 V/-60 V
Clock signal provided to the
other units on the board

Cross-connect unit

System control and

communication unit

System power supply

Clock unit

System clock signal

Signal Processing in the Receive Direction

Table 7-2 Signal processing in the receive direction of the EFS8
Step

Function Unit

Processing Flow

Ethernet access unit

Receives/Transmits FE signals.

Performs restructuring, decoding, and serial/parallel

conversion for FE signals.

Performs frame delimitation, preamble stripping,

CRC checks, and Ethernet performance
measurement for frame signals.

Encapsulates and maps signals.

Transmits encapsulated data to the cross-connect

unit over the service bus.

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Encapsulation/Mapp
ing unit

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

178

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

7 EoS Boards

Signal Processing in the Transmit Direction

Table 7-3 Signal processing in the transmit direction of the EFS8
Step

Function Unit

Processing Flow

Encapsulation/Mapp
ing unit

Receives signals from the cross-connect unit.

Demaps and decapsulates signals.

Ethernet access unit

Performs frame delimitation, preamble addition,

CRC code computing, and Ethernet performance
measurement.

Performs parallel/serial conversion and coding for

Ethernet data frames.

Sends out the generated FE signals through Ethernet

ports.

Control Signal Processing

The logic control unit controls the Ethernet access unit and the encapsulation/mapping unit
over the control bus on the board.
The logic control unit communicates with the active and standby system control and
communication units using the system control bus. Specifically, the logic control unit
transmits the configuration data and query commands from the system control and
communication unit to various units of the board; it also transmits the command responses,
alarms, and performance events reported by units on the board to the system control and
communication unit.

Power Supply Unit

Clock Unit
This unit receives the system clock from the control bus in the backplane and provides clock
signals to the other units on the board.

7.1.4 Front Panel

There are indicators and ports on the front panel.

Front Panel Diagram

Figure 7-2 shows the front panel of the EFS8.

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

179

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

7 EoS Boards

Figure 7-3 Front panel of the EFS8

EFS8
STAT
SRV
PROG

EFS8
1

Indicators
The front panel of the EFS8 has the following indicators: STAT, PROG, and SRV. For status
explanation for the indicators, see Indicator Status Explanation.

Ports
Table 7-4 Description of the ports
Port

Descriptio
n

Connector Type

Pin Assignment

Required
Cable

1-4

Receives
and
transmits
the first to
fourth FE
signals.

RJ45

16.10 Network
Cable

Receives
and
transmits
the fifth to
eighth FE
signals.

The ports support

MDI and MDI-X
modes. For details
about the pin
assignments for the
ports, see Table 7-6
and Table 7-7.

For status explanation for

the indicators of an RJ45
port, see Table 7-5.

5-8

87654321

Table 7-5 Status explanation for indicators on an Ethernet port

Indicator

State

Meaning

LINK (green)

The Ethernet link is working

properly.

Off

The Ethernet link is interrupted.

On or blinking

The port is receiving or transmitting

data.

Off

The port is not receiving or

transmitting data.

ACT (yellow)

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

180

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

7 EoS Boards

Table 7-6 Pin assignments for an RJ45 port in MDI mode

10/100BASE-T(X)

1000BASE-T

Signal

Function

Signal

Function

TX+

Transmitting data (+)

BIDA+

Bidirectional data wire A

(+)

TX-

Transmitting data (-)

BIDA-

Bidirectional data wire A

(-)

RX+

Receiving data (+)

BIDB+

Bidirectional data wire B

(+)

Reserved

BIDC+

Bidirectional data wire C

(+)

Reserved

BIDC-

Bidirectional data wire C

(-)

RX-

Receiving data (-)

BIDB-

Bidirectional data wire B

(-)

Reserved

BIDD+

Bidirectional data wire D

(+)

Reserved

BIDD-

Bidirectional data wire D

(-)

Table 7-7 Pin assignments for an RJ45 port in MDI-X mode

10/100BASE-T(X)

1000BASE-T

Signal

Function

Signal

Function

RX+

Receiving data (+)

BIDB+

Bidirectional data wire B

(+)

RX-

Receiving data (-)

BIDB-

Bidirectional data wire B

(-)

TX+

Transmitting data (+)

BIDA+

Bidirectional data wire A

(+)

Reserved

BIDD+

Bidirectional data wire D

(+)

Reserved

BIDD-

Bidirectional data wire D

(-)

TX-

Transmitting data (-)

BIDA-

Bidirectional data wire A

(-)

Reserved

BIDC+

Bidirectional data wire C

(+)

Reserved

BIDC-

Bidirectional data wire C

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

181

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

7 EoS Boards

10/100BASE-T(X)

1000BASE-T

Signal

Function

Function
(-)

7.1.5 DIP Switches and Jumpers

The EFS8 does not have any jumpers or DIP switches that are used for board settings.

7.1.6 Valid Slots

The EFS8 can be inserted in one of the slots 1-6 in the chassis.

7.1.7 Feature Code

EFS8 boards do not have feature codes.

7.1.8 Technical Specifications

This section describes the board specifications, including the parameters specified for
electrical ports, dimensions, weight, and power consumption.
Table 7-8 lists the technical specifications of the EFS8.
Table 7-8 Technical specifications of the EFS8
Item

Performance

Service ports

FE electrical port

See Table 7-9.

Dimensions (H x W
x D)

19.82 mm x 193.80 mm x 225.80 mm

Weight

0.65 kg

Power consumption

13.0 W

Table 7-9 Specifications of the EFS8 Ethernet electrical ports

Service Port

Port Rate

Code Pattern

Port Type

FE electrical
port

10BASE-T

Manchester coding
signals

RJ45

100BASE-TX

MLT-3 encoding
signal

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

182

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

7 EoS Boards

7.2 EGT1
The EGT1 is a 1xGE transparent transmission board.

7.2.1 Version Description

The functional version of the EGT1 is TNH2.

7.2.2 Functions and Features

The EGT1 supports the transparent transmission of Ethernet services, link capacity
adjustment scheme (LCAS), and test frames.
Table 7-10 lists the functions and features that the EGT1 supports.
Table 7-10 Functions and features that the EGT1 supports
Function and
Feature

Board

Basic functions

Transparently transmits 1xGE signals.

Port
specifications

Provides one
1000BASE-SX/1000BASE-LX/1000BASE-VX/1000BASE-ZX
Ethernet optical port that supports auto-negotiation and complies
with IEEE 802.3z; uses hot-swappable SFP optical modules.

Supports the 1000BASE-T RJ-45 Ethernet electrical interface. The

electrical interface supports the 1000M full-duplex working mode;
uses hot-swappable SFP electrical modules.

The GE optical port supports single-fiber bidirectional optical

modules.

Service frame
format

Supports Ethernet II, IEEE 802.3, and IEEE 802.1 q/p frames.

Supports a frame with a length ranging from 64 bytes to 9600 bytes,

and supports a jumbo frame with a maximum length of 9600 bytes.

Maximum
upstream
bandwidth

8xVC-4

VCTRUNK

Number of supported VCTRUNKs: 1

Configuration principles are as follows:

Encapsulation
formats

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

A VCTRUNK can be bound with a

maximum of 63 VC-12 paths, 24 VC-3
paths, or eight VC-4 paths.

When VC-12 paths are to be bound, a

VCTRUNK can be bound only with
VC4-4.

When VC-3 paths are to be bound, a

VCTRUNK can be bound with VC4-1 to
VC4-8.

HDLC, LAPS, GFP-F

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

183

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

7 EoS Boards

Function and
Feature

Board

Mapping
granularities

VC-12, VC-3, VC-4, VC12-Xv (X 63), VC3-Xv (X 24), VC4-Xv

(X 8)

Ethernet private
line (EPL)

Supports port-based transparent transmission.

MTU

The MTU can be set to a value within the range of 1518 bytes to 9600
bytes. After the MTU setting takes effect, the maximum length of a
packet is restricted on an ingress IP port.

VLAN

Transparently transmits VLAN tags.

LPT

Supports point-to-point LPT.

Multicast

Not supported

Ethernet
operation,
administration
and maintenance
(ETH OAM)

Supports continuity check (CC), loopback (LB), and link trace (LT)
tests in compliance with IEEE 802.1ag.

QoS

Not supported

Flow control
function

Supports port-based IEEE 802.3x flow control.

LCAS

In compliance with ITU-T G.7042, LCAS dynamically increases or

decreases bandwidths and protects bandwidths.

Ethernet test
frames

Transmits and receives Ethernet test frames.

Ethernet
performance
monitoring
(RMON)

Supports port-level Ethernet performance monitoring.

Alarms and
performance
events

Provides various alarms and performance events, facilitating equipment

management and maintenance.

Board
temperature
detection

Supported

7.2.3 Working Principle and Signal Flow

The EGT1 consists of an Ethernet access unit, an encapsulation/mapping unit, a logic control
unit, a power supply unit, and a clock unit.
Figure 7-3 shows the function block diagram of the EGT1.

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

184

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

7 EoS Boards

Figure 7-4 Function block diagram of the EGT1

Backplane
a
c
c
e
s
s
u
n
it

M
a
p
p
in
g
u
n
it

E
th
e
rn
e
t

E
n
c
a
p
s
u
la
ti
o
n
/

Control bus
+3.3 V power supplied
to the board

Power
supply unit

Service bus

Logic
control unit

Fuse

-48 V/-60 V

-48 V/-60 V
Clock signal provided to the
other units on the board

Clock unit

Cross-connect unit

System control and

communication unit

System power supply

System clock signal

Signal Processing in the Receive Direction

Table 7-11 Signal processing in the receive direction of the EGT1
Step

Function Unit

Processing Flow

Ethernet access unit

Receives/Transmits GE signals and performs O/E

conversion.

Performs restructuring, decoding, and serial/parallel

conversion for GE signals.

Performs frame delimitation, preamble stripping,

CRC checks, and Ethernet performance
measurement for frame signals.

Encapsulates and maps signals.

Transmits encapsulated data to the cross-connect

unit over the service bus.

Encapsulation/Mapp
ing unit

Signal Processing in the Transmit Direction

Table 7-12 Signal processing in the transmit direction of the EGT1
Step

Function Unit

Processing Flow

Encapsulation/Mapp
ing unit

Receives signals from the cross-connect unit.

Demaps and decapsulates signals.

Ethernet access unit

Performs frame delimitation, preamble addition,

CRC code computing, and Ethernet performance

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

185

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

Step

7 EoS Boards

Function Unit

Processing Flow
measurement.

Performs parallel/serial conversion and coding for

Ethernet data frames.

Sends out the generated GE signals through Ethernet

ports.

Control Signal Processing

Power Supply Unit

Clock Unit
This unit receives the system clock from the control bus in the backplane and provides clock
signals to the other units on the board.

7.2.4 Front Panel

There are indicators and an optical port on the front panel.

Front Panel Diagram

Figure 7-5 Front panel of the EGT1
CLASS1
LASER
PRODUCT

EGT1
ACT
SRV
LINK
OPM
STAT

TX1/RX1

EGT1

Indicators
The front panel of the EGT1 has the following indicators: STAT, SRV, LINK, ACT, and OPM.
For status explanation for the indicators, see Indicator Status Explanation.

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

186

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

7 EoS Boards

Ports
Table 7-13 Description of the port
Port

Description

Connector Type

Pin Assignment

Required
Cable

TX1/
RX1

Receives and
transmits GE
signals.

LC SFP optical module

TX represents
the transmit
port.

16.1 Fiber
Jumper

RX represents
the receive port.

7.2.5 DIP Switches and Jumpers

The EGT1 does not have any jumpers or DIP switches that are used for board settings.

7.2.6 Valid Slots

The EGT1 can be inserted in one of the slots 1-6 in the chassis.

7.2.7 Feature Code

The feature code of a board refers to the number next to the board name in the bar code and
indicates the type of optical port. EGT1 boards have feature codes.
Table 7-14 Feature code of the EGT1
Feature Code

Type of Optical Port

1000BASE-LX, operating at 1310 nm

1000BASE-LX, single-fiber bidirectional optical module (The

transmit wavelength is 1310 nm and the receive wavelength is 1490
nm.)

1000BASE-LX, single-fiber bidirectional optical module (The

transmit wavelength is 1490 nm and the receive wavelength is 1310
nm.)

7.2.8 Technical Specifications

This section describes the board specifications, including the parameters specified for optical
ports, dimensions, weight, and power consumption.

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

187

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

7 EoS Boards

Table 7-15 lists the technical specifications of the EGT1.

Table 7-15 Technical specifications of the EGT1
Item
Service
ports

Performance
GE1,
GE2

GE electrical port

See Table 7-16 and Table 7-20.

GE optical port

See Table 7-17, Table 7-18, and

Table 7-19.

Dimensions (H x W
x D)

19.82 mm x 193.80 mm x 225.80 mm

Weight

0.60 kg

Power consumption

8.3 W

Table 7-16 Specifications of the EGT1 Ethernet electrical ports

Service Port

Port Rate

Code Pattern

Port Type

GE electrical
port

1000BASE-T

4D-PAM5 coding
signals

RJ45

Table 7-17 Specifications of the OptiX OSN 550's GE optical ports

Item

Value

Optical port
type

1000BASE-SX

1000BASE-LX

1000BASE-VX

1000BASE-ZX

Optical fiber
type

Multi-mode LC

Single-mode LC

Transmission
distance (km)

0.5

Operating
wavelength
(nm)

770 to 860

1270 to 1355

1500 to 1580

Mean
launched
power (dBm)

-9.5 to -2.5

-9 to -3

-5 to 0

-2 to +5

Receiver
minimum
sensitivity
(dBm)

-17

-20

-23

Minimum
overload
(dBm)

-3

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

188

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

Item

Value

Minimum
extinction
ratio (dB)

7 EoS Boards

Table 7-18 Specifications of the OptiX OSN 550's GE single-fiber bidirectional optical ports
Paramete
r

Value

Type of
optical
interface

1000BASE-LX

1000BASE-VX

Transmiss
ion
distance
(km)

Type of
fiber

Single-mode LC

Operating
transmit
wavelengt
h (nm)

1490

1310

1490

1310

Operating
receive
wavelengt
h (nm)

1310

1490

1310

1490

Launched
optical
power
range
(dBm)

-9 to -3

-2 to 3

Receiver
sensitivity
(dBm)

-19.5

-23

Minimum
overload
(dBm)

-3

Minimum
extinction
ratio (dB)

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

189

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

7 EoS Boards

Table 7-19 Ethernet performance specifications of the OptiX OSN 550's GE optical ports
Item

Performance

Frame
Length
(Bytes)

Throughput
(pks/sec)

Latency (us)

Packet Loss
Ratio (%)

Back-to-Back
(Frames)

64.00

1488095.00

9.00

0.00

7440475.00

128.00

844595.00

11.80

0.00

4222975.00

256.00

452899.00

17.30

0.00

2264495.00

512.00

234962.00

25.00

0.00

1174810.00

1024.00

119732.00

29.20

0.00

598660.00

1280.00

96154.00

31.30

0.00

480770.00

1518.00

81274.00

33.40

0.00

406370.00

2000.00

61881.00

37.40

0.00

309405.00

9600.00

12994.00

98.00

0.00

64970.00

Table 7-20 Ethernet performance specifications of the OptiX OSN 550's GE electrical ports
Item

Performance

Frame
Length
(Bytes)

Throughput
(pks/sec)

Latency (us)

Packet Loss
Ratio (%)

Back-to-Back
(Frames)

64.00

1488095.00

7.00

0.00

7440475.00

128.00

844595.00

7.40

0.00

4222975.00

256.00

452899.00

8.40

0.00

2264495.00

512.00

234962.00

10.60

0.00

1174810.00

1024.00

119732.00

14.70

0.00

598660.00

1280.00

96154.00

17.00

0.00

480770.00

1518.00

81274.00

18.90

0.00

406370.00

2000.00

61881.00

22.60

0.00

309405.00

9600.00

12994.00

83.40

0.00

64970.00

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

190

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

8 WDM Board

WDM Board

About This Chapter

The OpitX OSN 550 can house the DMD2 board (WDM board).
8.1

DMD2

DMD2 is a bidirectional double channel optical add/drop multiplexing board.

8.1 DMD2
DMD2 is a bidirectional double channel optical add/drop multiplexing board.

8.1.1 Version Description

The functional version of the DMD2 is TNM1.

8.1.2 Functions and Features

The main functions and features supported by the DMD2 are adding/dropping and
multiplexing.
For detailed functions and features, see Table 8-1.
Table 8-1 Functions and features of the DMD2 board
Functions and
Features

Description

Basic Function

Adds/Drops in two directions two channels of wavelength signals

to/from the multiplexed signals respectively.

WDM
specifications

Supports both the DWDM and CWDM specifications.

DMD2 boards use passive optical components so their voltages do not affect services.

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

191

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

8 WDM Board

8.1.3 Working Principle and Signal Flow

The DMD2 unit consists of two parts: the OADM module, the communication module.
Figure 8-1 shows the principle block diagram of the DMD2.
Figure 8-2 Principle block diagram of the DMD2
wD1 wD2

wA1

Drop

wIN

wA2

eA1 eA2

eD1 eD2

Add

Drop

Add

eIN

OADM
module

OADM
module
wOUT

eOUT

Communication module

SCC

Backplane or CTL

Signal Flow
In the east, the DMD2 board receives multiplexed signals through optical port eIN. After the
optical module processes the multiplexed signals, the board splits out two channels of optical
signals from the multiplexed signals and outputs them through optical port eD1 and eD2.
The board also receives through optical port eA1 and eA2 two channels of optical signals
and couples them to the multiplexed signals and outputs the coupled signals through eOUT.
The working principle of west signals is the same as that of east signals; while the signal
flows in the two directions are different.

Module Function

Optical module
Performs the add/drop multiplexing of two wavelengths respectively in two directions.

Communication module
Communicates with the SCC unit, to control and operate on each module of the unit.

8.1.4 Front Panel

There are indicators and ports on the front panel.

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

192

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

8 WDM Board

Front Panel Diagram

Figure 8-3 Front panel of the DMD2
2
D
M
D

wIN wOUT wA1 wD1 wA2 wD2

1471
1491

eIN eOUT eA1 eD1 eA2 eD2

1471
1491

The number under the optical port indicates one of the wavelengths that are supported by the optical
port.

Indicators
The DMD2 board does not have indicators.

Ports
Table 8-2 Types and descriptions of the DMD2 ports
Port

Description

Connector
Type

Requir
ed
Cable

wIN/w
OUT

Receive or transmit the westward multiplexed

signal.

wA1/
wA2

Receive the westward optical signals from the

OTU or integrated client-side equipment, thus
adding one westward channel respectively.

16.1
Fiber
Jumper

wD1/
wD2

Transmit the westward optical signals to the OTU

or integrated client-side equipment, thus dropping
one westward channel respectively.

eIN/e
OUT

Receive or transmit the eastward multiplexed

signal.

eA1/e
A2

Receive the eastward optical signals from the

OTU or integrated client-side equipment, thus
adding one eastward channel respectively.

eD1/e
D2

Transmit the eastward optical signals to the OTU

or integrated client-side equipment, thus dropping
one eastward channel respectively.

8.1.5 DIP Switches and Jumpers

None.

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

193

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

8 WDM Board

8.1.6 Valid Slots

The DMD2 can be inserted in one of the slots 1-6 in the chassis.

8.1.7 Feature Code

None.

8.1.8 Technical Specifications

Specifications include optical specifications, mechanical specifications and power
consumption.
Table 8-3 lists the technical specifications of the DMD2.
Table 8-3 Technical specifications of the DMD2
Item

Value

Service ports

See Table 8-4 and Table 8-5.

Dimensions (H x W
x D)

19.82 mm x 193.80 mm x 225.80 mm

Weight

0.72 kg

Power consumption

0.5 W

Table 8-4 Optical port specifications for the DMD2 board in the dense wavelength division
multiplexing (DWDM) system
Optical port

Item

Value

Operating frequency
range (THz)

192.10 to 196.00

Adjacent channel
spacing (GHz)

100

eIN-eD1

1.0 dB spectral width

(nm)

0.2

Insertion loss on the

drop channel (dB)

< 1.5

Adjacent channel
isolation (dB)

> 30

Non-adjacent channel
isolation (dB)

> 40

1.0 dB spectral width

(nm)

0.2

Insertion loss on the

add channel (dB)

< 1.5

eIN-eD2
wIN-wD1
wIN-wD2

eA1-eOUT
eA2-eOUT
wA1-wOUT

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

194

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

Optical port

8 WDM Board

Item

Value

Insertion loss (dB)

< 2.2

Reflectance (dB)

< -40

wA2-wOUT
wIN-eOUT
eIN-wOUT
-

Table 8-5 Optical port specifications for the DMD2 board in the coarse wavelength division
multiplexing (CWDM) system
Optical port

Item

Value

Operating wavelength
range (nm)

1471 to 1611

Adjacent channel
spacing (nm)

eIN-eD1

1.0 dB spectral width

(nm)

13.0

Insertion loss on the

drop channel (dB)

< 1.5

Adjacent channel
isolation (dB)

> 30

Non-adjacent channel
isolation (dB)

> 40

1.0 dB spectral width

(nm)

13.0

Insertion loss on the

add channel (dB)

< 1.5

wA2-wOUT
wIN-eOUT

Insertion loss (dB)

< 2.2

Reflectance (dB)

< -40

eIN-eD2
wIN-wD1
wIN-wD2

eA1-eOUT
eA2-eOUT
wA1-wOUT

eIN-wOUT
-

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

195

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

9 Auxiliary Boards

Auxiliary Boards

About This Chapter

The OptiX OSN 550 supports the auxiliary boards AUX and FAN.
9.1 AUX
The AUX is an auxiliary interface board that provides one orderwire phone port, one 64 kbit/s
synchronous transparent data port or one 19.2 kbit/s asynchronous transparent data port, and
alarm input/output ports.
9.2

FAN

The FAN is a fan board that dissipates heat for the chassis by means of air cooling.

9.1 AUX
The AUX is an auxiliary interface board that provides one orderwire phone port, one 64 kbit/s
synchronous transparent data port or one 19.2 kbit/s asynchronous transparent data port, and
alarm input/output ports.

9.1.1 Version Description

The functional version of the AUX is TNM1.

9.1.2 Functions and Features

The AUX provides one orderwire phone port, one external clock port, one 64 kbit/s
synchronous data port or one 19.2 kbit/s asynchronous transparent data port, and one outdoor
cabinet monitoring port.
Table 9-1 lists the functions and features that the AUX supports.
Table 9-1 Functions and features that the AUX supports
Function and Feature

Board

Synchronous/Asynchronous transparent
data port

Provides one 64 kbit/s synchronous

transparent data port or 19.2 kbit/s

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

196

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

9 Auxiliary Boards

Function and Feature

Board
asynchronous transparent data port.

External clock port

Provides one 120-ohm, two-channel clock

input/output port for connecting to BITS.

External time port

Provides two external time input/output

ports.

Alarm input/output ports

Provides alarm ports with six inputs and two

outputs.

Outdoor cabinet monitoring port

Provides one outdoor cabinet monitoring

port (sharing one port physically with an
alarm input/output port) for monitoring the
temperature and humidity of an outdoor
cabinet.

Orderwire phone port

Provides one orderwire phone port so that

operation/maintenance engineers at different
workstations can have voice communication
with each other.

9.1.3 Working Principle and Signal Flow

This section describes the working principle and signal flow of the AUX.

Functional Block Diagram

Figure 9-2 Functional block diagram of the AUX
Backplane

Power
supply unit
Power dip detection signal

Synchronous/Asynchronous
transparent data port
Orderwire phone port
6-input/2-output alarm ports

Orderwire
unit

Two-channel external clock/time port

Logic
control unit

System bus

+3.3 V

System control and

communication unit

Outdoor cabinet monitoring port

Clock unit

Clock Board status

signal detection unit

System control and

communication unit

Power Supply Unit

Receives the +3.3 V power supply from the backplane and supplies it to the other units
on the AUX.

Receives and shuts down control signals.

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

197

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

9 Auxiliary Boards

Orderwire Unit

Provides one 64 kbit/s synchronous transparent data port or 19.2 kbit/s asynchronous
transparent data port.

Provides one orderwire phone port.

Provides 6-input/2-output alarm ports.

Provides one outdoor cabinet monitoring port.

Provides one two-channel external clock/time port.

Logic Control Unit

Provides an interface with the CPU unit and works with the CPU unit to control the
board.

Processes orderwire bytes and overhead bytes.

Processes clock signals.

Provides board status information.

Checks the status of the active and standby system control, switching, and timing boards.

Checks the status of the active and standby clocks.

Switches system clock reference sources automatically or by running specific

commands.

Detects and reports the status of the key clock for each board in the system.

Detects the presence of the key clock for each board in the system and reports specific
alarms if any key clock is found lost.

Board Status Detection Unit

Detects board performance data such as board temperature and voltage.

Controls power shut-down.

Stores and reads board manufacturing information.

Provides clock signals to the logic control unit.

Clock Unit

9.1.4 Front Panel

There are indicators and ports on the front panel.

Front Panel Diagram

AUX
STATSRV

F1/S1

PHONE

ALMO

ALMI

ALMI2/EXT

SYNC

TOD0

TOD1

Indicators
The front panel of the AUX has the following indicators: STAT and SRV. For status
explanation for the indicators, see Indicator Status Explanation.

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

198

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

9 Auxiliary Boards

Ports
Table 9-2 Description of the ports on the AUX
Por
t

Descript
ion

Connector Type

Pin Assignment

F1/
S1

64 kbit/s
synchrono
us
transparen
t data port
or 19.2
kbit/s
asynchron
ous
transparen
t data port

RJ45

Pin 1: transmitting
asynchronous data signals

Pin 2: grounding end

Pin 3: receiving
asynchronous data signals

Pin 4: transmitting
synchronous data signals (+)

Pin 5: transmitting
synchronous data signals (-)

Pin 6: grounding end

Pin 7: receiving synchronous

data signals (+)

Pin 8: receiving synchronous

data signals (-)

Pin 1: not defined

Pin 2: not defined

Pin 3: not defined

Pin 4: orderwire call signal

(ring)

Pin 5: orderwire call signal

(tip)

Pin 6: not defined

Pin 7: not defined

Pin 8: not defined

Pin 1: the first external alarm

output signal (+)

Pin 2: the first external alarm

output signal (-)

Pin 3: the second external

alarm output signal (+)

Pin 4: the first external alarm

output signal (+)

Pin 5: the first external alarm

output signal (-)

Pin 6: the second external

alarm output signal (-)

Pin 7: the second external

alarm output signal (+)

Pin 8: the second external

PH
ON
E

AL
MO

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Orderwire
phone
port

Alarm
output
port

87654321

For status
explanation for the
indicators of an
RJ45 port, see
Table 9-3.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Required
Cable
16.10
Network
Cable

199

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

Por
t

Descript
ion

Connector Type

9 Auxiliary Boards

Pin Assignment

Required
Cable

alarm output signal (-)

AL
MI1

AL
MI2
/EX
T

SY
NC

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

input of external clock 1 (-)

Pin 2: differential signal

input of external clock 1 (+)

Pin 3: differential signal

input of external clock 2 (+)

Pin 4: differential signal

output of external clock 1 (-)

Pin 5: differential signal

output of external clock 1 (+)

Pin 6: differential signal

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

200

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

Por
t

Descript
ion

9 Auxiliary Boards

Connector Type

Pin Assignment

Required
Cable

input of external clock 2 (-)

TO
D0

TO
D1

External
time port
1

External
time port
2

Pin 7: differential signal

output of external clock 2 (+)

Pin 8: differential signal

output of external clock 2 (-)

Pin 1: not defined

Pin 2: not defined

Pin 3: 1pps differential

input/output signal (-)

Pin 4: GND

Pin 5: GND

Pin 6: 1pps differential

input/output signal (+)

Pin 7: TOD differential

input/output signal (-)

Pin 8: TOD differential

input/output signal (+)

Pin 1: not defined

Pin 2: not defined

Pin 3: 1pps differential

input/output signal (-)

Pin 4: GND

Pin 5: GND

Pin 6: 1pps differential

input/output signal (+)

Pin 7: TOD differential

input/output signal (-)

Pin 8: TOD differential

input/output signal (+)

Table 9-3 Status explanation for indicators on an Ethernet port

Indicator

State

Meaning

LINK (green)

The Ethernet link is working

properly.

Off

The Ethernet link is interrupted.

On or blinking

The port is receiving or transmitting

data.

Off

The port is not receiving or

transmitting data.

ACT (yellow)

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

201

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

9 Auxiliary Boards

9.1.5 DIP Switches and Jumpers

None.

9.1.6 Valid Slots

The AUX can be inserted in slots 1-6 in the chassis. The slot allocation priority is as follows:
slots 4 and 6 > slots 1 and 2 > slots 3 and 5. The logical slots of the AUX on the NMS are the
same as its physical slots.

9.1.7 Feature Code

None.

9.1.8 Technical Specifications

This section describes the board specifications, including the port performance, dimensions,
weight, and power consumption.
Table 9-4 lists the technical specifications of the AUX.
Table 9-4 Technical specifications of the AUX
Item
Ports

Performance
F1/S1

64 kbit/s synchronous
transparent data port or 19.2
kbit/s asynchronous transparent
data port

See Table 9-5 and Table 9-6.

PHONE

Orderwire phone port

See Table 9-7.

ALMO

Alarm output port

Not involved

ALMI1

Alarm input port 1 (four

inputs)

Not involved

ALMI2/E
XT

Alarm input port 2 (two

inputs)/Outdoor cabinet
monitoring port

For the outdoor cabinet

monitoring port, seeTable 9-8.

SYNC

120-ohm, two-channel external

clock input/output port

See Table 9-9.

TOD0

External time port 1

See Table 9-10.

TOD1

External time port 2

See Table 9-10.

Dimensions (H x W x D)

19.82 mm x 193.80 mm x
225.80 mm

Weight

0.30 kg

Power consumption

2.2 W

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

202

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

9 Auxiliary Boards

Table 9-5 Specifications of the OptiX OSN 550's synchronous data ports
Item

Value

Transmission channel

Byte F1 in the SDH overhead

Bit rate (kbit/s)

Port type

Codirectional

Port characteristics

In compliance with ITU-T G.703

Table 9-6 Specifications of the OptiX OSN 550's asynchronous data ports
Item

Value

Transmission channel

User-defined byte in the SDH overhead

Bit rate (kbit/s)

19.2

Port characteristics

In compliance with RS-232

Table 9-7 Specifications of the OptiX OSN 550's orderwire ports

Item

Value

Transmission channel

Bytes E1 and E2 in the SDH overhead

Orderwire type

Addressing call

Pair in each direction

One symmetrical pair

Impedance (ohm)

600

Table 9-8 Specifications of the OptiX OSN 550's outdoor cabinet monitoring ports
Item

Value

Port characteristics

In compliance with RS-485

Table 9-9 Specifications of the OptiX OSN 550's external clock ports
Item

Value

External synchronous source

2048 kbit/s (in compliance with ITU-T G.703) or 2048 kHz

(in compliance with ITU-T G.703)

Frequency accuracy

In compliance with ITU-T G.813

Pull-in or pull-out range

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

203

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

Item

9 Auxiliary Boards

Value

Noise generation
Noise toleration
Noise transfer
Transient response and
holdover performance
Synchronization clock
transfer accuracy

< 50 ppb

Table 9-10 Specifications of the OptiX OSN 550's external time ports
Item

Value

Port type

1PPS+TOD

DCLS

Electrical specifications

RS-422

Protocol type

1PPS+TOD: UBX and NMEA

DCLS: IRIG-B (DC)

9.2 FAN
The FAN is a fan board that dissipates heat for the chassis by means of air cooling.

9.2.1 Version Description

The functional version of the FAN is TNM1.

9.2.2 Functions and Features

The FAN adjusts the fan rotating speed, and detects and reports the fan status.
Table 9-11 lists the functions and features that the FAN supports.
Table 9-11 Functions and features that the FAN supports
Function and Feature

Board

Power input

Receives two +12 V power supplies from the active and

standby system control, switching, and timing boards. The
two +12 V power supplies provide 1+1 backup for each
other.

Number of fans

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

204

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

9 Auxiliary Boards

Function and Feature

Board

Intelligent fan speed

adjustment

Adjusts the rotating speed automatically.

If one fan reports an alarm, the other fans are adjusted to

run at full speed.

Protection

Provides soft-start for the power supply of the fans and

protects fans against overcurrent.

OM features

Reports the information about the fan rotating speed,

alarms, version number, and board in-position status.

Reports specific alarms when a fan fails or is aged.

Detects the power supply status of a fan, and reports

specific alarms when the power supplied to a fan fails.

Reports specific alarms when the FAN board is offline

and stops detecting fan status if the FAN board is
offline.

Supports hot board swapping.

9.2.3 Working Principle and Signal Flow

The FAN consists of a fan unit, a power unit, and a communication monitoring unit.

Functional Block Diagram

Figure 9-3 Functional block diagram of the FAN
Backplane

Fan unit

+12 V

+12 V
Power unit
+12 V

Communication
detection signal

Communication
monitoring unit

Communication
detection signal

System control and

communication unit

Power Unit

Receives +12 V power from the backplane.

Provides the fan power with soft-start and overcurrent protection functions.

Fan Unit
Six air-cooling fans dissipate the heat generated by the system.

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

205

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

9 Auxiliary Boards

Communication Monitoring Unit

Detects the manufacturing information, PCB version information, and ambient

temperature of the FAN, and reports the information to the system control and
communication unit.

Detects the fan rotating speed and adjusts the speed according to the pulse-width
modulation signal from the system control and communication unit.

9.2.4 Front Panel

There are indicators and ports on the front panel.

Front Panel Diagram

Figure 9-3 shows the front panel of the FAN.
Figure 9-4 Front panel of the FAN

OptiX
OSN 550
FAN

CRIT

MAJ

MIN

Indicators
The front panel of the FAN has the following indicators: FAN, CRIT, MAJ, and MIN. For
status explanation for the indicators, see Indicator Status Explanation.
The CRIT, MAJ, or MIN indicator on the front panel of the FAN indicates the current alarm severity of
the subrack.

ESD Wrist Strap Jack

An ESD wrist strap needs to be connected to the ESD wrist strap jack to achieve the proper
grounding of the human body.
Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

206

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

9 Auxiliary Boards

Labels
The front panel of the FAN has the following labels:

ESD protection label: indicates that the equipment is static-sensitive.

Fan warning label: warns you not to touch fan leaves before the fan stops.

9.2.5 Valid Slots

The FAN can be inserted in slot 93 in the chassis. The logical slot of the FAN on the NMS is
the same as its physical slot.

9.2.6 Technical Specifications

This section describes the board specifications, including dimensions, weight, and power
consumption.
Table 9-12 lists the technical specifications of the FAN.
Table 9-12 Technical specifications of the FAN
Item

Performance

Dimensions (H x W x D)

86.2 mm x 28.5 mm x 217.6 mm

Weight

0.30 kg

Power consumption

12.0 W

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

207

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

10 Power Boards

Power Boards

About This Chapter

The OptiX OSN 550 supports the power boards PIU and APIU.
10.1

UPM

The uninterruptible power module (UPM) consists of a power box and storage batteries. It
provides access to 110 V/220 V AC mains power supplies.
10.2

PIU

The PIU is a power interface board. The OptiX OSN 550 supports two PIUs, each of which
receives one -48 V/-60 V DC power supply.
10.3 APIU
The APIU is an AC power interface board and supplies 100 V to 240 V AC power to the
equipment.

10.1 UPM
The uninterruptible power module (UPM) consists of a power box and storage batteries. It
provides access to 110 V/220 V AC mains power supplies.

10.1.1 Version Description

None.
The management module of the UPM is the CAU. On the U2000, you only need to configure the CAU.

10.1.2 Functions and Features

The UPM is an external uninterruptible power module. The UPM can directly convert 110
V/220 V AC mains power into -48 V DC power required by the transmission equipment. The
UPM is suitable for the telecom carriers who cannot provide -48 V DC power supply or
requires batteries.
The UPM power system consists of the GIE4805S power system (converting the 110 V/220 V
power into the 48 V power) and storage batteries. The output power of a single GIE4805S
Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

208

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

10 Power Boards

power system is 340 W. The GIE4805S power system is 1U high. Figure 10-1 shows the
appearance of the GIE4805S power system. The storage batteries of the UPM work with two
GIE4805S power systems. When the external AC power system supplies power normally, the
batteries store power. When the 110 V/220 V AC power supply is interrupted, the batteries can
supply power for 3 to 4 hours.
Figure 10-1 Appearance of the GIE4805S power system

GIE4805S

Table 10-1 provide the functions and features of the UPM.

Table 10-1 Functions and features of the GIE4805S power system
Function
and
Feature

GIE4805S

Dual hot
backup
function

The power conversion part of the UPM adopts the hot backup design by
using two AC/DC rectifier modules. The two rectifier modules can work
simultaneously and share the load. If one rectifier module fails, the other
rectifier module immediately bears all the load. In this case, the services
running on the equipment are not affected, which improves the stability of
the system.

Hot-swappa
ble function

The AC/DC rectifier module of the UPM is hot-swappable. When you

replace a faulty rectifier module, the other rectifier module can still work
normally. Therefore, the maintainability of the system is improved.

Storage
battery
protection
function

The UPM provides the storage battery protection function. When the mains
supply is interrupted, the power system of the equipment automatically
switches to the storage battery, which ensures that the equipment operates
normally. If the storage battery uses the 38AH module, it can supply power
for three to four hours.

Monitoring
function

The UPM provides the monitoring module and the NM monitoring

function. The monitoring module monitors and controls the rectifier
module, AC power distribution, DC power distribution, and parameters and
status of the battery group in real time. The monitoring module also reports
the collected information to the transmission NMS in real time. The storage
battery realizes float charging and current limiting.

Loading
capacity

The loading capability of each rectifier module is 270 W.

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

209

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

10 Power Boards

10.1.3 Working Principle and Signal Flow

The UPM is fed by one 110 V/220 V AC mains power supply. The rectifier module converts
the input power into -48 V DC voltage to provide two DC branches and one battery branch
The UPM consists of the rectifier module and the monitoring module. Figure 10-2 shows the
block diagram of the UPM.
Figure 10-2 UPM function block diagram
110 V/220 V AC

Rectifier
module

48 V DC

PIU

Monitoring
module

System control unit

Rectifier Module
The rectifier module converts the 110 V/220 V AC mains power supply into -48 V DC voltage
required by the transmission equipment.

Monitoring Module
When the UPM works normally, the monitoring module controls the rectifier module, storage
battery loop, and load loop, which work according to the preset parameters or user settings.
The monitoring module also monitors the status and data of the rectifier module, storage
battery loop, and load loop.
In the case of a mains supply failure, the equipment is fed by the storage battery group that is
connected to the UPM. The battery group must be connected to the UPM before the mains
supply fails. When the batteries start to discharge due to a mains supply failure, the
monitoring module reports the no-mains-supply alarm. With the discharge of the batteries, the
battery voltage starts to drop. When the battery voltage is lower than 45 V, the monitoring
module reports the DC undervoltage alarm. When the battery voltage reaches 43 V, the battery
group enables the power-off protection function to interrupt the connection between the
battery group and the equipment. As a result, the batteries are automatically protected.
When the mains supply is restored, the UPM resumes normal operations.

10.1.4 Front Panel

The front panel of the UPM has indicators and interfaces of many types.

Front Panel Diagram

Figure 10-3 shows the rear view of the GIE4805S power system (subject to the UPM on site).

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

210

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

10 Power Boards

Figure 10-3 Front panel of the GIE4805S

4
BAT

! CAUTION

BAT -

DO NOT INVERT POLARIT Y

BAT +
48V+
48VLOAD1

LOAD2

5
AC100~240

6
RUN

ALM Vout

ALM

ALM Vout
RS232

1. AC input

2. Rectifier module/Air outlet

3. Communication interface

4. Battery interface

5. Load

6. Load

Indicators
The front panel of the rectifier module on the left of the UPM has the following indicators:

Fault indicator (ALM) one color (red)

Output state indicator (Vout) one color (green)

The front panel of the monitoring module on the top panel of the UPM has the following
indicators:

Power supply system fault indicator (ALM) one color (red)

Power supply system status indicator (RUN) one color (green)

For the meanings of the status of the indicators, see Indicator Status Explanation.

Ports
The front panel of the GIE4805S has four interfaces. Table 10-2 describes the types and usage
of the interfaces of the GIE4805S.
Table 10-2 Interfaces of the GIE4805S power system
Interface

Type of
Interface

Usage

AC100240

Power
interface

It is the AC mains input socket for accessing 110 V/220

V AC power.

Red on/off
button

Button

It is on the right side of the front panel of the rectifier

module. You can enable or disable the rectifier module
by pressing the button.

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

211

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

10 Power Boards

Interface

Type of
Interface

Usage

RS-232
communicatio
n interface

RS-232

The UPM communicates with the SCC through this

interface so that the UPM can report alarms to the SCC
and the SCC can control the UPM remotely.
The RS-232 serial port of power system is connected to
the NMS/COM interface of the OptiX OSN equipment
to enable the NMS to monitor the battery group and the
connected power system.

Power output
interface

Power
interface

Three power output interfaces are on the rightmost side

of the power system. The interface at the top is the
battery interface, through which the power system is
connected to the battery input socket at the back of the
storage battery box through a battery cable. The other
two interfaces are the load interfaces and can supply
power to the OptiX OSN equipment by using power
cables.

Table 10-3 provides the pin assignments of the RS-232 serial port.
Table 10-3 Pin assignments of the RS-232 serial port
Description

Status

Pin for receiving data

Receives data.

Pin for transmitting data

Transmits data.

Pin for common grounding

Grounding

There is an alarm indicating that the

rectifier module is faulty.

Short-circuited

The rectifier module is normal.

Open

There is an alarm indicating that the AC

input fails.

Short-circuited

The AC input is normal.

Open

There is an undervoltage alarm on

battery discharging.

Short-circuited

There is no alarm on battery

discharging.

Open

10.1.5 Valid Slots

The UPM is case shaped. Hence, the UPM does not occupy a slot in the subrack. The logical
slot of the UPM on the NMS is slot 97.

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

212

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

10 Power Boards

When two system control boards are configured for mutual backup, the UPM management port can be
connected to only the NMS/COM port on the system control board in slot 7.

10.1.6 Technical Specifications

The technical specifications of the UPM include the power parameters and mechanical
specifications.
Table 10-4 lists the technical specifications of the UPM.
Table 10-4 Technical specifications of the UPM
Item

Value

Power parameters

See Table 10-5.

Dimensi
ons (H x
W x D)

Power
box

44 mm x 438 mm x 240 mm

Storage
battery

170 mm x 197 mm x 165 mm

Weight

< 10 kg

Table 10-5 Power parameters for the GIE4805S

Parameter

Value

Voltage range of the AC input

90264 V AC

AC input

One single-phase three-wire system: 47-63 Hz

Rated input current

3.5 A

Output nominal voltage

54.00.5 V

Rated output current

8 A (two load outputs with each current not more than

5 A)

Number of backup battery

groups

One (38 Ah)

Charging current of the backup

battery

Fuse of the backup battery

10 A

Storage battery: DC
undercurrent point

460.5 V

Storage battery: final voltage

point

43.50.5 V

Storage battery: floating charge

voltage

54.00.5 V

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

213

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

10 Power Boards

Parameter

Value

Regulated voltage precision

Non-balance of load sharing

5% (50%100% load)

Rated efficiency of the

integrated equipment

80%

Peak-to-peak noise voltage

200 mV

DC voltage drop within the

shield (20C)

500 mV

Electrical network adjustment

rate

0.1%

10.2 PIU
The PIU is a power interface board. The OptiX OSN 550 supports two PIUs, each of which
receives one -48 V/-60 V DC power supply.

10.2.1 Version Description

The functional version of the PIU is TND1.

10.2.2 Functions and Features

The PIU supports power access, power protection, surge protection status monitoring, and
information reporting.
Table 10-6 lists the functions and features that the PIU supports.
Table 10-6 Functions and features that the PIU supports
Function and Feature

Board

Basic functions

Power access

Two PIUs are provided and each receives one -48 V

DC or -60 V DC power input.

Maximum
power supply
capability

The maximum power supply capability of each input

is 550 W.

Maximum
current

15 A

Power output

The PIU provides other boards with -48 V power.

Protection
mode

Two power input ports form 1+1 HSB.

Power
protection

Protection

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Protection against overcurrent

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

214

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

10 Power Boards

Function and Feature

Board

Surge
protection
Detection functions

Protection against short circuits

Supported
Input power detection
Surge protection status detection
Temperature detection
Detection of input overvoltage, input undervoltage,
and output overvoltage

Maintenance features

Hot board swapping

10.2.3 Working Principle and Signal Flow

This section describes the working principle and signal flow of the PIU.

Functional Block Diagram

Figure 10-4 Functional block diagram of the PIU
Backplane

-48 V/-60 V

Protection and
detection unit

-48 V

EMI filtering
unit

Detection
signal

Detection signal
Communication
control unit

Board operating in distributed

power supply mode

System control and

communication unit
+3.3 V

Protection and Detection Unit

The protection and detection unit primarily protects and detects the PIU. It performs the
following functions:

Provides protection against lightning strike and surge.

Detects whether the surge-protection circuit fails and reports a surge-protection failure
alarm if there is any.

Monitors PIU temperature in real time and reports it to the system control and
communication unit through the communication control unit.

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

215

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

10 Power Boards

EMI Filtering Unit

The EMI filtering unit performs electro-magnetic interference (EMI) filtering.

Communication Control Unit

The communication control unit controls the communication between the system control and
communication unit and the PIU and reports the following information to the system control
and communication unit:

PIU manufacturing information

PCB version information

Surge-protection failure information

PIU temperature

10.2.4 Front Panel

There are indicators, power ports, and a label on the front panel.

Front Panel Diagram

Figure 10-5 Front panel of the PIU

-60V

RTN(+)

-48V

NEG(-)

PWR

Indicators
The front panel of the PIU has the following indicator: PWR. For status explanation for the
indicator, see Indicator Status Explanation.

Ports
The PIU receives one power supply. Table 10-7 lists the types of the ports on the PIU and
their respective usage.

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

216

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

10 Power Boards

Table 10-7 Ports on the PIU

Port

Description

Connector Type

Required Cable

NEG1(-)

-48 V power input

port

2 mm HM power
connector, 2x2 pins

16.2 DC Power Cable

RTN1(+)

BGND power input

port

Labels
Power caution label: instructs you to read related instructions before performing any
power-related tasks.

Do not remove or install a PIU while the equipment is being powered on. That is, turn off all
the power supplies to the PIU before removing or installing it.

10.2.5 Valid Slots

The PIU can be inserted in slots 91 and 92. The logical slots of the PIU on the NMS are the
same as its physical slots.

10.2.6 Technical Specifications

This section describes the board specifications, including dimensions, weight, power
consumption, and input voltage.
Table 10-8 lists the technical specifications of the PIU.
Table 10-8 Technical specifications of the PIU
Item

Performance

Dimensions (H x W x D)

41.4 mm x 21.0 mm x 229.9 mm

Weight

0.12 kg

Power consumption

0.5 W

Input voltage

-38.4 V to -72.0 V

10.3 APIU
The APIU is an AC power interface board and supplies 100 V to 240 V AC power to the
equipment.
Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

217

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

10 Power Boards

10.3.1 Version Description

The functional version of APIU boards is TNF1.

10.3.2 Functions and Features

The APIU supports access of 100 V to 240 V AC power and converts it into -53.5 V DC
power.
Table 10-9 lists the functions and features that the APIU supports.
Table 10-9 Functions and features that the APIU supports
Function and Feature

Board

Basic functions

Power access

One APIU enables access of two 100 V to 240 V AC

power inputs. One APIU supports two power
modules: AC1 and AC2. The two power modules are
separately inserted in two boxes. Both power
modules and their boxes are independently pluggable.

Supply power

200 W

Power output

The APIU provides the other boards with -53.5 V

power.

Protection
scheme

1+1 HSB

Power
protection

Protection against output overvoltage

Protection against output overcurrent

Protection against short circuits in output power

Protection against overtemperature

Protection

Surge
protection
Monitoring functions

Supported
Input power monitoring
Surge protection status monitoring
Temperature monitoring
Monitoring of input overvoltage, input undervoltage,
and output overvoltage

Maintenance features

Hot swapping

10.3.3 Working Principle and Signal Flow

This section describes the working principle and signal flow of the APIU.

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

218

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

10 Power Boards

Functional Block Diagram

Figure 10-6 Functional block diagram of the APIU
Backplane

100~220V

Protection and
detection unit

-53.5 V

EMI filtering
unit

Detection
signal

Detection signal
Communication
control unit

Board operating in distributed

power supply mode

System control and

communication unit
+3.3 V

Protection and Detection Unit

The protection and detection unit primarily protects and detects the APIU. It performs the
following functions:

Provides protection against lightning strike and surge.

Detects whether the surge-protection circuit fails and reports a surge-protection failure
alarm if there is any.

Monitors APIU temperature in real time and reports it to the system control and
communication unit through the communication control unit.

EMI Filtering Unit

The EMI filtering unit performs electro-magnetic interference (EMI) filtering.

Communication Control Unit

The communication control unit controls the communication between the system control and
communication unit and the APIU and reports the following information to the system control
and communication unit:

APIU manufacturing information

PCB version information

Surge-protection failure information

APIU temperature

10.3.4 Front Panel

There are indicators, power ports, and switches on the front panel.

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

219

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

10 Power Boards

Front Panel Diagram

Figure 10-7 Front panel of the APIU
APIU

APIU

ON
AC2

INPUT
OUTPUT

AC1

INPUT

OFF

OUTPUT
100-240V;50/60Hz;3.5A

OFF

100-240V;50/60Hz;3.5A

Indicators
The front panel of the APIU has the INPUT and OUTPUT indicators. For status explanation
for the indicators, see Indicator Status Explanation.

Ports
The APIU enables access of two power supplies. Table 10-10 lists the types of the ports on the
APIU and their respective usage.
Table 10-10 Ports on the APIU
Port

Description

Connector Type

Required Cable

~100-240V;50
/60Hz;3.5A

Enables access of
100 V to 240 V AC
power.

Three-phase socket

16.3 AC Power Cable

Switches
The front panel of the APIU has two ON/OFF switches and they control the two AC power
ports.

10.3.5 Valid Slots

The APIU can be inserted in two slot pairs: slots 2 and 4 and slots 4 and 6. Slots 4 and 6 are
recommended.

10.3.6 Technical Specifications

This section describes the board specifications, including dimensions, weight, power
consumption, and input voltage.
Table 10-11 lists the technical specifications of the APIU.

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

220

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

10 Power Boards

Table 10-11 Technical specifications of the APIU

Item

Performance

Dimensions (H x W x D)

40.1 mm x 193.8 mm x 208.7 mm

Weight

1.93 kg

Power consumption

20.0 W

Input voltage

100 V to 240 V AC power

Output voltage

-53.5 V DC power

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

221

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

11 Outdoor Cabinet

Outdoor Cabinet

The equipment operating outdoors needs to be installed in an outdoor cabinet.

Appearance and Structure

Figure 11-1 shows the appearance of an APM30H outdoor cabinet. Figure 11-2 shows the
structure of an APM30H outdoor cabinet.
Figure 11-1 Appearance of an APM30H outdoor cabinet

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

222

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

11 Outdoor Cabinet

Figure 11-2 Structure of an APM30H outdoor cabinet

1. Cable distribution
box

2. PMU
module

3. HPMI
board

5. CMUA board

6. PSU
module

7. EPS
subrack

4. Fan board (for internal

circulation)

Technical and Ambient Specifications

Table 11-1 lists the technical and ambient specifications of APM30H outdoor cabinets.
Table 11-1 Technical and ambient specifications of APM30H outdoor cabinets
Item

Specification

Remarks

Dimensions (H x W x D)

700 mm x 600 mm x 480

Weight

72 kg

Heat consumption

700 W

Operating temperature

-40C to +50C. The solar

radiant intensity is
112010% W/m2.

If the ambient temperature is

below -20C, a heater is
required.
NOTE
The ambient temperature in the
operating environment where a
heater is required refers to the
average of the lowest
temperature every day in the
annually coldest month in the
local place.

Relative humidity

5% RH to 100% RH

Altitude

-60 m to 4000 m

After the altitude reaches

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

223

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

Item

11 Outdoor Cabinet

Specification

Remarks
3000 m, the highest
operating temperature
decreases by 1C as the
altitude increases by 100 m.

Wind speed

67 m/s

Storage temperature

-40C to +70C

Dust resistance and water

resistance

In compliance with IP55

rating protection

Acoustic power

In compliance with ETS 300

753 4.1E

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

224

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

12 Filler Panel

Filler Panel

About This Chapter

Filler panels are used to cover vacant slots of a chassis.
12.1

Functions

A filler panel performs electromagnetic shielding for a chassis, prevents foreign objects from
entering a chassis, and ensures proper circulating of cooling air in a chassis.
12.2 Appearance and Valid Slots
This section describes the front panel of and slots valid for a filler panel. The OptiX OSN 550
supports three types of filler panels with different dimensions: filler panel for the PCX and
extended boards, filler panel for the PIU, and filler panel for the APIU.

12.1 Functions
A filler panel performs electromagnetic shielding for a chassis, prevents foreign objects from
entering a chassis, and ensures proper circulating of cooling air in a chassis.
A filler panel provides the following functions:

Performs electromagnetic shielding for a chassis.

Prevents foreign objects from entering a chassis.

Prevents the exposure of internal voltage.

Ensures proper circulating of cooling air in a chassis.

12.2 Appearance and Valid Slots

This section describes the front panel of and slots valid for a filler panel. The OptiX OSN 550
supports three types of filler panels with different dimensions: filler panel for the PCX and
extended boards, filler panel for the PIU, and filler panel for the APIU.

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

225

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

12 Filler Panel

Appearance
Figure 12-1 Filler panel for the PCX and extended boards

Figure 12-2 Filler panel for the PIU

Figure 12-3 Filler panel for the APIU

Valid Slots
Table 12-1 lists the slots valid for a filler panel.
Table 12-1 Slots valid for a filler panel
Type of Filler Panel

Valid Slot

Filler panel for the PCX

and extended boards

Slots 1-8

Filler panel for the PIU

Slots 91 and 92

Filler panel for the APIU

Slots 2 and 4, slots 4 and 6

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

226

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

13 Optical Attenuators

Optical Attenuators

Optical attenuators are classified into fixed optical attenuators and mechanical variable optical
attenuators (VOAs).

Fixed Optical Attenuators

A fixed optical attenuator can reduce optical power on an optical path by a fixed value. Fixed
optical attenuators are commonly available in the following attenuation amounts: 2 dB, 5 dB,
7 dB, 10 dB, and 15 dB.
Figure 13-1 shows the appearance of a fixed optical attenuator.
Figure 13-1 Appearance of a fixed optical attenuator

Mechanical Variable Optical Attenuators

A mechanical VOA can adjust optical power on an optical path within a permitted range. The
attenuation adjustment of a VOA ranges from 2 dB to 30 dB.
Figure 13-2 shows the appearance of a common VOA.

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

227

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

13 Optical Attenuators

Figure 13-2 Appearance of a VOA

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

228

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

14 Pluggable Optical Modules

Pluggable Optical Modules

About This Chapter

This chapter describes the pluggable optical modules that the OptiX OSN 550 supports. For a
board on which pluggable optical modules are installed, if applicable service categories need
to be changed or faulty optical modules need to be replaced, you need to replace only the
optical modules instead of the board.
14.1

Overview

SFP/eSFP optical modules are SFP optical transceivers and are used for SDH optical
communication and Ethernet data communication. XFP optical modules are 10-gigabit SFP
optical transceivers and are used for 10GE data communication.
14.2

SFP/eSFP Optical/Electrical Modules

This section lists the SFP/eSFP optical modules that the OptiX OSN 550 supports.
14.3

XFP Optical Modules

This section lists the XFP optical modules that the OptiX OSN 550 supports.
14.4

CWDM/DWDM

This topic describes the CWDM/DWDM optical modules of the OptiX OSN 550.

14.1 Overview
SFP/eSFP optical modules are SFP optical transceivers and are used for SDH optical
communication and Ethernet data communication. XFP optical modules are 10-gigabit SFP
optical transceivers and are used for 10GE data communication.

Appearance
Figure 14-1 shows the appearances of an SFP/eSFP optical module, and Figure 14-2 shows
the appearance of an XFP optical module.

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

229

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

14 Pluggable Optical Modules

Figure 14-1 SFP/eSFP optical module

Dimensions (H x W x D): 8.5 mm x 13.4 mm x 56.5 mm

Figure 14-2 XFP optical module

Dimensions (H x W x D): 8.5 mm x 18.3 mm x 78 mm

Part Number
Part numbers identify different types of optical modules and are contained in labels. Labels
are attached to pluggable optical modules, as shown in the following figure.
Figure 14-3 shows a label for a pluggable optical module.

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

230

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

14 Pluggable Optical Modules

Figure 14-3 Label for a pluggable optical module

You can obtain the specifications of an optical module by querying its part number in this document.

14.2 SFP/eSFP Optical/Electrical Modules

This section lists the SFP/eSFP optical modules that the OptiX OSN 550 supports.

Two-Fiber Bidirectional SFP/eSFP Optical Modules

Table 14-1 Two-fiber bidirectional SFP/eSFP optical modules
Part Number

Name

Specifications

Applicable Board

34060286

2.125 Gbit/s eSFP

optical module

Optical transceiver,
eSFP, 850 nm, 2.125
Gbit/s (multirate),
-9.5 dBm, -2.5 dBm,
-17 dBm, LC, MM,
0.5 km

EM6F/PCXLG/PCX
GA/PCXGB/EG4C/
EGT1

34060473

1.25 Gbit/s eSFP

optical module

Optical transceiver,
eSFP, 1310 nm, 1.25
Gbit/s, -9 dBm, -3
dBm, -20 dBm, LC,
SM, 10 km

EM6F/PCXLG/PCX
GA/PCXGB/EG4C/
EGT1

34060298

Optical transceiver,
eSFP, 1310 nm, 1.25
Gbit/s, -5 dBm, 0
dBm, -23 dBm, LC,
SM, 40 km

EM6F/PCXLG/PCX
GA/PCXGB/EG4C/
EGT1

34060360

Optical transceiver,
eSFP, 1550 nm, 1.25
Gbit/s, -2 dBm, 5
dBm, -23 dBm, LC,
SM, 80 km

EM6F/PCXLG/PCX
GA/PCXGB/EG4C/
EGT1

34060290

Optical transceiver,
eSFP, 1310 nm, 1.25
Gbit/s, -9.5 dBm, -3
dBm, -20 dBm, LC
(-40 to +85), SM, 10
km

EM6F/PCXGA/PC
XGB/EG4C

34060333

Optical transceiver,
eSFP, 1550 nm, 1.25

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

231

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

Part Number

14 Pluggable Optical Modules

Name

Specifications

Applicable Board

Gbit/s, -5 dBm, 0
dBm, -22 dBm, LC
(-40 to +85), SM, 40
km
34060324

34060287

Optical transceiver,
eSFP, 1550 nm, 1.25
Gbit/s, -2 dBm, 5
dBm, -24 dBm, LC
(-40 to +85), SM, 80
km
Optical transceiver,
eSFP, 1310 nm,
STM-1, -15 dBm, -8
dBm, -31 dBm, LC,
MM, 2 km

EM6F/EF8F/EG4C

34060276

Optical transceiver,
eSFP, 1310 nm,
STM-1, -15 dBm, -8
dBm, -31 dBm, LC,
SM, 15 km

EM6F/PCXLX/PCX
LG/EF8F/EG4C/SL
1D/SL1Q/CXL/CQ1

34060281

Optical transceiver,
eSFP, 1310 nm,
STM-1, -5 dBm, 0
dBm, -37 dBm, LC,
SM, 40 km

EM6F/PCXLX/PCX
LG/EF8F/EG4C/SL
1D/SL1Q/CXL/CQ1

34060282

Optical transceiver,
eSFP, 1550 nm,
STM-1, -5 dBm, 0
dBm, -37 dBm, LC,
SM, 80 km

EM6F/PCXLX/PCX
LG/EF8F/EG4C/SL
1D/SL1Q/CXL/CQ1

34060307

Optical transceiver,
eSFP (industry),
1310 nm, STM-1,
-15 dBm, -8 dBm,
-31 dBm, LC, SM,
15 km

EM6F/EF8F/EG4C/
CQ1

34060308

Optical transceiver,
eSFP (industry),
1310 nm, STM-1, -5
dBm, 0 dBm, -37
dBm, LC, SM, 40
km

EM6F/EF8F/EG4C/
CQ1

34060309

Optical transceiver,
eSFP (industry),
1550 nm, STM-1, -5
dBm, 0 dBm, -37
dBm, LC, SM, 80

EM6F/EF8F/EG4C/
CQ1

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

155 Mbit/s eSFP

optical module

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

232

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

Part Number

14 Pluggable Optical Modules

Name

Specifications

Applicable Board

km
34060277

622 Mbit/s eSFP

optical module

Optical transceiver,
eSFP, 1310 nm,
STM-4, -15 dBm, -8
dBm, -30 dBm, LC,
SM, 15 km

34060280

Optical transceiver,
eSFP, 1310 nm,
STM-4, -3 dBm, 2
dBm, -30 dBm, LC,
SM, 40 km

34060284

Optical transceiver,
eSFP, 1550 nm,
STM-4, -3 dBm, 2
dBm, -30 dBm, LC,
SM, 80 km

34060485

2.5 Gbit/s eSFP

optical module

PCXLX/PCXLG/C
XL/SL4D

Optical transceiver,
eSFP, 1310 nm, 155
Mbit/s to 2.67
Gbit/s, -5 dBm, 0
dBm, -21 dBm, LC,
SM, 15 km

PCXLX/PCXLG/C
XL

34060289

Optical transceiver,
eSFP, 1310 nm,
STM-16, -2 dBm, 3
dBm, -29 dBm, LC,
SM, 40 km

PCXLX/PCXLG/C
XL

34060488

Optical transceiver,
eSFP, 1550 nm,
STM-16, -2 dBm, 3
dBm, -30 dBm, LC,
SM, 80 km

PCXLX/PCXLG/C
XL

Single-Fiber Bidirectional SFP/eSFP Optical Modules

Table 14-2 Single-fiber bidirectional SFP/eSFP optical modules
Part Number

Name

Specifications

Applicable Board

34060470

1.25 Gbit/s
single-fiber
bidirectional eSFP
optical module

Optical transceiver,
eSFP, Tx 1310
nm/Rx 1490 nm,
1.25 Gbit/s, -9 dBm,
-3 dBm, -19.5 dBm,
LC, SM, 10 km

This module can

function as a GE
optical port or an
STM-4 optical port.

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

This module can

233

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

Part Number

14 Pluggable Optical Modules

Name

34060475

Specifications

Applicable Board

Optical transceiver,
eSFP, Tx 1490
nm/Rx 1310 nm,
1.25 Gbit/s, -9 dBm,
-3 dBm, -19.5 dBm,
LC, SM, 10 km

function as a GE
optical port when
installed on the
EM6F/PCXLG/PCX
GA/PCXGB/EGT1/
EG4C board.
This module can
function as an
STM-4 optical port
when installed on
the
PCXLG/PCXLX/C
XL/SL4D board.

34060539

Optical transceiver,
eSFP, 1310 nm
(Tx)/1490 nm (Rx),
1.25 Gbit/s, -2 dBm,
3 dBm, -23 dBm,
LC, SM, 40 km

34060540

34060363

34060364

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Optical transceiver,
eSFP, 1490 nm
(Tx)/1310 nm (Rx),
1.25 Gbit/s, -2 dBm,
3 dBm, -23 dBm,
LC, SM, 40 km

155 Mbit/s eSFP

optical module

Optical transceiver,
eSFP, Tx 1310
nm/Rx 1550 nm,
STM-1, -15 dBm, -8
dBm, -32 dBm,
LC/PC, SM, 15 km
Optical transceiver,
eSFP, Tx 1550
nm/Rx 1310 nm,
STM-1, -15 dBm, -8
dBm, -32 dBm,
LC/PC, SM, 15 km

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

This module can

function as a GE
optical port or an
STM-4 optical port.
This module can
function as a GE
optical port when
installed on the
EM6F/PCXLG/PCX
GA/PCXGB/EGT1/
EG4C board.
This module can
function as an
STM-4 optical port
when installed on
the
PCXLG/PCXLX/C
XL/SL4D board.
This module can
function as an FE
optical port or an
STM-1 optical port.
This module can
function as an FE
optical port when
installed on the
EM6F/EF8F/EG4C
board.
This module can
function as an
STM-1 optical port
when installed on
the
PCXLG/PCXLX/C
XL/SL1D/SL1Q/CQ
1 board.

234

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

Part Number

14 Pluggable Optical Modules

Name

34060328

34060329

Specifications

Applicable Board

Optical transceiver,
eSFP, Tx 1310
nm/Rx 1550 nm,
STM-1, -5 dBm, 0
dBm, -32 dBm,
LC/PC, SM, 40 km

This module can

function as an FE
optical port or an
STM-1 optical port.

Optical transceiver,
eSFP, Tx 1550
nm/Rx 1310 nm,
STM-1, -5 dBm, 0
dBm, -32 dBm,
LC/PC, SM, 40 km

This module can

function as an FE
optical port when
installed on the
EM6F/EF8F/EG4C
board.
This module can
function as an
STM-1 optical port
when installed on
the
PCXLG/PCXLX/C
XL/SL1D/SL1Q/CQ
1 board.

Optical module specifications are explained as follows: name, encapsulation form, operating
wavelength, rate, minimum output optical power, maximum output optical power, receiver
sensitivity, optical port type, optical fiber type, and transmission distance.

Optical module specifications may be updated in various product versions. Contact local Huawei
offices for the latest optical module specifications.

14.3 XFP Optical Modules

This section lists the XFP optical modules that the OptiX OSN 550 supports.

XFP Optical Modules That the OptiX OSN 550 Supports

Table 14-3 XFP Optical Modules That the OptiX OSN 550 Supports
Part Number

Name

Specification

Applicable Board

34060362

9.95 Gbit/s to 10.71

Gbit/s XFP optical
module

Optical transceiver,
XFP, 850 nm, 10.3
Gbit/s, -7.3 dBm,
-1.3 dBm, -7.5 dBm,
LC, MM, 0.3 km

PCXLX/PCXX/EX1

34060313

9.95 Gbit/s to 10.71

Gbit/s XFP optical
module

Optical transceiver,
XFP, 1310 nm, 9.95
Gbit/s to 10.71
Gbit/s, -6 dBm, -1
dBm, -14.4 dBm,
LC, SM, 10 km

PCXLX/PCXX/EX1

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

235

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

14 Pluggable Optical Modules

Part Number

Name

Specification

Applicable Board

34060322

9.95 Gbit/s to 11.1

Gbit/s XFP optical
module

Optical transceiver,
XFP, 1550 nm, 9.95
Gbit/s to 11.1 Gbit/s,
-1 dBm, 2 dBm, -15
dBm, LC, SM, 40
km

PCXLX/PCXX/EX1

34060361

9.95 Gbit/s to 11.1

Gbit/s XFP optical
module

Optical transceiver,
XFP, 1550 nm, 9.95
Gbit/s to 11.1 Gbit/s,
0 dBm, 4 dBm, -24
dBm, LC, SM, 80
km

PCXLX/PCXX/EX1

34060577

9.95 Gbit/s to 11.1

Gbit/s XFP optical
module

Optical transceiver,
XFP(industry), 1550
nm, 9.95 Gbit/s to
11.1 Gbit/s, +2
dBm, -1 dBm, -15
dBm, LC,
single-mode, 40 km,
-40 to 85 C

PCXX/EX1

Optical module specifications are explained as follows in sequence: name, encapsulation form,
operating wavelength, rate, minimum output optical power, maximum output optical power, receiver
sensitivity, optical interface type, optical fiber type, and transmission distance.

Optical module specifications may be updated in various product versions. Contact local Huawei
offices for latest optical module specifications.

14.4 CWDM/DWDM
This topic describes the CWDM/DWDM optical modules of the OptiX OSN 550.

CWDM Optical Module

Table 14-4 lists the part numbers, names, specifications, and applicable boards of
STM-1/STM-4/STM-16/GE CWDM eSFP optical modules.
Table 14-4 STM-1/STM-4/STM-16/GE CWDM eSFP optical modules
Part
Number

Name

Specifications

Applicable Board

34060416

125 Mbit/s to
2.67 Gbit/s
CWDM eSFP
optical
module

Optical transceiver, eSFP,

1471 nm, 125 Mbit/s to 2.67
Gbit/s, 0 dBm, 5 dBm, 19
dBm, LC, SM, 40 km

PCXLX/PCXLG/PCXGA/P
CXGB/CXL/EM6F/EG4C

34060417

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Optical transceiver, eSFP,

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

236

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

Part
Number

Name

14 Pluggable Optical Modules

Specifications

Applicable Board

1611 nm, 125 Mbit/s to 2.67
Gbit/s, 0 dBm, 5 dBm, 19
dBm, LC, SM, 40 km

34060483

34060481

100 Mbit/s to
2.67 Gbit/s
CWDM eSFP
optical
module

Optical transceiver, eSFP,

1471 nm, 100 Mbit/s to 2.67
Gbit/s, 0 dBm, 5 dBm, 28
dBm, LC, 80 km
Optical transceiver, eSFP,
1491 nm, 100 Mbit/s to 2.67
Gbit/s, 0 dBm, 5 dBm, 28
dBm, LC, 80 km

34060479

Optical transceiver, eSFP,

1511 nm, 100 Mbit/s to 2.67
Gbit/s, 0 dBm, 5 dBm, 28
dBm, LC, 80 km

34060482

Optical transceiver, eSFP,

1531 nm, 100 Mbit/s to 2.67
Gbit/s, 0 dBm, 5 dBm, 28
dBm, LC, 80 km

34060478

Optical transceiver, eSFP,

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

237

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

PCXX/PCXLX/EX1

34060548

Optical transceiver, XFP,

1491 nm, 9.95 Gbit/s to
11.1 Gbit/s, 0 dBm, 4 dBm,
23 dBm, LC, SM, 70 km

34060549

Specifications

Applicable Board

34060366

125 Mbit/s to
2.67 Gbit/s
DWDM eSFP
optical
module

Optical transceiver, eSFP,

1560.61 nm, 125 Mbit/s to
2.67 Gbit/s, 0 dBm, 4 dBm,
28 dBm, LC, 120 km

239

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

Part
Number

Name

14 Pluggable Optical Modules

Specifications

Applicable Board

240

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

Part
Number

Name

14 Pluggable Optical Modules

Specifications

Applicable Board

241

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

Part
Number

Name

14 Pluggable Optical Modules

Specifications

Applicable Board

242

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

Part
Number

Name

14 Pluggable Optical Modules

Specifications

Applicable Board

2.67 Gbit/s, 0 dBm, 4 dBm,

28 dBm, LC, 120 km
34060410

Optical transceiver, eSFP,

1529.55 nm, 125 Mbit/s to
2.67 Gbit/s, 0 dBm, 4 dBm,
28 dBm, LC, 120 km

Table 14-7 lists the part numbers, names, specifications, and applicable boards of 10 Gbit/s
DWDM XFP optical modules.
Table 14-7 10 Gbit/s DWDM XFP optical modules
Part
Number

Name

Specifications

Applicable Board

03030LRD

10.71 Gbit/s
DWDM XFP
optical
module

Optical transceiver, 19 dBm

to 0 dBm, 1550 nm, 800
ps/nm, 1 dBm to 2 dBm,
192.10 THz, LC/PC

243

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

Part
Number

Name

14 Pluggable Optical Modules

Specifications

Applicable Board

244

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

Part
Number

Name

14 Pluggable Optical Modules

Specifications

Applicable Board

245

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

Part
Number

Name

14 Pluggable Optical Modules

Specifications

Applicable Board

to 0 dBm, 1550 nm, 800
ps/nm, 1 dBm to 2 dBm,
196.00 THz, LC/PC

34060501

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

9.95 Gbit/s to
11.1 Gbit/s

Optical transceiver, XFP,

1550.92 nm, 9.95 Gbit/s to

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

246

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

Part
Number

34060502

14 Pluggable Optical Modules

Name

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

247

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

Part
Number

Name

14 Pluggable Optical Modules

Specifications

Applicable Board

11.1 Gbit/s, 1 dBm, 3 dBm,

24 dBm, LC, SM, 80 km
34060625

Optical transceiver, XFP,

1552.52 nm, 9.95 Gbit/s to
11.1 Gbit/s, 1 dBm, 3 dBm,
24 dBm, LC, SM, 80 km

34060626

Optical transceiver, XFP,

1535.04 nm, 9.95 Gbit/s to
11.1 Gbit/s, 1 dBm, 3 dBm,
24 dBm, LC, SM, 80 km

34060627

Optical transceiver, XFP,

1534.25 nm, 9.95 Gbit/s to
11.1 Gbit/s, 1 dBm, 3 dBm,
24 dBm, LC, SM, 80 km

34060628

Optical transceiver, XFP,

1533.47 nm, 9.95 Gbit/s to
11.1 Gbit/s, 1 dBm, 3 dBm,
24 dBm, LC, SM, 80 km

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Optical module specifications may be updated in various product versions. Contact local Huawei
offices for latest optical module specifications.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

248

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

15 Pluggable electrical Modules

Pluggable electrical Modules

This chapter describes the pluggable electrical modules that the OptiX OSN 550 supports. For
a board on which pluggable electrical modules are installed, if applicable service categories
need to be changed or faulty electrical modules need to be replaced, you need to replace only
the electrical modules instead of the board.

Appearance
Figure 15-1 GE SFP electrical module

Dimensions (H x W x D): 8.5 mm x 13.4 mm x 66.8 mm

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

249

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

15 Pluggable electrical Modules

Figure 15-2 STM-1 SFP electrical module

Dimensions (H x W x D): 8.5 mm x 13.4 mm x 66.8 mm

SFP Electrical Modules

Table 15-1 SFP electrical modules
Part Number

Name

Specification

Applicable Board

34100052

1000BASE-T RJ45
SFP electrical
module

1000BASE-T
(RJ45) SFP
electrical module,
auto-negotiation,
100 m

EM6F/EGT1

34100104

STM-1 SFP
electrical module

Electrical active
module-copper
transceiver, SFP,
STM-1e

SL1D/SL1Q/CXL/C
Q1

Optical/Electrical module specifications may be updated in various product versions. Contact local
Huawei offices for the latest optical module specifications.

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

250

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

16 Cables

Cables

About This Chapter

This chapter describes the cables used on the equipment.
16.1

Fiber Jumper

A fiber jumper has one connector at each end.

16.2

DC Power Cable

A DC power cable connects the PIU board in the chassis to a power supply device for access
of power to the chassis.
16.3 AC Power Cable
An AC power cable connects the APIU board in the chassis to a power supply device for
access of AC power to the chassis.
16.4

UPM Power Cable

This section describes the structure, pin assignments, and technical specifications of UPM
power cables.
16.5

PGND Cable

A PGND cable connects the grounding point of an OptiX OSN 550 chassis to the grounding
point of external equipment so that the chassis and external equipment share the same ground.
16.6

STM-1 Cable

An STM-1 cable transmits/receives STM-1 signals. One end of the STM-1 cable has an SAA
connector that is connected to an STM-1 electrical port. The connector at the other end of the
STM-1 cable is connected to a DDF and needs to be prepared on site as required.
16.7

16xE1/T1 Cable

An 16xE1/T1 cable uses Anea 96 connectors and can transmit a maximum of 16 E1/T1
signals.
16.8

21xE1/T1 Cable

An 21xE1/T1 cable uses Anea 96 connectors and can transmit a maximum of 21 E1/T1
signals.
16.9
Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

E3/T3 Cable
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

251

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

16 Cables

An E3/T3 cable receives/transmits E3/T3 signals. One end of the E3/T3 cable has an SMB
connector that is connected to an E3/T3 electrical interface board. The other end of the E3/T3
cable is connected to a DDF and its connector needs to be prepared on site as required.
16.10 Network Cable
A network cable connects two pieces of Ethernet equipment. Both ends of the network cable
are terminated with an RJ45 connector.

16.1 Fiber Jumper

A fiber jumper has one connector at each end.
A fiber jumper transmits optical signals. One end of the fiber jumper has an LC/PC connector
that is connected to an SDH optical port or GE optical port on the OptiX OSN 550. The
connector at the other end of the fiber jumper varies depending on the type of the
interconnected optical port.

Types of Fiber Jumpers

Table 16-1 Types of fiber jumpers
Connector 1

Connector 2

Cable

LC/PC

FC/PC

2 mm single-mode fiber
2 mm multi-mode fiber

LC/PC

2 mm single-mode fiber
2 mm multi-mode fiber

Fiber Connectors
The following figures show two common types of fiber connectors: LC/PC connector and
FC/PC connector.
Figure 16-2 LC/PC connector

LC/PC
connector
Protective cap

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

252

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

16 Cables

Figure 16-3 FC/PC connector

Protective cap

FC/PC connector

16.2 DC Power Cable

A DC power cable connects the PIU board in the chassis to a power supply device for access
of power to the chassis.

Cable Diagram
Figure 16-4 DC power cable

Technical Specifications
Table 16-2 Power cable specifications
Model

Cable

Terminal

4 mm2 power
cable and
terminal

Power cable, 450

V/750 V, H07Z-K, 4
mm2, blue/black, low
smoke zero halogen

Bare crimping terminal, single cord end

terminal, 4 mm2, 20 A, insertion depth of 10
mm, grey

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

253

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

Model

Cable

16 Cables

Terminal

cable

For the OptiX OSN 550, power cables with a 4 mm2 cross-sectional area can extend for a maximum
distance of 40 meters.

16.3 AC Power Cable

An AC power cable connects the APIU board in the chassis to a power supply device for
access of AC power to the chassis.

Cable Diagram
Figure 16-5 AC power cable

Technical Specifications
Specifications of an AC power cable connector used on the OptiX OSN 550: C13, straight,
female

16.4 UPM Power Cable

This section describes the structure, pin assignments, and technical specifications of UPM
power cables.

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

254

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

16 Cables

Cable Diagram
Figure 16-6 UPM power cable
Label 2

Main label

W1
Label 1

1
2

Pin Assignments
Table 16-3 Pin assignments of UPM power cables
Cable
Connectors
X2 and X3

Correspondi
ng Cable

Cable Connector
X1

Core Color

Blue (-48 V/-60 V power)

Black (power ground)

Technical Specifications
Table 16-4 Technical specifications of UPM power cables
Item

Description

Cable connector
X1

Bare crimp terminal, single core end terminal, 2.5 mm2

Cable connector
X2

Common connector, 2-pin, single row

Cab
le

Power cable, 600 V, UL1015, 16 AWG, blue

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Model

Power cable, 600 V, UL1015, 16 AWG, black

Number
of cores

Fireproof
class

VW-1

Color

Blue and black

Length

1.8 meters

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

255

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

16 Cables

16.5 PGND Cable

A PGND cable connects the grounding point of an OptiX OSN 550 chassis to the grounding
point of external equipment so that the chassis and external equipment share the same ground.

Cable Diagram
Figure 16-7 PGND cable
Main label
1

Cable tie

H.S.tube

1. Bare crimping terminal, OT

2. Bare crimping terminal, OT

16.6 STM-1 Cable

Cable Diagram
Figure 16-8 STM-1 cable

1. Coaxial connector, SAA

straight/male

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

2. Main label

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

3. Coaxial cable

256

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

16 Cables

Pin Assignments
None.

Technical Specifications
Item

Description

Connector

Coaxial connector, SAA connector (1.0/2.3), 75-ohm

straight/male

Cable model

Coaxial cable, 75-ohm, 3.9 mm, 2.1 mm, 0.34 mm, shielded

Number of cores

One

Core diameter

Diameter of the shield layer (3.9 mm), diameter of the internal

insulation layer (2.1 mm), diameter of the internal conductor
(0.34 mm)

Length

10 m

Fireproof class

16.7 16xE1/T1 Cable

An 16xE1/T1 cable uses Anea 96 connectors and can transmit a maximum of 16 E1/T1
signals.
There are two types of 16xE1/T1 cables: 75-ohm coaxial cables and 120-ohm twisted pair
cables.
A 75-ohm E1 cable and a 120-ohm E1 cable have the same appearance.
The core diameter of a 75-ohm E1/T1 cable is 1.6 mm. Therefore, use a crimping tool with an opening
of 2.5 mm or 1.7 mm to attach the end of the 75-ohm E1/T1 cable on the DDF frame with a 75-1-1
coaxial connector.

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

257

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

16 Cables

Cable Diagram
Figure 16-9 75-ohm/120-ohm 16xE1/T1 cable
Main label
1
W

Pos.96

ViewA

Cable connector, Anea,

96-pin,female
Pos.1

1. Cable connector, Anea 96, female

Pin Assignments
16xTable 16-5 provides details about the pin assignments for a 75-ohm 16xE1/T1 cable.
Table 16-5 Pin assignments for a 75-ohm 16xE1/T1 cable
Pin

Cor
e

Seri
al
No.

Lab
el

Cor
e

Seri
al
No.

Lab
el

Cor
e

Seri
al
No.

Lab
el

Tip

R12

Ring

Tip

T12

Ring

Tip

R13

Ring

Tip

T13

Ring

Tip

R14

Ring

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

258

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

16 Cables

Cor
e

Seri
al
No.

Lab
el

Cor
e

Seri
al
No.

Lab
el

Cor
e

Seri
al
No.

Lab
el

Tip

T14

Ring

Tip

R15

Ring

Tip

T15

Ring

Tip

Ring

Tip

Ring

Tip

Ring

Tip

Ring

R10

T10

R11

T11

Table 16-6 provides details about the pin assignments for a 120-ohm 16xE1/T1 cable.
Table 16-6 Pin assignments for a 120-ohm 16xE1/T1 cable
Ri
bb
on
Co
lor

Pi
n

Co
lor
of
the
Co
re

La
bel

Re
lat
io
ns
hi
p

Ri
bb
on
Co
lor

Pi
n

Co
lor
of
the
Co
re

La
bel

Re
lat
io
ns
hi
p

Ri
bb
on
Co
lor

Pi
n

Co
lor
of
the
Co
re

La
bel

Re
lati
on
shi
p

Blu
e

Wh
ite

Pai
r

Wh
ite

Pai
r

Gre
en

Wh
ite

R1
4

Pai
r

Blu
e

Or
ang
e

Blu
e

Wh
ite

T1
4

Pai
r

Or
ang
e

Pai

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Pai
r

Pai

Pai
r

Pai

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

259

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

Ri
bb
on
Co
lor

Pi
n

Co
lor
of
the
Co
re

La
bel

ite

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Gr
een

Wh
ite

Br
ow
n

Wh
ite

Gr
ay

Re
d

Blu
e

Re
d

Or
ang
e

Re
d

Gr
een

Re
d

Br
ow
n

Re
d

Gr
ay

Bla
ck

16 Cables

Re
lat
io
ns
hi
p

Ri
bb
on
Co
lor

Pi
n

Pai
r

Co
lor
of
the
Co
re

La
bel

ite
18

Gr
een

Wh
ite

Br
ow
n

Wh
ite

Gr
ay

Re
d

Blu
e

Re
d

Or
ang
e

Re
d

Gr
een

Re
d

Br
ow
n

Re
d

Gr
ay

Bla
ck

Re
lat
io
ns
hi
p

Ri
bb
on
Co
lor

Pi
n

Pai
r

R1
0

Pai
r

T1
0

Pai
r

R1
1

Pai
r

T1
1

Pai
r

R1
2

Pai
r

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Co
lor
of
the
Co
re

La
bel

Re
lati
on
shi
p

ite

T1
5

Pai
r

Gr
een

Wh
ite

Br
ow
n

260

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

Ri
bb
on
Co
lor

Pi
n

Co
lor
of
the
Co
re

Blu
e

Bla
ck

Or
ang
e

Bla
ck

Gr
een

Bla
ck

Br
ow
n

La
bel

16 Cables

Re
lat
io
ns
hi
p

Pai
r

Ri
bb
on
Co
lor

Pi
n

Co
lor
of
the
Co
re

Blu
e

Bla
ck

Or
ang
e

Bla
ck

Gr
een

Bla
ck

Br
ow
n

La
bel

Re
lat
io
ns
hi
p

T1
2

Pai
r

R1
3

Pai
r

T1
3

Pai
r

Ri
bb
on
Co
lor

Pi
n

Co
lor
of
the
Co
re

La
bel

Re
lati
on
shi
p

Technical Specifications
Table 16-7 lists the technical specifications for 16xE1/T1 cables used on the OptiX OSN 550.
Table 16-7 Technical specifications for 16xE1/T1 cables used on the OptiX OSN 550
Item

Description

Connector type

Anea 96

Number of cores

32 cores/pair

Fireproof class

IEC60332-3C

16.8 21xE1/T1 Cable

An 21xE1/T1 cable uses Anea 96 connectors and can transmit a maximum of 21 E1/T1
signals.
There are two types of 21xE1/T1 cables: 75-ohm coaxial cables and 120-ohm twisted pair
cables.

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

261

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

16 Cables

A 75-ohm E1 cable and a 120-ohm E1 cable have the same appearance.

The core diameter of a 75-ohm E1/T1 cable is 1.6 mm. Therefore, use a crimping tool with an opening
of 2.5 mm or 1.7 mm to attach the end of the 75-ohm E1/T1 cable on the DDF frame with a 75-1-1
coaxial connector.

Cable Diagram
Figure 16-10 75-ohm/120-ohm 21xE1/T1 cable
Main label
1
W

Pos.96

ViewA

Cable connector, Anea,

96-pin,female
Pos.1

1. Cable connector, Anea 96, female

Pin Assignments
Table 16-8 provides details about the pin assignments for a 75-ohm 21xE1/T1 cable.
Table 16-8 Pin assignments for a 75-ohm 21xE1/T1 cable
Pin

Cor
e

Seri
al
No.

Lab
el

Cor
e

Seri
al
No.

Lab
el

Cor
e

Seri
al
No.

Lab
el

Tip

R14

Ring

Tip

T14

Ring

Tip

R15

Ring

Tip

T15

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

262

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

Cor
e

Seri
al
No.

Ring

Tip

Ring

Tip

Ring

Tip

Ring

Tip

Ring

Tip

Ring

Tip

Ring

Tip

Ring

Tip

Ring

Tip

Ring

Tip

Ring

16 Cables

Lab
el

Cor
e

Seri
al
No.

Ring

Tip

Ring

Tip

Ring

Tip

Ring

Tip

Ring

Tip

Ring

Tip

Ring

Tip

Ring

Tip

Ring

Tip

Ring

Tip

Ring

Lab
el

R10

T10

R11

T11

R12

T12

R13

T13

Cor
e

Ring

Tip

Ring

Tip

Ring

Tip

Ring

Tip

Ring

Tip

Ring

Tip

Ring

Tip

Ring

Tip

Ring

Tip

Ring

Tip

Ring

Seri
al
No.

Lab
el

R16

T16

R17

T17

R18

T18

R19

T19

R20

T20

Table 16-9 provides details about the pin assignments for a 120-ohm 21xE1/T1 cable.
Table 16-9 Pin assignments for a 120-ohm 21xE1/T1 cable
Ri
bb
on
Co
lor

Pi
n

Co
lor
of
the
Co
re

La
bel

Re
lat
io
ns
hi
p

Ri
bb
on
Co
lor

Pi
n

Co
lor
of
the
Co
re

La
bel

Re
lat
io
ns
hi
p

Ri
bb
on
Co
lor

Pi
n

Co
lor
of
the
Co
re

La
bel

Re
lat
io
ns
hi
p

Blu

Pai

Gre

Pai

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

263

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

Ri
bb
on
Co
lor

Pi
n

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Co
lor
of
the
Co
re

La
bel

ite
2

Blu
e

Wh
ite

Or
ang
e

Wh
ite

Gr
een

Wh
ite

Br
ow
n

Wh
ite

Gr
ay

Re
d

Blu
e

Re
d

Or
ang
e

Re
d

Gr
een

Re
d

16 Cables

Re
lat
io
ns
hi
p

Ri
bb
on
Co
lor

ang
e

Pai
r

Pi
n

Co
lor
of
the
Co
re

La
bel

ite
16

Blu
e

Wh
ite

Or
ang
e

Wh
ite

Gr
een

Wh
ite

Br
ow
n

Wh
ite

Gr
ay

Re
d

Blu
e

Re
d

Or
ang
e

Re
d

Gr
een

Re
d

R1
0

T1
0

R1
1

Re
lat
io
ns
hi
p

Ri
bb
on
Co
lor

Pai
r

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Pi
n

Co
lor
of
the
Co
re

La
bel

Re
lat
io
ns
hi
p

ite

T1
4

Pai
r

R1
5

Pai
r

T1
5

Pai
r

R1
6

Pai
r

T1
6

Pai
r

R1
7

Pai
r

T1
7

Pai
r

R1
8

Pai
r

Blu
e

Wh
ite

Or
ang
e

Wh
ite

Gr
een

Wh
ite

Br
ow
n

Wh
ite

Gr
ay

Re
d

Blu
e

Re
d

Or
ang
e

Re
d

Gr
een

Re
d

264

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

Ri
bb
on
Co
lor

Pi
n

Co
lor
of
the
Co
re

Br
ow
n

Re
d

Gr
ay

Bla
ck

Blu
e

Bla
ck

Or
ang
e

Bla
ck

Gr
een

Bla
ck

Br
ow
n

La
bel

16 Cables

Re
lat
io
ns
hi
p

Pai
r

Ri
bb
on
Co
lor

Pi
n

Co
lor
of
the
Co
re

Br
ow
n

Re
d

Gr
ay

Bla
ck

Blu
e

Bla
ck

Or
ang
e

Bla
ck

Gr
een

Bla
ck

Br
ow
n

La
bel

T1
1

R1
2

T1
2

R1
3

T1
3

Re
lat
io
ns
hi
p

Pai
r

Ri
bb
on
Co
lor

Pi
n

Co
lor
of
the
Co
re

Br
ow
n

Re
d

Gr
ay

Bla
ck

Blu
e

Bla
ck

Or
ang
e

Bla
ck

Gr
een

Bla
ck

Br
ow
n

La
bel

Re
lat
io
ns
hi
p

T1
8

Pai
r

R1
9

Pai
r

T1
9

Pai
r

R2
0

Pai
r

T2
0

Pai
r

Technical Specifications
Table 16-10 lists the technical specifications for 21xE1/T1 cables used on the OptiX OSN
550.
Table 16-10 Technical specifications for 21xE1/T1 cables used on the OptiX OSN 550
Item

Cable II

Coaxial cable, 75 ohms, 4.4 mm, 2.4 mm, 0.4 mm, shielded, gray
Diameter of the shield layer (4.4 mm), diameter of the internal insulation
layer (2.4 mm), diameter of the internal conductor (0.4 mm)
Available lengths: 15 m, 20 m, 25 m, 30 m, 40 m

Cable III

Coaxial cable, 75 ohms, 6.7 mm, 3.8 mm, 0.61 mm, shielded, gray
Diameter of the shield layer (6.7 mm), diameter of the internal insulation

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

266

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

Item

16 Cables

Description
layer (3.8 mm), diameter of the internal conductor (0.61 mm)
Available lengths: 15 m, 20 m, 25 m, 30 m, 130 m

Cable IV

Coaxial cable, 75 ohms, 5.80 mm, 3.71 mm, 0.643 mm, black
Diameter of the shield layer (5.80 mm), diameter of the internal insulation
layer (3.71 mm), diameter of the internal conductor (0.643 mm)
Available length: 30 m

Fireproof
class

16.10 Network Cable

A network cable connects two pieces of Ethernet equipment. Both ends of the network cable
are terminated with an RJ45 connector.

Interfaces Using RJ45 Connectors

The following types of interfaces use RJ45 connectors:

Medium dependent interfaces (MDIs): used by terminal equipment, for example,

network card

MDI-Xs: used by network equipment

The difference between MDIs and MDI-Xs is with regard to pin assignments. Table 16-11
provides details about the pin assignments for ports in MDI mode. Table 16-12 provides
details about the pin assignments for ports in MDI-X mode.
Different cables are used between the interfaces using RJ45 connectors.

A straight-through cable is used between an MDI and an MDI-X.

A crossover cable is used between two MDIs.

A crossover cable is used between two MDI-Xs.

The NMS/COM port and Ethernet electrical service ports of the equipment support the
auto-MDI/MDI-X mode. Therefore, straight-through cables and crossover cables can be used to connect
the NMS/COM port and Ethernet electrical service ports to MDIs or MDI-Xs.

Table 16-11 Pin assignments for an RJ45 port in MDI mode

10/100BASE-TX

1000BASE-T

Signal

Function

Signal

Function

TX+

Transmitting data (+)

BIDA+

Bidirectional data wire A

(+)

TX-

Transmitting data (-)

BIDA-

Bidirectional data wire A

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

267

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

16 Cables

10/100BASE-TX

1000BASE-T

Signal

Function

Function
(-)

RX+

Receiving data (+)

BIDB+

Bidirectional data wire B

(+)

Reserved

BIDC+

Bidirectional data wire C

(+)

Reserved

BIDC-

Bidirectional data wire C

(-)

RX-

Receiving data (-)

BIDB-

Bidirectional data wire B

(-)

Reserved

BIDD+

Bidirectional data wire D

(+)

Reserved

BIDD-

Bidirectional data wire D

(-)

Table 16-12 Pin assignments for an RJ45 port in MDI-X mode

10/100BASE-TX

1000BASE-T

Signal

Function

Signal

Function

RX+

Receiving data (+)

BIDB+

Bidirectional data wire B

(+)

RX-

Receiving data (-)

4. Label 2

Figure 16-13 Crossover cable

1. Network port connector,

RJ45

2. Label
1

3. Main
label

4. Network
cable

5. Label
2

Pin Assignments
Table 16-13 Pin assignments for a straight-through cable
Connector X1

Connector X2

Color

Relationship

X1.1

X2.1

White/Orange

Twisted pair

X1.2

X2.2

Orange

X1.3

X2.3

White/Green

X1.6

X2.6

Green

X1.4

X2.4

Blue

X1.5

X2.5

White/Blue

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Twisted pair

269

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

16 Cables

Connector X1

Connector X2

Color

Relationship

X1.7

X2.7

White/Brown

Twisted pair

X1.8

X2.8

Brown

Table 16-14 Pin assignments for a crossover cable

Connector X1

Connector X2

Color

Relationship

X1.6

X2.2

Orange

Twisted pair

X1.3

X2.1

White/Orange

X1.1

X2.3

White/Green

X1.2

X2.6

Green

X1.4

X2.4

Blue

X1.5

X2.5

White/Blue

X1.7

X2.7

White/Brown

X1.8

X2.8

Brown

Twisted pair

Technical Specifications
Item

Description

Connector X1/X2

Network port connector, RJ45 connector, 8-pin, 8-bit, shielded,

connector, 24 to 26 AWG, CAT 6/configured with the SFTP network
cable

Cable type

Straight-through cable: communication cable, 10015 ohms,

CAT5E SFTP 24 AWG, 8 cores, PANTONE 445U

Crossover cable: communication cable, 1005 ohms, CAT5E

SFTP 24 AWG, 8 cores, PANTONE 646U

Number of cores

8 cores

Fireproof class

Length

Straight-through cable: 5 m, 10 m, 20 m, 30 m

Crossover cable: 5 m, 30 m

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

270

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

17 Parameter Settings

Parameter Settings

To use the functions of a board, first set parameters related to the board. This section provides
hyperlinks of board parameter settings.
Table 17-1 lists references for parameter settings on boards that the OptiX OSN 550 supports.
Table 17-1 References for parameter settings on boards that the OptiX OSN 550 supports
Board Type

Board Involved

Parameter Setting Reference

System control,
switching, and
timing board

PCX, CXL

Parameters for Configuring system control,

switching, and timing board

Packet
processing board

EM6T, EM6F, EF8F,

EG4C, EX1

Parameters for Configuring Ethernet Ports

MD1

Parameters for Configuring CES Ports

CQ1

Parameters for Configuring Channelized

STM-1 Ports

SDH boards

SL1D, SL4D, SL1Q

Parameters for Configuring SDH Boards

PDH boards

SP3D, PL3T

Parameters for Configuring PDH Boards

EoS boards

EFS8, EGT1

Parameters for Configuring VC-12 Path

Overheads

Parameters for Configuring Ethernet Ports

Parameters for Configuring Broadcast

Data Interfaces

Parameters for Configuring F1 Data

Service

Auxiliary board

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

AUX

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

271

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

A Glossary

Glossary

Numerics
2DM

two-way delay measurement

See 3rd Generation.

reshaping, retiming, regenerating

3rd Generation (3G)

The third generation of digital wireless technology, as defined by the

International Telecommunications Union (ITU). Third generation technology is
expected to deliver data transmission speeds between 144 kbit/s and 2 Mbit/s,
compared to the 9.6 kbit/s to 19.2 kbit/s offered by second generation
technology.

802.1Q in 802.1Q (QinQ)

A VLAN feature that allows the equipment to add a VLAN tag to a tagged
frame. The implementation of QinQ is to add a public VLAN tag to a frame with
a private VLAN tag to allow the frame with double VLAN tags to be transmitted
over the service provider's backbone network based on the public VLAN tag.
This provides a layer 2 VPN tunnel for customers and enables transparent
transmission of packets over private VLANs.

A
AAL

See ATM Adaptation Layer.

ABR

See available bit rate.

alternating current

ACH

associated channel header

ACL

See access control list.

ACR

allowed cell rate

ADM

add/drop multiplexer

ADMC

automatically detected and manually cleared

ADSL

asymmetric digital subscriber line

See assured forwarding.

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

272

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

A Glossary

AGC

automatic gain control

AIS

alarm indication signal

ALC

See automatic level control.

ALS

See automatic laser shutdown.

See adaptive modulation.

AMI

See alternate mark inversion.

AMU

ATM cell multiplex unit

ANSI

See American National Standards Institute.

APD

See avalanche photodiode.

APS

automatic protection switching

ARP

See Address Resolution Protocol.

ASCII

American Standard Code for Information Interchange

ASK

amplitude shift keying

ATM

asynchronous transfer mode

ATM Adaptation Layer

(AAL)

An interface between higher-layer protocols and Asynchronous Transfer Mode

(ATM). The AAL provides a conversion function to and from ATM for various
types of information, including voice, video, and data.

ATPC

See automatic transmit power control.

See administrative unit.

AUG

See administrative unit group.

AWG

arrayed waveguide grating

Address Resolution
Protocol (ARP)

An Internet Protocol used to map IP addresses to MAC addresses. It allows hosts

and routers to determine the link layer addresses through ARP requests and ARP
responses.

American National
Standards Institute
(ANSI)

An organization that defines U.S standards for the information processing

industry. ANSI participates in defining network protocol standards.

access control list (ACL)

A list of entities, together with their access rights, which are authorized to have
access to a resource.

adaptive modulation (AM)

A technology that is used to automatically adjust the modulation mode

according to the channel quality. When the channel quality is favorable, the
equipment uses a high-efficiency modulation mode to improve the transmission
efficiency and the spectrum utilization of the system. When the channel quality
is degraded, the equipment uses the low-efficiency modulation mode to improve
the anti-interference capability of the link that carries high-priority services.

administrative unit (AU)

The information structure which provides adaptation between the higher order
path layer and the multiplex section layer. It consists of an information payload
(the higher order VC) and an AU pointer which indicates the offset of the
payload frame start relative to the multiplex section frame start.

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

273

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

A Glossary

administrative unit group

(AUG)

One or more administrative units occupying fixed, defined positions in an STM

payload. An AUG consists of AU-4s.

alternate mark inversion

(AMI)

A synchronous clock encoding technique which uses bipolar pulses to represent

logical 1 values.

assured forwarding (AF)

One of the four per-hop behaviors (PHB) defined by the Diff-Serv workgroup of
IETF. It is suitable for certain key data services that require assured bandwidth
and short delay. For traffic within the bandwidth limit, AF assures quality in
forwarding. For traffic that exceeds the bandwidth limit, AF degrades the service
class and continues to forward the traffic instead of discarding the packets.

automatic laser shutdown

(ALS)

A technique (procedure) to automatically shutdown the output power of laser

transmitters and optical amplifiers to avoid exposure to hazardous levels.

automatic level control

(ALC)

A feature that identifies speech signals and adjusts the sound volume to stay
within a comfortable range, improving user experience.

automatic transmit power

control (ATPC)

A method of adjusting the transmit power based on fading of the transmit signal
detected at the receiver

available bit rate (ABR)

A kind of service categories defined by the ATM forum. ABR only provides
possible forwarding service and applies to the connections that does not require
the real-time quality. It does not provide any guarantee in terms of cell loss or
delay.

avalanche photodiode
(APD)

A semiconductor photodetector with integral detection and amplification stages.

Electrons generated at a p/n junction are accelerated in a region where they free
an avalanche of other electrons. APDs can detect faint signals but require higher
voltages than other semiconductor electronics.

B
B-ISDN

See broadband integrated services digital network.

booster amplifier

BBE

background block error

boundary clock

BCD

binary coded decimal

BDI

See backward defect indication.

See best effort.

BER

bit error rate

BFD

See Bidirectional Forwarding Detection.

BGP

Border Gateway Protocol

BIOS

See basic input/output system.

BIP

See bit interleaved parity.

BIP-8

See bit interleaved parity-8.

BIP-X

bit interleaved parity-X

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

274

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

A Glossary

BITS

See building integrated timing supply.

BMC

best master clock

BNC

See bayonet-neill-concelman.

BPDU

See bridge protocol data unit.

BPS

board protection switching

BRAS

See broadband remote access server.

BSC

binary synchronous communication

BSS

base station subsystem

BTS

base transceiver station

BWS

backbone wavelength division multiplexing system

Bidirectional Forwarding
Detection (BFD)

A fast and independent hello protocol that delivers millisecond-level link failure
detection and provides carrier-class availability. After sessions are established
between neighboring systems, the systems can periodically send BFD packets to
each other. If one system fails to receive a BFD packet within the negotiated
period, the system regards that the bidirectional link fails and instructs the upper
layer protocol to take actions to recover the faulty link.

backplane

An electronic circuit board containing circuits and sockets into which additional
electronic devices on other circuit boards or cards can be plugged.

backward defect
indication (BDI)

A function that the sink node of a LSP, when detecting a defect, uses to inform
the upstream end of the LSP of a downstream defect along the return path.

basic input/output system

(BIOS)

A firmware stored in the computer mainboard. It contains basic input/output

control programs, power-on self test (POST) programs, bootstraps, and system
setting information. The BIOS provides hardware setting and control functions
for the computer.

bayonet-neill-concelman
(BNC)

A connector used for connecting two coaxial cables.

best effort (BE)

A traditional IP packet transport service. In this service, the diagrams are

forwarded following the sequence of the time they reach. All diagrams share the
bandwidth of the network and routers. The amount of resource that a diagram
can use depends of the time it reaches. BE service does not ensure any
improvement in delay time, jitter, packet loss ratio, and high reliability.

bit interleaved parity

(BIP)

A method of error monitoring. With even parity an X-bit code is generated by

equipment at the transmit end over a specified portion of the signal in such a
manner that the first bit of the code provides even parity over the first bit of all
X-bit sequences in the covered portion of the signal, the second bit provides
even parity over the second bit of all X-bit sequences within the specified
portion, and so on. Even parity is generated by setting the BIP-X bits so that
there is an even number of 1s in each monitored partition of the signal. A
monitored partition comprises all bits which are in the same bit position within
the X-bit sequences in the covered portion of the signal. The covered portion
includes the BIP-X.

bit interleaved parity-8

(BIP-8)

Consists of a parity byte calculated bit-wise across a large number of bytes in a

transmission transport frame. Divide a frame is into several blocks with 8 bits
(one byte) in a parity unit and then arrange the blocks in matrix. Compute the

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

275

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

A Glossary

number of "1" or "0" over each column. Then fill a 1 in the corresponding bit for
the result if the number is odd, otherwise fill a 0.
bridge protocol data unit
(BPDU)

The data messages that are exchanged across the switches within an extended
LAN that uses a spanning tree protocol (STP) topology. BPDU packets contain
information on ports, addresses, priorities and costs and ensure that the data ends
up where it was intended to go. BPDU messages are exchanged across bridges to
detect loops in a network topology. The loops are then removed by shutting
down selected bridges interfaces and placing redundant switch ports in a backup,
or blocked, state.

broadband integrated
services digital network
(B-ISDN)

A standard defined by the ITU-T to handle high-bandwidth applications, such as

voice. It currently uses the ATM technology to transmit data over
SONNET-based circuits at 155 to 622 Mbit/s or higher speed.

broadband remote access

server (BRAS)

A new type of access gateway for broadband networks. As a bridge between

backbone networks and broadband access networks, BRAS provides methods
for fundamental access and manages the broadband access network. It is
deployed at the edge of network to provide broadband access services,
convergence, and forwarding of multiple services, meeting the demands for
transmission capacity and bandwidth utilization of different users. BRAS is a
core device for the broadband users' access to a broadband network.

building integrated timing

supply (BITS)

In the situation of multiple synchronous nodes or communication devices, one

can use a device to set up a clock system on the hinge of telecom network to
connect the synchronous network as a whole, and provide satisfactory
synchronous base signals to the building integrated device. This device is called
BITS.

built-in WDM

A function which integrates some simple WDM systems into products that
belong to the OSN series. That is, the OSN products can add or drop several
wavelengths directly.

C
CAR

committed access rate

CAS

See channel associated signaling.

CAS multiframe

A multiframe set up based on timeslot 16. Each CAS multiframe contains 16 E1

PCM frames. Among the 8 bits of timeslot 16 in the first frame, the first 4 bits
are used for multiframe synchronization. The multiframe alignment signal
(MFAS) for synchronization is 0000. The last 4 bits are used as the not
multiframe alignment signal (NMFAS). The NMFAS is XYXX. For the other 15
frames, timeslot 16 is used to transmit exchange and multiplexing (E&M)
signaling corresponding to each timeslot.

CAU

See client automatic upgrade.

CBR

See constant bit rate.

CBS

See committed burst size.

See continuity check.

CDVT

cell delay variation tolerance

See customer edge.

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

276

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

A Glossary

CES

See circuit emulation service.

CFM

connectivity fault management

CFR

cell fill rate

CGMP

Cisco Group Management Protocol

CIR

committed information rate

CISPR

International Special Committee on Radio Interference

CIST

See Common and Internal Spanning Tree.

CLEI

common language equipment identification

CLNP

connectionless network protocol

CLP

See cell loss priority.

CMI

coded mark inversion

CRC

See cyclic redundancy check.

CRC-4 multiframe

A multiframe recommended by ITU-T G.704 and set up based on the first bit of
timeslot 0. The CRC-4 multiframe is different from the CAS multiframe in
principle and implementation. Each CRC-4 multiframe contains 16 PCM
frames. Each CRC-4 multiframe consists of two CRC-4 sub-multiframes. Each
CRC-4 sub-multiframe is a CRC-4 check block that contains 2048 (256 x 8) bits.
Bits C1 to C4 of a check block can check the previous check block.

CSA

Canadian Standards Association

CSES

consecutive severely errored second

CSF

Client Signal Fail

CSMA/CD

See carrier sense multiple access with collision detection.

CSPF

constraint shortest path first

CST

See common spanning tree.

connectivity verification

control word

CWDM

See coarse wavelength division multiplexing.

Common and Internal

Spanning Tree (CIST)

The single spanning tree jointly calculated by STP and RSTP, the logical
connectivity using MST bridges and regions, and MSTP. The CIST ensures that
all LANs in the bridged local area network are simply and fully connected.

Coordinated Universal
Time (UTC)

The world-wide scientific standard of timekeeping. It is based upon carefully

maintained atomic clocks and is kept accurate to within microseconds
worldwide.

carrier sense multiple

access with collision
detection (CSMA/CD)

Carrier sense multiple access with collision detection (CSMA/CD) is a computer

networking access method in which:

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

A carrier sensing scheme is used.

A transmitting data station that detects another signal while transmitting a

frame, stops transmitting that frame, transmits a jam signal, and then waits

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

277

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

A Glossary

for a random time interval before trying to send that frame again.
cell loss priority (CLP)

A field in the ATM cell header that determines the probability of a cell being
dropped if the network becomes congested. Cells with CLP = 0 are insured
traffic, which is unlikely to be dropped. Cells with CLP = 1 are best-effort
traffic, which might be dropped.

channel associated
signaling (CAS)

A signaling system in which signaling information is transmitted within a

dedicated voice channel. China Signaling System No. 1 is a type of CAS
signaling.

circuit emulation service

(CES)

A function with which the E1/T1 data can be transmitted through ATM
networks. At the transmission end, the interface module packs timeslot data into
ATM cells. These ATM cells are sent to the reception end through the ATM
network. At the reception end, the interface module re-assigns the data in these
ATM cells to E1/T1 timeslots. The CES technology guarantees that the data in
E1/T1 timeslots can be recovered to the original sequence at the reception end.

client automatic upgrade

(CAU)

A function that enables a user to automatically detect the update of the client
version and upgrade the client. This keeps the version of the client is the same as
that of the server.

coarse wavelength division

multiplexing (CWDM)

A signal transmission technology that multiplexes widely-spaced optical

channels into the same fiber. CWDM widely spaces wavelengths at a spacing of
several nm. CWDM does not support optical amplifiers and is applied in
short-distance chain networking.

collision

A condition in which two packets are being transmitted over a medium at the
same time. Their interference makes both unintelligible.

committed burst size

(CBS)

A parameter used to define the capacity of token bucket C, that is, the maximum
burst IP packet size when the information is transferred at the committed
information rate. This parameter must be larger than 0. It is recommended that
this parameter should be not less than the maximum length of the IP packet that
might be forwarded.

common spanning tree

(CST)

A single spanning tree that connects all the MST regions in a network. Every
MST region is considered as a switch; therefore, the CST can be considered as
their spanning tree generated with STP/RSTP.

constant bit rate (CBR)

A kind of service categories defined by the ATM forum. CBR transfers cells
based on the constant bandwidth. It is applicable to service connections that
depend on precise clocking to ensure undistorted transmission.

continuity check (CC)

Ethernet CFM can detect the connectivity between MEPs. The detection is
achieved after MEPs transmit Continuity Check Messages (CCMs) periodically.

customer edge (CE)

A part of BGP/MPLS IP VPN model. It provides interfaces for direct connection

to the Service Provider (SP) network. A CE can be a router, switch, or host.

cyclic redundancy check

(CRC)

A procedure used in checking for errors in data transmission. CRC error

checking uses a complex calculation to generate a number based on the data
transmitted. The sending device performs the calculation before transmission
and includes it in the packet that it sends to the receiving device. The receiving
device repeats the same calculation after transmission. If both devices obtain the
same result, it is assumed that the transmission was error free. The procedure is
known as a redundancy check because each transmission includes not only data
but extra (redundant) error-checking values.

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

278

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

A Glossary

D
DC

direct current

DC-C

See DC-return common (with ground).

DC-I

See DC-return isolate (with ground).

DC-return common (with

ground) (DC-C)

A power system, in which the BGND of the DC return conductor is

short-circuited with the PGND on the output side of the power supply cabinet
and also on the line between the output of the power supply cabinet and the
electric equipment.

DC-return isolate (with

ground) (DC-I)

A power system, in which the BGND of the DC return conductor is

short-circuited with the PGND on the output side of the power supply cabinet
and is isolated from the PGND on the line between the output of the power
supply cabinet and the electric equipment.

DCC

See data communications channel.

DCE

data connection equipment

DCM

See dispersion compensation module.

DCN

See data communication network.

DDF

digital distribution frame

DDN

See digital data network.

discard eligible

DEI

device emulation interrupt

DHCP

See Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol.

DIP switch

dual in-line package switch

DLAG

See distributed link aggregation group.

See delay measurement.

DNI

dual node interconnection

DRDB

dynamic random database

DSCP

See differentiated services code point.

DSL

See digital subscriber line.

DSLAM

See digital subscriber line access multiplexer.

DTE

See data terminal equipment.

DTMF

See dual tone multiple frequency.

DVB-ASI

digital video broadcast-asynchronous serial interface

DVMRP

See Distance Vector Multicast Routing Protocol.

DWDM

See dense wavelength division multiplexing.

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

279

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

A Glossary

DiffServ

See Differentiated Services.

Differentiated Services
(DiffServ)

An IETF standard that defines a mechanism for controlling and forwarding

traffic in a differentiated manner based on CoS settings to handle network
congestion.

Distance Vector Multicast

Routing Protocol
(DVMRP)

An Internet gateway protocol mainly based on the RIP. The protocol implements
a typical dense mode IP multicast solution. The DVMRP protocol uses IGMP to
exchange routing datagrams with its neighbors.

Dynamic Host
Configuration Protocol
(DHCP)

A client-server networking protocol. A DHCP server provides configuration

parameters specific to the DHCP client host requesting, generally, information
required by the host to participate on the Internet network. DHCP also provides
a mechanism for allocation of IP addresses to hosts.

data communication
network (DCN)

A communication network used in a TMN or between TMNs to support the data

communication function.

data communications
channel (DCC)

The data channel that uses the D1D12 bytes in the overhead of an STM-N
signal to transmit information about operation, management, maintenance and
provision (OAM&P) between NEs. The DCC channels that are composed of
bytes D1D3 are referred to as the 192 kbit/s DCC-R channel. The other DCC
channels that are composed of bytes D4D12 are referred to as the 576 kbit/s
DCC-M channel.

data terminal equipment

(DTE)

A user device composing the UNI. The DTE accesses the data network through
the DCE equipment (for example, a modem) and usually uses the clock signals
produced by DCE.

delay measurement (DM)

The time elapsed since the start of transmission of the first bit of the frame by a
source node until the reception of the last bit of the loopbacked frame by the
same source node, when the loopback is performed at the frame's destination
node.

dense wavelength division

multiplexing (DWDM)

The technology that utilizes the characteristics of broad bandwidth and low
attenuation of single mode optical fiber, employs multiple wavelengths with
specific frequency spacing as carriers, and allows multiple channels to transmit
simultaneously in the same fiber.

differentiated services
code point (DSCP)

According to the QoS classification standard of the Differentiated Service

(Diff-Serv), the type of services (ToS) field in the IP header consists of six most
significant bits and two currently unused bits, which are used to form codes for
priority marking. Differentiated services code point (DSCP) is the six most
important bits in the ToS. It is the combination of IP precedence and types of
service. The DSCP value is used to ensure that routers supporting only IP
precedence can be used because the DSCP value is compatible with IP
precedence. Each DSCP maps a per-hop behavior (PHB). Therefore, terminal
devices can identify traffic using the DSCP value.

digital data network

(DDN)

A high-quality data transport tunnel that combines the digital channel (such as
fiber channel, digital microwave channel, or satellite channel) and the cross
multiplex technology.

digital subscriber line

(DSL)

A technology for providing digital connections over the copper wire or the local
telephone network. DSL performs data communication over the POTS lines
without affecting the POTS service.

digital subscriber line

access multiplexer

A network device, usually situated in the main office of a telephone company

that receives signals from multiple customer Digital Subscriber Line (DSL)

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

280

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

A Glossary

(DSLAM)

connections and puts the signals on a high-speed backbone line using

multiplexing techniques.

dispersion

The maximum error of the local clock compared with the reference clock.

dispersion compensation
module (DCM)

A module, which contains dispersion compensation fibers to compensate for the

dispersion of transmitting fiber.

distributed link
aggregation group
(DLAG)

A board-level port protection technology used to detect unidirectional fiber cuts

and to negotiate with the opposite end. Once a link down failure occurs on a port
or a hardware failure occurs on a board, the services can automatically be
switched to the slave board, achieving 1+1 protection for the inter-board ports.

dual tone multiple

frequency (DTMF)

In telephone systems, multifrequency signaling in which standard set

combinations of two specific voice band frequencies, one from a group of four
low frequencies and the other from a group of four higher frequencies, are used.

E
E-Aggr

See Ethernet aggregation.

E-LAN

See Ethernet local area network.

E-Line

See Ethernet line.

EBS

See excess burst size.

ECC

See embedded control channel.

EDFA

See erbium-doped fiber amplifier.

EEPROM

See electrically erasable programable read-only memory.

See expedited forwarding.

EFM

Ethernet in the First Mile

EFM OAM

Ethernet in the first mile OAM

EIA

See Electronic Industries Alliance.

EIR

See excess information rate.

EMC

See electromagnetic compatibility.

EPD

early packet discard

EPL

See Ethernet private line.

EPLAN

See Ethernet private LAN service.

EPON

See Ethernet passive optical network.

ERPS

Ethernet ring protection switching

ESC

See electric supervisory channel.

ESCON

See enterprise system connection.

ESD

electrostatic discharge

ESN

See equipment serial number.

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

281

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

A Glossary

ETS

European Telecommunication Standards

ETSI

See European Telecommunications Standards Institute.

EVC

Ethernet virtual connection

EVPL

See Ethernet virtual private line.

EVPLAN

See Ethernet virtual private LAN service.

Electronic Industries
Alliance (EIA)

An association based in Washington, D.C., with members from various

electronics manufacturers. It sets standards for electronic components.
RS-232-C, for example, is the EIA standard for connecting serial components.

EoD

See Ethernet over dual domains.

Ethernet

A LAN technology that uses Carrier Sense Multiple Access/Collision Detection.

The speed of an Ethernet interface can be 10 Mbit/s, 100 Mbit/s, 1000 Mbit/s or
10000 Mbit/s. An Ethernet network features high reliability and is easy to
maintain.

Ethernet aggregation
(E-Aggr)

A type of Ethernet service that is based on a multipoint-to-point EVC (Ethernet

virtual connection).

Ethernet line (E-Line)

A type of Ethernet service that is based on a point-to-point EVC (Ethernet

virtual connection).

Ethernet local area

network (E-LAN)

A type of Ethernet service that is based on a multipoint-to-multipoint EVC

(Ethernet virtual connection).

Ethernet over dual

domains (EoD)

A type of boards. EoD boards bridge the PSN and TDM networks, enabling
Ethernet service transmission across PSN and TDM networks.

Ethernet passive optical

network (EPON)

A passive optical network based on Ethernet. It is a new generation broadband

access technology that uses a point-to-multipoint structure and passive fiber
transmission. It supports upstream/downstream symmetrical rates of 1.25 Gbit/s
and a reach distance of up to 20 km. In the downstream direction, the bandwidth
is shared based on encrypted broadcast transmission for different users. In the
upstream direction, the bandwidth is shared based on TDM. EPON meets the
requirements for high bandwidth.

Ethernet private LAN

service (EPLAN)

A type of Ethernet service provided by SDH, PDH, ATM, or MPLS networks.

This service is carried over a dedicated bridge and point-to-multipoint
connections.

Ethernet private line

(EPL)

A type of Ethernet service that is provided with dedicated bandwidth and

point-to-point connections on an SDH, PDH, ATM, or MPLS server layer
network.

Ethernet virtual private

LAN service (EVPLAN)

A type of Ethernet service provided by SDH, PDH, ATM, or MPLS networks.

This service is carried over a shared bridge and point-to-multipoint connections.

Ethernet virtual private

line (EVPL)

A type of Ethernet service provided by SDH, PDH, ATM, or MPLS networks.

This service is carried over a shared bridge and point-to-point connections.

European
Telecommunications
Standards Institute
(ETSI)

A standards-setting body in Europe. Also the standards body responsible for

GSM.

eSFP

enhanced small form-factor pluggable

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

282

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

A Glossary

electric supervisory
channel (ESC)

A technology that implements communication among all the nodes and

transmission of monitoring data in an optical transmission network. The
monitoring data of ESC is introduced into DCC service overhead and is
transmitted with service signals.

electrically erasable
programable read-only
memory (EEPROM)

A type of EPROM that can be erased with an electrical signal. It is useful for
stable storage for long periods without electricity while still allowing
reprograming. EEPROMs contain less memory than RAM, take longer to
reprogram, and can be reprogramed only a limited number of times before
wearing out.

electromagnetic
compatibility (EMC)

A condition which prevails when telecommunications equipment is performing

its individually designed function in a common electromagnetic environment
without causing or suffering unacceptable degradation due to unintentional
electromagnetic interference to or from other equipment in the same
environment.

embedded control channel

(ECC)

A logical channel that uses a data communications channel (DCC) as its physical
layer, to enable transmission of operation, administration, and maintenance
(OAM) information between NEs.

encapsulation

A technology for layered protocols, in which a lower-level protocol accepts a

message from a higher-level protocol and places it in the data portion of the
lower-level frame. Protocol A's packets have complete header information, and
are carried by protocol B as data. Packets that encapsulate protocol A have a B
header, an A header, followed by the information that protocol A is carrying.
Note that A could equal to B, as in IP inside IP.

enterprise system
connection (ESCON)

A path protocol which connects the host with various control units in a storage
system. It is a serial bit stream transmission protocol. The transmission rate is
200 Mbit/s.

equalization

A method of avoiding selective fading of frequencies. Equalization can

compensate for the changes of amplitude frequency caused by frequency
selective fading.

equipment serial number

(ESN)

A string of characters that identify a piece of equipment and ensures correct

allocation of a license file to the specified equipment. It is also called
"equipment fingerprint".

erbium-doped fiber
amplifier (EDFA)

An optical device that amplifies the optical signals. The device uses a short
length of optical fiber doped with the rare-earth element Erbium and the energy
level jump of Erbium ions activated by pump sources. When the amplifier
passes the external light source pump, it amplifies the optical signals in a
specific wavelength range.

excess burst size (EBS)

A parameter related to traffic. In the single rate three color marker (srTCM)
mode, the traffic control is achieved by the token buckets C and E. Excess burst
size is a parameter used to define the capacity of token bucket E, that is, the
maximum burst IP packet size when the information is transferred at the
committed information rate. This parameter must be larger than 0. It is
recommended that this parameter should be not less than the maximum length of
the IP packet that might be forwarded.

excess information rate

(EIR)

The bandwidth for excessive or burst traffic above the CIR; it equals the result
of the actual transmission rate without the safety rate.

exercise switching

An operation to check whether the protection switching protocol functions

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

283

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

A Glossary

properly. The protection switching is not really performed.

expedited forwarding (EF)

The highest order QoS in the Diff-Serv network. EF PHB is suitable for services
that demand low packet loss ratio, short delay, and broad bandwidth. In all the
cases, EF traffic can guarantee a transmission rate equal to or faster than the set
rate. The DSCP value of EF PHB is "101110".

F
FC

See fiber channel.

FCC

Federal Communications Commission

FDD

See frequency division duplex.

FDDI

See fiber distributed data interface.

FDI

See forward defect indication.

FDI packet

See forward defect indication packet.

FDV

See frame delay variation.

FEC

See forwarding equivalence class.

FFD

fast failure detection

FIB

See forward information base.

FICON

See Fiber Connect.

FIFO

See first in first out.

FLR

See frame loss ratio.

FPGA

See field programmable gate array.

FPS

See fast protection switching.

FRR

See fast reroute.

FTN

FEC to NHLFE

FTP

File Transfer Protocol

Fiber Connect (FICON)

A new generation connection protocol which connects the host to various

control units. It carries single byte command protocol through the physical path
of fiber channel, and provides higher rate and better performance than ESCON.

fast protection switching

(FPS)

A type of pseudo wire automatic protection switching (PW APS). When the
working PW is faulty, the source transmits services to the protection PW and the
sink receives the services from the protection PW. FPS generally works with the
interworking function (IWF) to provide end-to-end protection for services.

fast reroute (FRR)

A technology which provides a temporary protection of link availability when

part of a network fails. The protocol enables the creation of a standby route or
path for an active route or path. When the active route is unavailable, the traffic
on the active route can be switched to the standby route. When the active route is
recovered, the traffic can be switched back to the active route. FRR is
categorized into IP FRR, VPN FRR, and TE FRR.

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

284

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

A Glossary

fiber channel (FC)

A high-speed transport technology used to build storage area networks (SANs).

Fiber channel can be on the networks carrying ATM and IP traffic. It is
primarily used for transporting SCSI traffic from servers to disk arrays. Fiber
channel supports single-mode and multi-mode fiber connections. Fiber channel
signaling can run on both twisted pair copper wires and coaxial cables. Fiber
channel provides both connection-oriented and connectionless services.

fiber distributed data

interface (FDDI)

A standard developed by the American National Standards Institute (ANSI) for

high-speed fiber-optic local area networks (LANs). FDDI provides
specifications for transmission rates of 100 megabits (100 million bits) per
second on networks based on the token ring network.

field programmable gate

array (FPGA)

A type of semi-customized circuit used in the application specific integrated

circuit (ASIC) field. It is developed on the basis of the programmable
components, such as the PAL, GAL, and EPLD. It not only remedies the defects
of customized circuits but also overcomes the disadvantage of the original
programmable components in terms of the limited number of gate arrays.

first in first out (FIFO)

A stack management mechanism. The first saved data is first read and invoked.

forward defect indication

(FDI)

A packet generated and traced forward to the sink node of the LSP by the node
that first detects defects. It includes fields to indicate the nature of the defect and
its location. Its primary purpose is to suppress alarms being raised at affected
higher level client LSPs and (in turn) their client layers.

forward defect indication

packet (FDI packet)

A packet that responds to the detected failure event. It is used to suppress alarms
of the upper layer network where failure has occurred.

forward information base

(FIB)

A table that provides information for network hardware (bridges and routers) for
them to forward data packets to other networks. The information contained in a
routing table differs according to whether it is used by a bridge or a router. A
bridge relies on both the source (originating) and destination addresses to
determine where and how to forward a packet.

forwarding equivalence
class (FEC)

A class-based forwarding technology that classifies the packets with the same
forwarding mode. Packets with the same FEC are processed similarly on an
MPLS network. The division of FECs is flexible, and can be a combination of
the source address, destination address, source port, destination port, protocol
type, and VPN.

frame delay variation

(FDV)

A measurement of the variations in the frame delay between a pair of service

frames, where the service frames belong to the same CoS instance on a point to
point ETH connection.

frame loss ratio (FLR)

A ratio, is expressed as a percentage, of the number of service frames not

delivered divided by the total number of service frames during time interval T,
where the number of service frames not delivered is the difference between the
number of service frames arriving at the ingress ETH flow point and the number
of service frames delivered at the egress ETH flow point in a point-to-point ETH
connection.

frequency division duplex

(FDD)

An application in which channels are divided by frequency. In an FDD system,

the uplink and downlink use different frequencies. Downlink data is sent through
bursts. Both uplink and downlink transmission use frames with fixed time
length.

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

285

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

A Glossary

G
G-ACH

generic associated channel header

GAL

generic associated channel header label

GCC

general communication channel

GCP

GMPLS control plan

GCRA

generic cell rate algorithm

GFC

generic flow control

GFP

See Generic Framing Procedure.

GMPLS

generalized multiprotocol label switching

GNE

See gateway network element.

GPON

gigabit-capable passive optical network

GPS

See Global Positioning System.

GRE

See Generic Routing Encapsulation.

GSM

See Global System for Mobile Communications.

Generic Framing
Procedure (GFP)

A framing and encapsulation method which can be applied to any data type. It
has been standardized by ITU-T SG15.

Generic Routing
Encapsulation (GRE)

A mechanism for encapsulating any network layer protocol over any other
network. GRE is used for encapsulating IP datagrams tunneled through the
Internet. GRE serves as a Layer 3 tunneling protocol and provides a tunnel for
transparently transmitting data packets.

Global Positioning System

(GPS)

A global navigation satellite system. It provides reliable positioning, navigation,

and timing services to worldwide users.

Global System for Mobile

Communications (GSM)

The second-generation mobile networking standard defined by European

Telecommunications Standards Institute (ETSI). It is aimed at designing a
standard for global mobile phone networks. The standard allows a subscriber to
use a phone globally. GSM consists of three main parts: mobile switching
subsystem (MSS), base station subsystem (BSS), and mobile station (MS).

gain

The difference between the optical power from the input optical interface of the
optical amplifier and the optical power from the output optical interface of the
jumper fiber, which expressed in dB.

gateway network element

(GNE)

A network element that is used for communication between the NE application

layer and the NM application layer.

H
HCS

higher order connection supervision

high definition

HD-SDI

See high definition-serial digital interface signal.

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

286

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

A Glossary

HDB3

See high density bipolar of order 3 code.

HDLC

High-Level Data Link Control

HDTV

See high definition television.

HEC

See header error control.

HPA

high order path adaptation

HPT

higher order path termination

HQoS

See hierarchical quality of service.

HSDPA

See High Speed Downlink Packet Access.

HSI

high-speed Internet

HSL

See high-level script language.

High Speed Downlink

Packet Access (HSDPA)

A modulating-demodulating algorithm put forward in 3GPP R5 to meet the

requirement for asymmetric uplink and downlink transmission of data services.
It enables the maximum downlink data service rate to reach 14.4 Mbit/s without
changing the WCDMA network topology.

header error control

(HEC)

A field within the ATM frame whose purpose is to correct any single bit error in
the cell Header and also to detect any multi-bit errors. It actually performs a
CRC check in the first four header bits and also at the receiving end.

hierarchical quality of
service (HQoS)

A type of QoS that controls the traffic of users and performs the scheduling
according to the priority of user services. HQoS has an advanced traffic statistics
function, and the administrator can monitor the usage of bandwidth of each
service. Hence, the bandwidth can be allocated reasonably through traffic
analysis.

high definition television

(HDTV)

A type of TV that is capable of displaying at least 720 progressive or 1080

interlaced active scan lines. It must be capable of displaying a 16:9 image using
at least 540 progressive or 810 interlaced active scan lines.

high definition-serial
digital interface signal
(HD-SDI)

High definition video signal transported by serial digital interface.

high density bipolar of

order 3 code (HDB3)

A code used for baseband transmissions between telecommunications devices.

The HDB3 code has the following feature: high capability of clock extraction,
no direct current component, error-checking capability, and a maximum of three
consecutive zeros.

high-level script language

(HSL)

A script language. Based on python, the HSL syntax is simple, clear, and
extendable.

hot patch

A patch that is used to repair a deficiency in the software or add a new feature to
a program without restarting the software and interrupting the service. For the
equipment using the built-in system, a hot patch can be loaded, activated,
confirmed, deactivated, deleted, or queried.

I
IAE

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

incoming alignment error

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

287

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

A Glossary

IANA

See Internet Assigned Numbers Authority.

See integrated circuit.

ICC

See ITU carrier code.

ICMP

See Internet Control Message Protocol.

ICP

IMA Control Protocol

IEEE

See Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers.

IETF

See Internet Engineering Task Force.

See intermediate frequency.

IGMP

See Internet Group Management Protocol.

IGMP snooping

A multicast constraint mechanism running on a layer 2 device. This protocol

manages and controls the multicast group by listening to and analyzing Internet
Group Management Protocol (IGMP) packets between hosts and Layer 3
devices. In this manner, the spread of the multicast data on layer 2 network can
be prevented efficiently.

IGP

See Interior Gateway Protocol.

ILM

incoming label map

IMA

See inverse multiplexing over ATM.

intelligent network

Internet Protocol

IPA

See intelligent power adjustment.

IPTV

See Internet Protocol television.

IPv4

See Internet Protocol version 4.

IPv6

See Internet Protocol version 6.

IS-IS

See Intermediate System to Intermediate System.

ISDN

integrated services digital network

ISO

International Organization for Standardization

ISP

See Internet service provider.

IST

internal spanning tree

ITC

independent transmit clock

ITU

See International Telecommunication Union.

ITU carrier code (ICC)

A code assigned to a network operator/service provider, maintained by the

ITU-T Telecommunication Standardization Bureau (TSB).

ITU-T

See International Telecommunication Union-Telecommunication

Standardization Sector.

Institute of Electrical and

Electronics Engineers

A society of engineering and electronics professionals based in the United States

but boasting membership from numerous other countries. The IEEE focuses on

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

288

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

A Glossary

(IEEE)

electrical, electronics, computer engineering, and science-related matters.

Interior Gateway Protocol

(IGP)

A routing protocol that is used within an autonomous system. The IGP runs in
small-sized and medium-sized networks. The commonly used IGPs are the
routing information protocol (RIP), the interior gateway routing protocol
(IGRP), the enhanced IGRP (EIGRP), and the open shortest path first (OSPF).

Intermediate System to
Intermediate System
(IS-IS)

A protocol used by network devices (routers) to determine the best way to

forward datagram or packets through a packet-based network.

International
Telecommunication Union
(ITU)

A United Nations agency, one of the most important and influential

recommendation bodies, responsible for recommending standards for
telecommunication (ITU-T) and radio networks (ITU-R).

International
Telecommunication
Union-Telecommunication
Standardization Sector
(ITU-T)

An international body that develops worldwide standards for

telecommunications technologies. These standards are grouped together in series
which are prefixed with a letter indicating the general subject and a number
specifying the particular standard. For example, X.25 comes from the "X" series
which deals with data networks and open system communications and number
"25" deals with packet switched networks.

Internet Assigned
Numbers Authority
(IANA)

A department operated by the IAB. IANA delegates authority for IP

address-space allocation and domain-name assignment to the NIC and other
organizations. IANA also maintains a database of assigned protocol identifiers
used in the TCP/IP suite, including autonomous system numbers.

Internet Control Message

Protocol (ICMP)

A network-layer (ISO/OSI level 3) Internet protocol that provides error

correction and other information relevant to IP packet processing. For example,
it can let the IP software on one machine inform another machine about an
unreachable destination. See also communications protocol, IP, ISO/OSI
reference model, packet (definition 1).

Internet Engineering Task

Force (IETF)

A worldwide organization of individuals interested in networking and the

Internet. Managed by the Internet Engineering Steering Group (IESG), the IETF
is charged with studying technical problems facing the Internet and proposing
solutions to the Internet Architecture Board (IAB). The work of the IETF is
carried out by various working groups that concentrate on specific topics such as
routing and security. The IETF is the publisher of the specifications that led to
the TCP/IP protocol standard.

Internet Group
Management Protocol
(IGMP)

One of the TCP/IP protocols for managing the membership of Internet Protocol
multicast groups. It is used by IP hosts and adjacent multicast routers to establish
and maintain multicast group memberships.

Internet Protocol
television (IPTV)

A system in which video is transmitted in IP packets. Also called "TV over IP",
IPTV uses streaming video techniques to deliver scheduled TV programs or
video-on-demand (VOD). Unlike transmitting over the air or through cable to a
TV set, IPTV uses the transport protocol of the Internet for delivery and requires
either a computer and software media player or an IPTV set-top box to decode
the images in real time.

Internet Protocol version

4 (IPv4)

The current version of the Internet Protocol (IP). IPv4 utilizes a 32bit address
which is assigned to hosts. An address belongs to one of five classes (A, B, C,
D, or E) and is written as 4 octets separated by periods and may range from
0.0.0.0 through to 255.255.255.255. Each IPv4 address consists of a network
number, an optional subnetwork number, and a host number. The network and
subnetwork numbers together are used for routing, and the host number is used

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

289

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

A Glossary

to address an individual host within the network or subnetwork.

Internet Protocol version
6 (IPv6)

An update version of IPv4, which is designed by the Internet Engineering Task

Force (IETF) and is also called IP Next Generation (IPng). It is a new version of
the Internet Protocol. The difference between IPv6 and IPv4 is that an IPv4
address has 32 bits while an IPv6 address has 128 bits.

Internet service provider

(ISP)

An organization that offers users access to the Internet and related services.

integrated circuit (IC)

A combination of inseparable associated circuit elements that are formed in

place and interconnected on or within a single base material to perform a
microcircuit function.

intelligent power
adjustment (IPA)

A mechanism used to reduce the optical power of all the amplifiers in an

adjacent regeneration section in the upstream to a safety level if the system
detects the loss of optical signals on the link. If the fiber is broken, the device
performance degrades, or the connector is not plugged well, the loss of optical
signals may occur. With IPA, maintenance engineers will not be hurt by the
laser sent out from the slice of broken fiber.

intermediate frequency
(IF)

The transitional frequency between the frequencies of a modulated signal and an

RF signal.

inverse multiplexing over

ATM (IMA)

A technique that involves inverse multiplexing and de-multiplexing of ATM

cells in a cyclical fashion among links grouped to form a higher bandwidth
logical link whose rate is approximately the sum of the link rates.

L
L2VPN

Layer 2 virtual private network

L3VPN

Layer 3 virtual private network

LACP

See Link Aggregation Control Protocol.

LACPDU

Link Aggregation Control Protocol data unit

LAG

See link aggregation group.

LAN

See local area network.

LAPD

link access procedure on the D channel

LAPS

Link Access Protocol-SDH

local battery

Lucent connector

LCAS

See link capacity adjustment scheme.

LCK

See Locked signal function.

LCN

local communications network

LDP

Label Distribution Protocol

LED

See light emitting diode.

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

290

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

A Glossary

LER

See label edge router.

LIFO

See last in first out.

LLC

See logical link control.

LLID

local loopback ID

See loss measurement.

LMP

link management protocol

LOC

loss of clock

LOM

loss of multiframe

LOP

loss of pointer

LOS

See loss of signal.

LPA

low order path adaptation

LPT

link-state pass through

LSP

See label switched path.

LSR

See label switching router.

linktrace

LVDS

See low voltage differential signal.

Layer 2 switching

A data forwarding method. In a LAN, a network bridge or 802.3 Ethernet switch

transmits and distributes packet data based on the MAC address. Since the MAC
address is at the second layer of the OSI model, this data forwarding method is
called Layer 2 switching.

Link Aggregation Control

Protocol (LACP)

A dynamic link aggregation protocol that improves the transmission speed and
reliability. The two ends of the link send LACP packets to inform each other of
their parameters and form a logical aggregation link. After the aggregation link
is formed, LACP maintains the link status in real time and dynamically adjusts
the ports on the aggregation link upon detecting the failure of a physical port.

Locked signal function

(LCK)

A function administratively locks an MEG end point (MEP) at the server layer,
informs consequential data traffic interruption to the peer MEP at the client
layer, and suppresses the alarm at the client layer.

label edge router (LER)

A device that sits at the edge of an MPLS domain, that uses routing information
to assign labels to datagrams and then forwards them into the MPLS domain.

label switched path (LSP)

A sequence of hops (R0...Rn) in which a packet travels from R0 to Rn through

label switching mechanisms. A label-switched path can be chosen dynamically,
based on common routing mechanisms or through configuration.

label switching router

(LSR)

Basic element of an MPLS network. All LSRs support the MPLS protocol. The
LSR is composed of two parts: control unit and forwarding unit. The former is
responsible for allocating the label, selecting the route, creating the label
forwarding table, creating and removing the label switch path; the latter
forwards the labels according to groups received in the label forwarding table.

last in first out (LIFO)

A play mode of the voice mails, the last voice mail is played firstly.

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

291

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

A Glossary

light emitting diode (LED)

A display and lighting technology used in almost every electrical and electronic
product on the market, to from a tiny on/off light to digital readouts, flashlights,
traffic lights and perimeter lighting. LEDs are also used as the light source in
multimode fibers, optical mice and laser-class printers.

linear MSP

linear multiplex section protection

link aggregation group

(LAG)

An aggregation that allows one or more links to be aggregated together to form a

link aggregation group so that a MAC client can treat the link aggregation group
as if it were a single link.

link capacity adjustment

scheme (LCAS)

LCAS in the virtual concatenation source and sink adaptation functions provides
a control mechanism to hitless increase or decrease the capacity of a link to meet
the bandwidth needs of the application. It also provides a means of removing
member links that have experienced failure. The LCAS assumes that in cases of
capacity initiation, increases or decreases, the construction or destruction of the
end-to-end path is the responsibility of the network and element management
systems.

local area network (LAN)

A network formed by the computers and workstations within the coverage of a

few square kilometers or within a single building. It features high speed and low
error rate. Ethernet, FDDI, and Token Ring are three technologies used to
implement a LAN. Current LANs are generally based on switched Ethernet or
Wi-Fi technology and running at 1,000 Mbit/s (that is, 1 Gbit/s).

logical link control (LLC)

According to the IEEE 802 family of standards, Logical Link Control (LLC) is
the upper sublayer of the OSI data link layer. The LLC is the same for the
various physical media (such as Ethernet, token ring, WLAN).

loss measurement (LM)

A method used to collect counter values applicable for ingress and egress service
frames where the counters maintain a count of transmitted and received data
frames between a pair of MEPs.

loss of signal (LOS)

No transitions occurring in the received signal.

low voltage differential

signal (LVDS)

A low noise, low power, low amplitude method for high-speed (gigabits per
second) data transmission over copper wire.

M
MA

maintenance association

MAC

See Media Access Control.

MADM

multiple add/drop multiplexer

MAN

See metropolitan area network.

MBS

maximum burst size

MCF

message communication function

MCR

minimum cell rate

See maintenance domain.

MDF

See main distribution frame.

MDP

message dispatch process

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

292

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

A Glossary

MDU

See multi-dwelling unit.

See maintenance entity.

MEG

See maintenance entity group.

MEL

maintenance entity group level

MEP

maintenance end point

MFAS

See multiframe alignment signal.

MIB

See management information base.

MIP

maintenance intermediate point

MLD

See multicast listener discovery.

maintenance point

MPLS

See Multiprotocol Label Switching.

MPLS TE

multiprotocol label switching traffic engineering

MPLS TP

See Multiprotocol Label Switching traffic policing.

MPLS VPN

See multiprotocol label switching virtual private network.

MPLS-TP

See multiprotocol label switching transport profile.

multiplex section

MSA

multiplex section adaptation

MSB

most significant bit

MSOH

multiplex section overhead

MSP

See multiplex section protection.

MST

See multiplex section termination.

MSTI

See multiple spanning tree instance.

MSTP

See Multiple Spanning Tree Protocol.

MTBF

See mean time between failures.

MTTR

See mean time to repair.

MTU

See maximum transmission unit.

MUX

See multiplexer.

Media Access Control

(MAC)

A protocol at the media access control sublayer. The protocol is at the lower part
of the data link layer in the OSI model and is mainly responsible for controlling
and connecting the physical media at the physical layer. When transmitting data,
the MAC protocol checks whether to be able to transmit data. If the data can be
transmitted, certain control information is added to the data, and then the data
and the control information are transmitted in a specified format to the physical
layer. When receiving data, the MAC protocol checks whether the information is
correct and whether the data is transmitted correctly. If the information is correct
and the data is transmitted correctly, the control information is removed from the
data and then the data is transmitted to the LLC layer.

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

293

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

A Glossary

Multiple Spanning Tree

Protocol (MSTP)

A protocol that can be used in a loop network. Using an algorithm, the MSTP
blocks redundant paths so that the loop network can be trimmed as a tree
network. In this case, the proliferation and endless cycling of packets is avoided
in the loop network. The protocol that introduces the mapping between VLANs
and multiple spanning trees. This solves the problem that data cannot be
normally forwarded in a VLAN because in STP/RSTP, only one spanning tree
corresponds to all the VLANs.

Multiprotocol Label
Switching (MPLS)

A technology that uses short tags of fixed length to encapsulate packets in

different link layers, and provides connection-oriented switching for the network
layer on the basis of IP routing and control protocols. It improves the cost
performance and expandability of networks, and is beneficial to routing.

Multiprotocol Label
Switching traffic policing
(MPLS TP)

It is a scheme that supervises the specific traffic entering the communication

devices. By policing the speed of traffic that enters the network, it "punishes" the
traffic out of the threshold, so the traffic going into network is limited to a
reasonable range, protecting the network resources and the interests of the
carriers.

main distribution frame

(MDF)

A device at a central office, on which all local loops are terminated.

maintenance domain
(MD)

The network or the part of the network for which connectivity is managed by
connectivity fault management (CFM). The devices in a maintenance domain
are managed by a single Internet service provider (ISP).

maintenance entity (ME)

An ME consists of a pair of maintenance entity group end points (MEPs), two

ends of a transport trail, and maintenance association intermediate points (MIPs)
on the trail.

maintenance entity group

(MEG)

A MEG consists of MEs that meet the following criteria:

Exist within the same management edges.

Have the same MEG hierarchy.

Belong to the same P2P or P2MP connection.

management information
base (MIB)

A type of database used for managing the devices in a communications network.

It comprises a collection of objects in a (virtual) database used to manage
entities (such as routers and switches) in a network.

maximum transmission
unit (MTU)

The largest packet of data that can be transmitted on a network. MTU size
varies, depending on the network576 bytes on X.25 networks, for example,
1500 bytes on Ethernet, and 17,914 bytes on 16 Mbit/s token ring.
Responsibility for determining the size of the MTU lies with the link layer of the
network. When packets are transmitted across networks, the path MTU, or
PMTU, represents the smallest packet size (the one that all networks can
transmit without breaking up the packet) among the networks involved.

mean time between

failures (MTBF)

The average time between consecutive failures of a piece of equipment. It is a

measure of the reliability of the system.

mean time to repair

(MTTR)

The average time that a device will take to recover from a failure.

metropolitan area
network (MAN)

A network that interconnects users with computer resources in a geographic area

or region larger than that covered by even a large LAN but smaller than the area
covered by an WAN. The term is applied to the interconnection of networks in a
city into a single larger network (which may then also offer efficient connection
to a wide area network). It is also used to mean the interconnection of several

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

294

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

A Glossary

local area networks by bridging them with backbone lines. The latter usage is
also sometimes referred to as a campus network.
mirror

An action to store a copy of a file to another archive site to release the load of
the original site, or to provide an archive site closer to the users geographically.

mirroring

The duplication of data for backup or to distribute network traffic among several
computers with identical data.

multi-dwelling unit
(MDU)

A network access unit used for multi-dwelling units. It provides Ethernet and IP
services and optionally VoIP or CATV services; has multiple broadband
interfaces on the user side and optionally POTS ports or CATV RF ports. It is
mainly applicable to FTTB, FTTC, or FTTCab networks.

multicast listener
discovery (MLD)

A protocol used by an IPv6 router to discover the multicast listeners on their

directly connected network segments, and to set up and maintain member
relationships. On IPv6 networks, after MLD is configured on the receiver hosts
and the multicast router to which the hosts are directly connected, the hosts can
dynamically join related groups and the multicast router can manage members
on the local network.

multiframe alignment
signal (MFAS)

A distinctive signal inserted in every multiframe or once in every n multiframes,

always occupying the same relative position within the multiframe, and used to
establish and maintain multiframe alignment.

multiple spanning tree

instance (MSTI)

A type of spanning trees calculated by MSTP within an MST Region, to provide

a simply and fully connected active topology for frames classified as belonging
to a VLAN that is mapped to the MSTI by the MST Configuration. A VLAN
cannot be assigned to multiple MSTIs.

multiplex section
protection (MSP)

A function, which is performed to provide capability for switching a signal

between and including two multiplex section termination (MST) functions, from
a "working" to a "protection" channel.

multiplex section
termination (MST)

A function, which is performed to generate the MSOH during the process of

forming an SDH frame signal and terminates the MSOH in the reverse direction.

multiplexer (MUX)

Equipment which combines a number of tributary channels onto a fewer number

of aggregate bearer channels, the relationship between the tributary and
aggregate channels being fixed.

multiprotocol label
switching transport
profile (MPLS-TP)

A packet transport technology proposed by IETF that combines the packet

experience of MPLS with the operational experience of transport networks.

multiprotocol label
switching virtual private
network (MPLS VPN)

An Internet Protocol (IP) virtual private network (VPN) based on the

multiprotocol label switching (MPLS) technology. It applies the MPLS
technology for network routers and switches, simplifies the routing mode of core
routers, and combines traditional routing technology and label switching
technology. It can be used to construct the broadband Intranet and Extranet to
meet various service requirements.

N
NAS

network access server

NDF

new data flag

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

295

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

A Glossary

NHLFE

next hop label forwarding entry

NMC

network management center

NNI

network-to-network interface

NPC

See network parameter control.

NPE

network provider edge

NRT-VBR

non-real-time variable bit rate

NRZ

non-return to zero

NRZI

non-return to zero inverted

NSAP

See network service access point.

NSF

non-stop forwarding

NTP

Network Time Protocol

network parameter
control (NPC)

During communications, UPC is implemented to monitor the actual traffic on

each virtual circuit that is input to the network. Once the specified parameter is
exceeded, measures will be taken to control. NPC is similar to UPC in function.
The difference is that the incoming traffic monitoring function is divided into
UPC and NPC according to their positions. UPC locates at the user/network
interface, while NPC at the network interface.

network service access

point (NSAP)

A network address defined by ISO, at which the OSI Network Service is made
available to a Network service user by the Network service provider.

O
O&M

operation and maintenance

optical amplifier

OADM

See optical add/drop multiplexer.

OAM

See operation, administration and maintenance.

OAMPDU

operation, administration and maintenance protocol data unit

OAU

See optical amplifier unit.

ordinary clock

OCP

optical channel protection

OCS

optical core switching

ODF

optical distribution frame

ODU

See outdoor unit.

OLT

optical line terminal

ONT

See optical network terminal.

ONU

See optical network unit.

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

296

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

A Glossary

OPEX

operating expense

OPU

optical channel payload unit

OSC

See optical supervisory channel.

OSI

See open systems interconnection.

OSN

optical switch node

OSNR

See optical signal-to-noise ratio.

OSPF

See Open Shortest Path First.

OTDR

See optical time domain reflectometer.

OTM

optical terminal multiplexer

OTN

optical transport network

OTU

See optical transponder unit.

OTUk

optical channel transport unit-k

Open Shortest Path First

(OSPF)

A link-state, hierarchical interior gateway protocol (IGP) for network routing.

Dijkstra's algorithm is used to calculate the shortest path tree. It uses cost as its
routing metric. A link state database is constructed with the network topology
which is identical on all routers in the area.

open systems
interconnection (OSI)

A framework of ISO standards for communication between different systems

made by different vendors, in which the communications process is organized
into seven different categories that are placed in a layered sequence based on
their relationship to the user. Each layer uses the layer immediately below it and
provides a service to the layer above. Layers 7 through 4 deal with end-to-end
communication between the message source and destination, and layers 3
through 1 deal with network functions.

operation, administration
and maintenance (OAM)

A group of network support functions that monitor and sustain segment

operation, support activities that are concerned with, but not limited to, failure
detection, notification, location, and repairs that are intended to eliminate faults
and keep a segment in an operational state, and support activities required to
provide the services of a subscriber access network to users/subscribers.

optical add/drop
multiplexer (OADM)

A device that can be used to add the optical signals of various wavelengths to
one channel and drop the optical signals of various wavelengths from one
channel.

optical amplifier unit

(OAU)

A board that is mainly responsible for amplifying optical signals. The OAU can
be used in both the transmitting direction and the receiving direction.

optical network terminal

(ONT)

A device that terminates the fiber optical network at the customer premises.

optical network unit

(ONU)

A form of Access Node that converts optical signals transmitted via fiber to
electrical signals that can be transmitted via coaxial cable or twisted pair copper
wiring to individual subscribers.

optical signal-to-noise
ratio (OSNR)

The ratio of signal power and noise power in a transmission link. OSNR is the
most important index of measuring the performance of a DWDM system. OSNR
= signal power/noise power.

optical supervisory

A technology that uses specific optical wavelengths to realize communication

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

297

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

A Glossary

channel (OSC)

among nodes in optical transmission network and transmit the monitoring data
in a certain channel.

optical time domain

reflectometer (OTDR)

A device that sends a very short pulse of light down a fiber optic communication
system and measures the time history of the pulse reflection to measure the fiber
length, the light loss and locate the fiber fault.

optical transponder unit

(OTU)

A device or subsystem that converts the accessed client signals into the
G.694.1/G.694.2-compliant WDM wavelength.

orderwire

A channel that provides voice communication between operation engineers or

maintenance engineers of different stations.

outdoor unit (ODU)

The outdoor unit of the split-structured radio equipment. It implements

frequency conversion and amplification for radio frequency (RF) signals.

P
P2MP

point-to-multipoint

P2P

See point-to-point service.

PADR

PPPoE active discovery request

PBS

See peak burst size.

PCB

See printed circuit board.

PCM

See pulse code modulation.

PCR

See peak cell rate.

PDH

See plesiochronous digital hierarchy.

PDU

See power distribution unit.

See provider edge.

PHB

See per-hop behavior.

PHP

penultimate hop popping

PIM-DM

Protocol Independent Multicast - Dense Mode

PIM-SM

Protocol Independent Multicast - Sparse Mode

PIR

peak information rate

PLL

See phase-locked loop.

performance monitoring

PMS

Product Management System

POH

path overhead

PON

passive optical network

POS

See packet over SDH/SONET.

PPD

partial packet discard

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

298

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

A Glossary

PPI

PDH physical interface

PPP

Point-to-Point Protocol

PPPoE

Point-to-Point Protocol over Ethernet

PPS

port protection switching

See priority queuing.

PRBS

See pseudo random binary sequence.

PRC

primary reference clock

PRI

primary rate interface

PSD

See power spectrum density.

PSN

See packet switched network.

PSTN

See public switched telephone network.

PSU

power supply unit

payload type

PTI

payload type indicator

PTN

packet transport network

PTP

See point to point.

PVID

See port default VLAN ID.

PVP

See permanent virtual path.

See pseudo wire.

PWE3

See pseudo wire emulation edge-to-edge.

packet over SDH/SONET

(POS)

A MAN and WAN technology that provides point-to-point data connections.

The POS interface uses SDH/SONET as the physical layer protocol, and
supports the transport of packet data (such as IP packets) in MAN and WAN.

packet switched network

(PSN)

A telecommunications network that works in packet switching mode.

packet switching

A network technology in which information is transmitted by means of

exchanging packets and the bandwidth of a channel can be shared by multiple
connections.

parity check

A method for character level error detection. An extra bit is added to a string of
bits, usually a 7-bit ASCII character, so that the total number of bits 1 is odd or
even (odd or even parity). Both ends of a data transmission must use the same
parity. When the transmitting device frames a character, it counts the numbers of
1s in the frame and attaches the appropriate parity bit. The recipient counts the
1s and, if there is parity error, may ask for the data to be retransmitted.

peak burst size (PBS)

A parameter that is used to define the capacity of token bucket P, that is, the
maximum burst IP packet size when the information is transferred at the peak
information rate. This parameter must be larger than 0. It is recommended that
PBS should be not less than the maximum length of the IP packet that might be
forwarded. See also CIR, CBS, and PIR.

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

299

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

A Glossary

peak cell rate (PCR)

The maximum rate at which an ATM connection can accept cells.

per-hop behavior (PHB)

IETF Diff-Serv workgroup defines forwarding behaviors of network nodes as

per-hop behaviors (PHB), such as, traffic scheduling and policing. A device in
the network should select the proper PHB behaviors, based on the value of
DSCP. At present, the IETF defines four types of PHB. They are class selector
(CS), expedited forwarding (EF), assured forwarding (AF), and best-effort (BE).

permanent virtual path

(PVP)

Virtual path that consists of PVCs.

phase-locked loop (PLL)

A circuit that consists essentially of a phase detector which compares the

frequency of a voltage-controlled oscillator with that of an incoming carrier
signal or reference-frequency generator; the output of the phase detector, after
passing through a loop filter, is fed back to the voltage-controlled oscillator to
keep it exactly in phase with the incoming or reference frequency.

plesiochronous digital
hierarchy (PDH)

A multiplexing scheme of bit stuffing and byte interleaving. It multiplexes the

minimum rate 64 kit/s into the 2 Mbit/s, 34 Mbit/s, 140 Mbit/s, and 565 Mbit/s
rates.

point to point (PTP)

A type of service in which data is sent from a single network termination to

another network termination.

point-to-point service
(P2P)

A service between two terminal users. In P2P services, senders and recipients
are terminal users.

port default VLAN ID

(PVID)

A default VLAN ID of a port. It is allocated to a data frame if the data frame

carries no VLAN tag when reaching the port.

power distribution unit

(PDU)

A unit that performs AC or DC power distribution.

power spectrum density

(PSD)

The power layout of random signals in the frequency domain.

printed circuit board

(PCB)

A board used to mechanically support and electrically connect electronic

components using conductive pathways, tracks, or traces, etched from copper
sheets laminated onto a non-conductive substrate.

priority queuing (PQ)

A queue scheduling algorithm based on the absolute priority. According to the

PQ algorithm, services of higher priorities are ensured with greater bandwidth,
lower latency, and less jitter. Packets of lower priorities must wait to be sent till
all packets of higher priorities are sent. In this manner, services of higher
priorities are processed earlier than others.

provider edge (PE)

A device that is located in the backbone network of the MPLS VPN structure. A
PE is responsible for managing VPN users, establishing LSPs between PEs, and
exchanging routing information between sites of the same VPN. A PE performs
the mapping and forwarding of packets between the private network and the
public channel. A PE can be a UPE, an SPE, or an NPE.

pseudo random binary

sequence (PRBS)

A sequence that is random in a sense that the value of an element is independent

of the values of any of the other elements, similar to real random sequences.

pseudo wire (PW)

An emulated connection between two PEs for transmitting frames. The PW is

established and maintained by PEs through signaling protocols. The status
information of a PW is maintained by the two end PEs of a PW.

pseudo wire emulation

An end-to-end Layer 2 transmission technology. It emulates the essential

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

300

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

A Glossary

edge-to-edge (PWE3)

attributes of a telecommunication service such as ATM, FR or Ethernet in a

packet switched network (PSN). PWE3 also emulates the essential attributes of
low speed time division multiplexing (TDM) circuit and SONET/SDH. The
simulation approximates to the real situation.

public switched telephone

network (PSTN)

A telecommunications network established to perform telephone services for the

public subscribers. Sometimes it is called POTS.

pulse code modulation

(PCM)

A method of encoding information in a signal by changing the amplitude of

pulses. Unlike pulse amplitude modulation (PAM), in which pulse amplitude can
change continuously, pulse code modulation limits pulse amplitudes to several
predefined values. Because the signal is discrete, or digital, rather than analog,
pulse code modulation is more immune to noise than PAM.

Q
QAM

See quadrature amplitude modulation.

QPSK

See quadrature phase shift keying.

QinQ

See 802.1Q in 802.1Q.

QoS

See quality of service.

quadrature amplitude
modulation (QAM)

Both an analog and a digital modulation scheme. It conveys two analog message
signals, or two digital bit streams, by changing (modulating) the amplitudes of
two carrier waves, using the amplitude-shift keying (ASK) digital modulation
scheme or amplitude modulation (AM) analog modulation scheme. These two
waves, usually sinusoids, are out of phase with each other by 90 and are thus
called quadrature carriers or quadrature components hence the name of the
scheme.

quadrature phase shift

keying (QPSK)

A modulation method of data transmission through the conversion or modulation

and the phase determination of the reference signals (carrier). It is also called the
fourth period or 4-phase PSK or 4-PSK. QPSK uses four dots in the star
diagram. The four dots are evenly distributed on a circle. On these phases, each
QPSK character can perform two-bit coding and display the codes in Gray code
on graph with the minimum BER.

quality of service (QoS)

A commonly-used performance indicator of a telecommunication system or

channel. Depending on the specific system and service, it may relate to jitter,
delay, packet loss ratio, bit error ratio, and signal-to-noise ratio. It functions to
measure the quality of the transmission system and the effectiveness of the
services, as well as the capability of a service provider to meet the demands of
users.

R
RADIUS

See Remote Authentication Dial In User Service.

RAN

See radio access network.

RDI

remote defect indication

RED

See random early detection.

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

301

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

A Glossary

REG

See regenerator.

REI

remote error indication

RIP

See Routing Information Protocol.

RMEP

remote maintenance association end point

RMON

remote network monitoring

RNC

See radio network controller.

ROPA

See remote optical pumping amplifier.

RPR

resilient packet ring

RSOH

regenerator section overhead

RST

regenerator section termination

RSTP

See Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol.

RSVP

See Resource Reservation Protocol.

RSVP-TE

See Resource ReserVation Protocol-Traffic Engineering.

RTN

radio transmission node

RTP

real-time performance

RTS

request to send

Rapid Spanning Tree

Protocol (RSTP)

An evolution of the Spanning Tree Protocol, providing for faster spanning tree
convergence after a topology change. The RSTP protocol is backward
compatible with the STP protocol.

Remote Authentication
Dial In User Service
(RADIUS)

A networking protocol that provides centralized Authentication, Authorization,

and Accounting (AAA) management for computers to connect and use a
network service.

Resource ReserVation
Protocol-Traffic
Engineering (RSVP-TE)

An extension to the RSVP protocol for setting up label switched paths (LSPs) in
MPLS networks. The RSVP-TE protocol is used to establish and maintain the
LSPs by initiating label requests and allocating label binding messages. It also
supports LSP rerouting and LSP bandwidth increasing.

Resource Reservation
Protocol (RSVP)

A network control protocol like Internet Control Message Protocol (ICMP) and
designed for Integrated Service and used to reserve resources on every node
along a path. RSVP operates on the transport layer; however, RSVP does not
transport application data.

RoHS

restriction of the use of certain hazardous substances

Routing Information
Protocol (RIP)

A simple routing protocol that is part of the TCP/IP protocol suite. It determines
a route based on the smallest hop count between source and destination. RIP is a
distance vector protocol that routinely broadcasts routing information to its
neighboring routers and is known to waste bandwidth.

radio access network

(RAN)

The network that provides the connection between CPEs and the CN. It isolates
the CN from wireless network.

radio network controller

(RNC)

A piece of equipment in the RNS which is in charge of controlling the use and
the integrity of the radio resources.

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

302

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

A Glossary

random early detection

(RED)

A packet loss algorithm used in congestion avoidance. It discards the packet

according to the specified higher limit and lower limit of a queue so that global
TCP synchronization resulting from traditional tail drop can be prevented.

real-time variable bit rate

(rt-VBR)

A parameter intended for real-time applications, such as compressed voice over

IP (VoIP) and video conferencing. The rt-VBR is characterized by a peak cell
rate (PCR), sustained cell rate (SCR), and maximum burst size (MBS). You can
expect the source device to transmit in bursts and at a rate that varies with time.

receiver sensitivity

The minimum acceptable value of average received power at point R to achieve

a 1 x 10-12 BER (The FEC is open).

reflectance

The ratio of the reflected optical power to the incident optical power.

regenerator (REG)

A piece of equipment or device that regenerates electrical signals.

remote optical pumping

amplifier (ROPA)

A remote optical amplifier subsystem designed for applications where power

supply and monitoring systems are unavailable. The ROPA subsystem is a
power compensation solution to the ultra-long distance long hop (LHP)
transmission.

rt-VBR

See real-time variable bit rate.

S
SAI

service area identifier

SAN

storage area network

SAToP

Structure-Agnostic Time Division Multiplexing over Packet

square connector

SCR

sustainable cell rate

See signal degrade.

SD-SDI

See standard definition-serial digital interface signal.

SDH

See synchronous digital hierarchy.

SDI

See serial digital interface.

SDP

serious disturbance period

SDRAM

See synchronous dynamic random access memory.

SELV

safety extra-low voltage

SEMF

synchronous equipment management function

SES

severely errored second

See signal fail.

SFP

small form-factor pluggable

SFTP

See Secure File Transfer Protocol.

SHDSL

See single-pair high-speed digital subscriber line.

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

303

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

A Glossary

SLA

See service level agreement.

SLIP

See Serial Line Interface Protocol.

SMB

Server Message Block

SMSR

side mode suppression ratio

SNCMP

subnetwork connection multipath protection

SNCP

subnetwork connection protection

SNCTP

subnetwork connection tunnel protection

SNMP

See Simple Network Management Protocol.

SOH

section overhead

SONET

See synchronous optical network.

See service provider.

SPC

soft permanent connection

SPE

See superstratum provider edge.

SPI

SDH physical interface

SRG

See shared risk group.

SRLG

shared risk link group

SSH

See Secure Shell.

SSL

See Secure Sockets Layer.

SSM

See Synchronization Status Message.

SSMB

synchronization status message byte

SSU

synchronization supply unit

STP

Spanning Tree Protocol

Secure File Transfer

Protocol (SFTP)

A network protocol designed to provide secure file transfer over SSH.

Secure Shell (SSH)

A set of standards and an associated network protocol that allows establishing a

secure channel between a local and a remote computer. A feature to protect
information and provide powerful authentication function for a network when a
user logs in to the network through an insecure network. It prevents IP addresses
from being deceived and plain text passwords from being captured.

Secure Sockets Layer

(SSL)

A security protocol that works at a socket level. This layer exists between the
TCP layer and the application layer to encrypt/decode data and authenticate
concerned entities.

Serial Line Interface

Protocol (SLIP)

A protocol that defines the framing mode over the serial line to implement
transmission of messages over the serial line and provide the remote host
interconnection function with a known IP address.

Simple Network
Management Protocol

A network management protocol of TCP/IP. It enables remote users to view and

modify the management information of a network element. This protocol
ensures the transmission of management information between any two points.

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

304

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

A Glossary

(SNMP)

The polling mechanism is adopted to provide basic function sets. According to

SNMP, agents, which can be hardware as well as software, can monitor the
activities of various devices on the network and report these activities to the
network console workstation. Control information about each device is
maintained by a management information block.

Synchronization Status
Message (SSM)

A message that carries quality levels of timing signals on a synchronous timing

link. Nodes on an SDH network and a synchronization network acquire
upstream clock information through this message. Then the nodes can perform
proper operations on their clocks, such as tracing, switching, or converting to
holdoff, and forward the synchronization information to downstream nodes.

serial digital interface

(SDI)

An interface that transmits data in a single channel in sequence.

service level agreement

(SLA)

A service agreement between a customer and a service provider. SLA specifies

the service level for a customer. The customer can be a user organization (source
domain) or another differentiated services domain (upstream domain). An SLA
may include traffic conditioning rules which constitute a traffic conditioning
agreement as a whole or partially.

service provider (SP)

An entity that offers service subscriptions to individual subscribers and contracts

with carriers to implement services for a specific DN. A service provider may
contract with more than one carrier.

shared risk group (SRG)

A group of resources that share a common risk component whose failure can
cause the failure of all the resources in the group.

signal degrade (SD)

A signal indicating that associated data has degraded in the sense that a degraded
defect condition is active.

signal fail (SF)

A signal indicating that associated data has failed in the sense that a near-end
defect condition (non-degrade defect) is active.

single-pair high-speed
digital subscriber line
(SHDSL)

A symmetric digital subscriber line technology developed from HDSL, SDSL,

and HDSL2, which is defined in ITU-T G.991.2. The SHDSL port is connected
to the user terminal through the plain telephone subscriber line and uses trellis
coded pulse amplitude modulation (TC-PAM) technology to transmit high-speed
data and provide the broadband access service.

span

The physical reach between two pieces of WDM equipment. The number of
spans determines the signal transmission distance supported by a piece of
equipment and varies according to transmission system type.

standard definition-serial
digital interface signal
(SD-SDI)

Standard definition video signal transported by serial digital interface.

superstratum provider
edge (SPE)

Core devices that are located within a VPLS full-meshed network. The UPE
devices that are connected with the SPE devices are similar to the CE devices.
The PWs set up between the UPE devices and the SPE devices serve as the ACs
of the SPE devices. The SPE devices must learn the MAC addresses of all the
sites on UPE side and those of the UPE interfaces that are connected with the
SPE. SPE is sometimes called NPE.

synchronous digital
hierarchy (SDH)

A transmission scheme that follows ITU-T G.707, G.708, and G.709. It defines
the transmission features of digital signals such as frame structure, multiplexing
mode, transmission rate level, and interface code. SDH is an important part of
ISDN and B-ISDN. It interleaves the bytes of low-speed signals to multiplex the

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

305

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

A Glossary

signals to high-speed counterparts, and the line coding of scrambling is used

only for signals. SDH is suitable for the fiber communication system with high
speed and a large capacity since it uses synchronous multiplexing and flexible
mapping structure.
synchronous dynamic
random access memory
(SDRAM)

A new type of DRAM that can run at much higher clock speeds than
conventional memory. SDRAM actually synchronizes itself with the CPU's bus
and is capable of running at 100 MHz, about three times faster than conventional
FPM RAM, and about twice as fast as EDO DRAM or BEDO DRAM. SDRAM
is replacing EDO DRAM in computers.

synchronous optical
network (SONET)

A high-speed network that provides a standard interface for communications

carriers to connect networks based on fiber optical cable. SONET is designed to
handle multiple data types (voice, video, and so on). It transmits at a base rate of
51.84 Mbit/s, but multiples of this base rate go as high as 2.488 Gbit/s.

T
TCI

tag control information

TCM

See trellis coded modulation scheme.

TCP/IP

Transmission Control Protocol/Internet Protocol

TDC

tunable dispersion compensator

TDM

See time division multiplexing.

See traffic engineering.

TFTP

See Trivial File Transfer Protocol.

TIM

trail trace identifier mismatch

TLV

See type-length-value.

See terminal multiplexer.

TMN

See telecommunications management network.

TOD

time of day

TPID

tag protocol identifier

TPS

See tributary protection switching.

TST

See Test.

TTI

trail trace identifier

TTSI

See trail termination source identifier.

TUG

tributary unit group

Telnet

A standard terminal emulation protocol in the TCP/IP protocol stack. Telnet

allows users to log in to remote systems and use resources as if they were
connected to a local system. Telnet is defined in RFC 854.

Test (TST)

A function which is used to perform one-way on-demand in-service or

out-of-service diagnostics tests. This includes verifying bandwidth throughput,

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

306

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

A Glossary

frame loss, bit errors, and so on.

Trivial File Transfer
Protocol (TFTP)

A small and simple alternative to FTP for transferring files. TFTP is intended for
applications that do not need complex interactions between the client and server.
TFTP restricts operations to simple file transfers and does not provide
authentication. TFTP is small enough to be contained in ROM to be used for
bootstrapping diskless machines.

tail drop

A congestion management mechanism, in which packets arrive later are

discarded when the queue is full. This policy of discarding packets may result in
network-wide synchronization due to the TCP slow startup mechanism.

telecommunications
management network
(TMN)

A protocol model defined by ITU-T for managing open systems in a

communications network. An architecture for management, including planning,
provisioning, installation, maintenance, operation and administration of
telecommunications equipment, networks and services.

terminal multiplexer (TM)

A device used at a network terminal to multiplex multiple channels of low rate

signals into one channel of high rate signals, or to demultiplex one channel of
high rate signals into multiple channels of low rate signals.

throughput

The maximum transmission rate of the tested object (system, equipment,

connection, service type) when no packet is discarded. Throughput can be
measured with bandwidth.

time division multiplexing

(TDM)

A multiplexing technology. TDM divides the sampling cycle of a channel into

time slots (TSn, n=0, 1, 2, 3), and the sampling value codes of multiple
signals engross time slots in a certain order, forming multiple multiplexing
digital signals to be transmitted over one channel.

traceroute

A program that prints the path to a destination. Traceroute sends a sequence of

datagrams with the time-to-live (TTL) set to 1,2, and so on, and uses ICMP time
exceeded messages that return to determine routers along the path.

traffic engineering (TE)

A technology that is used to dynamically monitor the traffic of the network and
the load of the network elements, to adjust in real time the parameters such as
traffic management parameters, route parameters and resource restriction
parameters, and to optimize the utilization of network resources. The purpose is
to prevent the congestion caused by unbalanced loads.

trail termination source

identifier (TTSI)

A TTSI uniquely identifies an LSP in the network. A TTSI is carried in the

connectivity verification (CV) packet for checking the connectivity of a trail. If
it matches the TTSI received by the sink point, the trail has no connectivity
defect.

trellis coded modulation

scheme (TCM)

A modulation scheme which allows highly efficient transmission of information

over band-limited channels such as telephone lines.

tributary protection
switching (TPS)

A function that uses a standby tributary processing board to protect N tributary

processing boards.

tunnel

A channel on the packet switching network that transmits service traffic between
PEs. In VPN, a tunnel is an information transmission channel between two
entities. The tunnel ensures secure and transparent transmission of VPN
information. In most cases, a tunnel is an MPLS tunnel.

type-length-value (TLV)

An encoding type that features high efficiency and expansibility. It is also called
Code-Length-Value (CLV). T indicates that different types can be defined
through different values. L indicates the total length of the value field. V
indicates the actual data of the TLV and is most important. TLV encoding

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

307

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

A Glossary

features high expansibility. New TLVs can be added to support new features,
which is flexible in describing information loaded in packets.

U
UART

universal asynchronous receiver/transmitter

UAS

unavailable second

UAT

See unavailable time event.

UBR

unspecified bit rate

UBR+

Unspecified Bit Rate Plus

UDP

See User Datagram Protocol.

UNI

See user-to-network interface.

UPC

See usage parameter control.

UPE

user-end provider edge

UPI

user payload identifier

UPM

uninterruptible power module

UPS

uninterruptible power supply

UTC

See Coordinated Universal Time.

User Datagram Protocol

(UDP)

A TCP/IP standard protocol that allows an application program on one device to

send a datagram to an application program on another. User Datagram Protocol
(UDP) uses IP to deliver datagram. UDP provides application programs with the
unreliable connectionless packet delivery service. There is a possibility that
UDP messages will be lost, duplicated, delayed, or delivered out of order. The
destination device does not confirm whether a data packet is received.

unavailable time event

(UAT)

An event that is reported when the monitored object generates 10 consecutive

severely errored seconds (SES) and the SESs begin to be included in the
unavailable time. The event will end when the bit error ratio per second is better
than 10-3 within 10 consecutive seconds.

usage parameter control

(UPC)

During communications, UPC is implemented to monitor the actual traffic on

user-to-network interface
(UNI)

The interface between user equipment and private or public network equipment
(for example, ATM switches).

V
V-NNI

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

virtual network-network interface

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

308

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

A Glossary

V-UNI

See virtual user-network interface.

virtual bridge

VBR

See variable bit rate.

VCC

See virtual channel connection.

VCCV

virtual circuit connectivity verification

VCG

See virtual concatenation group.

VCI

virtual channel identifier

VDSL

very-high-data-rate digital subscriber line

VDSL2

See very-high-speed digital subscriber line 2.

VLAN

virtual local area network

VOA

variable optical attenuator

See virtual path.

VPI

See virtual path identifier.

VPLS

See virtual private LAN service.

VPN

virtual private network

VPWS

See virtual private wire service.

VRRP

See Virtual Router Redundancy Protocol.

VSI

See virtual switch instance.

Virtual Router
Redundancy Protocol
(VRRP)

A protocol used for multicast or multicast LANs such as an Ethernet. A group of

routers (including an active router and several backup routers) in a LAN is
regarded as a virtual router, which is called a backup group. The virtual router
has its own IP address. The host in the network communicates with other
networks through this virtual router. If the active router in the backup group
fails, one of the backup routers in this backup group becomes active and
provides routing service for the host in the network.

VoIP

See voice over IP.

variable bit rate (VBR)

One of the traffic classes used by ATM (Asynchronous Transfer Mode). Unlike
a permanent CBR (Constant Bit Rate) channel, a VBR data stream varies in
bandwidth and is better suited to non real time transfers than to real-time streams
such as voice calls.

very-high-speed digital
subscriber line 2 (VDSL2)

An extension of the VDSL technology, which complies with ITU G.993.2,

supports multiple spectrum profiles and encapsulation modes, and provides
short-distance and high-speed access solutions to the next-generation FTTx
access service.

virtual channel connection

(VCC)

A VC logical trail that carries data between two end points in an ATM network.
A point-to-multipoint VCC is a set of ATM virtual connections between two or
multiple end points.

virtual concatenation
group (VCG)

A group of co-located member trail termination functions that are connected to

the same virtual concatenation link

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

309

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

A Glossary

virtual path (VP)

A bundle of virtual channels, all of which are switched transparently across an

ATM network based on a common VPI.

virtual path identifier

(VPI)

The field in the Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM) cell header that identifies
to which virtual path the cell belongs.

virtual private LAN

service (VPLS)

A type of point-to-multipoint L2VPN service provided over the public network.

VPLS enables geographically isolated user sites to communicate with each other
through the MAN/WAN as if they are on the same LAN.

virtual private wire

service (VPWS)

A technology that bears Layer 2 services. VPWS emulates services such as

ATM, FR, Ethernet, low-speed TDM circuit, and SONET/SDH in a PSN.

virtual switch instance

(VSI)

An instance through which the physical access links of VPLS can be mapped to
the virtual links. Each VSI provides independent VPLS service. VSI has
Ethernet bridge function and can terminate PW.

virtual user-network
interface (V-UNI)

A virtual user-network interface, works as an action point to perform service

classification and traffic control in HQoS.

voice over IP (VoIP)

An IP telephony term for a set of facilities used to manage the delivery of voice
information over the Internet. VoIP involves sending voice information in a
digital form in discrete packets rather than by using the traditional
circuit-committed protocols of the public switched telephone network (PSTN).

W
WAN

See wide area network.

WCDMA

See Wideband Code Division Multiple Access.

WDM

wavelength division multiplexing

WEEE

waste electrical and electronic equipment

WFQ

See weighted fair queuing.

WLAN

See wireless local area network.

WRED

See weighted random early detection.

WRR

weighted round robin

WTR

See wait to restore.

Wideband Code Division

Multiple Access
(WCDMA)

A standard defined by the ITU-T for the third-generation wireless technology

derived from the Code Division Multiple Access (CDMA) technology.

wait to restore (WTR)

The number of minutes to wait before services are switched back to the working
line.

weighted fair queuing

(WFQ)

A fair queue scheduling algorithm based on bandwidth allocation weights. This

scheduling algorithm allocates the total bandwidth of an interface to queues,
according to their weights and schedules the queues cyclically. In this manner,
packets of all priority queues can be scheduled.

weighted random early

detection (WRED)

A packet loss algorithm used for congestion avoidance. It can prevent the global
TCP synchronization caused by traditional tail-drop. WRED is favorable for the

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

310

OptiX OSN 550 Multi-Service CPE Optical

Transmission System
Hardware Description

A Glossary

high-priority packet when calculating the packet loss ratio.

wide area network (WAN)

A network composed of computers which are far away from each other which
are physically connected through specific protocols. WAN covers a broad area,
such as a province, a state or even a country.

wireless local area

network (WLAN)

A hybrid of the computer network and the wireless communication technology.

It uses wireless multiple address channels as transmission media and carriers out
data interaction through electromagnetic wave to implement the functions of the
traditional LAN.

Z
Z interface extension

Issue 02 (2013-01-18)

Extending the analogue subscriber to another place by extending the Z interface.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

311

Hardware Description (V100R006C01 - 01) PDF
100% (1)
Hardware Description (V100R006C01 - 01) PDF
2,578 pages
OSN 3500 V200R011C03 Hardware Description 03
100% (1)
OSN 3500 V200R011C03 Hardware Description 03
1,699 pages
Railway Operational Communication Solution OptiX OSN 1500 Product Overview (Hybrid)
No ratings yet
Railway Operational Communication Solution OptiX OSN 1500 Product Overview (Hybrid)
77 pages
DXC - 9500 - OptiX OSN 9500 Hardware Description (V100R006 - 01, BSNL) PDF
No ratings yet
DXC - 9500 - OptiX OSN 9500 Hardware Description (V100R006 - 01, BSNL) PDF
451 pages
Huawei OptiX OSN 550 Alarms and Performance Events Reference (V100R003)
No ratings yet
Huawei OptiX OSN 550 Alarms and Performance Events Reference (V100R003)
524 pages
OptiX OSN 3500 V200R011 Product Overview V1.0 PDF
No ratings yet
OptiX OSN 3500 V200R011 Product Overview V1.0 PDF
148 pages
PTN 950 Huawei Product Description
No ratings yet
PTN 950 Huawei Product Description
244 pages
OptiX OSN 3500 Presentation
No ratings yet
OptiX OSN 3500 Presentation
38 pages
00482837-Alarms and Performance Events Reference (V100R007 - 08)
No ratings yet
00482837-Alarms and Performance Events Reference (V100R007 - 08)
511 pages
PTN Configuration Guide
100% (1)
PTN Configuration Guide
42 pages
OSN 3500 Short Description PDF
No ratings yet
OSN 3500 Short Description PDF
3 pages
Optical Transport Network Guide
100% (1)
Optical Transport Network Guide
60 pages
Infinera IEEE OTN Overview
No ratings yet
Infinera IEEE OTN Overview
25 pages
What Is The Cross-Connect Capacity of OptiX OSN 8800 UXCH Board?
No ratings yet
What Is The Cross-Connect Capacity of OptiX OSN 8800 UXCH Board?
12 pages
2012.08.06 Osn - 1800 - R3 - CWDM & DWDM
No ratings yet
2012.08.06 Osn - 1800 - R3 - CWDM & DWDM
45 pages
Huawei OptiX OSN 3500 PDF
No ratings yet
Huawei OptiX OSN 3500 PDF
2 pages
OptiX Metro 100 Product Description
100% (1)
OptiX Metro 100 Product Description
40 pages
Manual SIAE
No ratings yet
Manual SIAE
4 pages
Telecommunication Network DCN Network
100% (1)
Telecommunication Network DCN Network
38 pages
Huawei OptiX PTN 950 Commissioning Guide (V100R005)
100% (1)
Huawei OptiX PTN 950 Commissioning Guide (V100R005)
106 pages
TM Series Brochure
No ratings yet
TM Series Brochure
6 pages
RTN 910 Configuration Guide (U2000) - (V100R002C00 - 06)
No ratings yet
RTN 910 Configuration Guide (U2000) - (V100R002C00 - 06)
968 pages
Auxiliary Board: 27.1 TNF1AUX
No ratings yet
Auxiliary Board: 27.1 TNF1AUX
13 pages
01 G06439
No ratings yet
01 G06439
38 pages
01-03 Configuring Ethernet Services
100% (2)
01-03 Configuring Ethernet Services
65 pages
OTA105102 OptiX OSN 2500 Hardware Description ISSUE 1.20
100% (1)
OTA105102 OptiX OSN 2500 Hardware Description ISSUE 1.20
81 pages
Huawei OptiX OSN 550 Datasheet
No ratings yet
Huawei OptiX OSN 550 Datasheet
16 pages
Alcatel - User Guide MPR
No ratings yet
Alcatel - User Guide MPR
468 pages
OptiX OSN 1500 Hardware Description (V100R007 - 02)
No ratings yet
OptiX OSN 1500 Hardware Description (V100R007 - 02)
733 pages
Optical Transport Networks Training OTN Training
No ratings yet
Optical Transport Networks Training OTN Training
8 pages
AN5116-06B AN5516-06 AN5516-04 Optical Line Terminal Equipment Product Description (Version E)
No ratings yet
AN5116-06B AN5516-06 AN5516-04 Optical Line Terminal Equipment Product Description (Version E)
142 pages
Huawei OSN 3500 cxl4 Hardware Description
0% (1)
Huawei OSN 3500 cxl4 Hardware Description
31 pages
Huawei OptiX OSN 9800 M24 Overview
No ratings yet
Huawei OptiX OSN 9800 M24 Overview
4 pages
NPT-1010 Product Note PDF
No ratings yet
NPT-1010 Product Note PDF
2 pages
OptiX OSN 3500 V200R015C20 Quick Guide
100% (1)
OptiX OSN 3500 V200R015C20 Quick Guide
502 pages
Fungsi Unode
No ratings yet
Fungsi Unode
190 pages
Huawei OSN1800 Tech-Level
No ratings yet
Huawei OSN1800 Tech-Level
40 pages
Huawei Optix 6800 3800
No ratings yet
Huawei Optix 6800 3800
6 pages
Telecom Basics For BUGS
No ratings yet
Telecom Basics For BUGS
37 pages
Huawei: (Metro1000)
No ratings yet
Huawei: (Metro1000)
91 pages
RTN 900 Brochure (910&950) V2.0
No ratings yet
RTN 900 Brochure (910&950) V2.0
4 pages
Huawei Optix 10G
50% (2)
Huawei Optix 10G
6 pages
Mapping of 2Mbps Into STM - N: Stuffing Bytes
No ratings yet
Mapping of 2Mbps Into STM - N: Stuffing Bytes
8 pages
RTN 980 V100 IDU Quick Installation Guide For Outdoor Cabinets (APM30H&TMC11H) 01
No ratings yet
RTN 980 V100 IDU Quick Installation Guide For Outdoor Cabinets (APM30H&TMC11H) 01
34 pages
Optical Multiplexer: ONE Direction. TWO De-Multiplexers, The System Will Support Up To 18 Wavelengths in ANY Direction
No ratings yet
Optical Multiplexer: ONE Direction. TWO De-Multiplexers, The System Will Support Up To 18 Wavelengths in ANY Direction
14 pages
8 OptiX WDM Commissioning Guide 20080526 A
No ratings yet
8 OptiX WDM Commissioning Guide 20080526 A
149 pages
WSS-Based ROADM Optical Networks
No ratings yet
WSS-Based ROADM Optical Networks
13 pages
OPTIX 500 Huawei
No ratings yet
OPTIX 500 Huawei
137 pages
OptiX OSN 550 V100R006C01 Product Description V1.1 (20121031)
100% (1)
OptiX OSN 550 V100R006C01 Product Description V1.1 (20121031)
252 pages
PTN Huawei
100% (2)
PTN Huawei
160 pages
Product Description (V100R002 03)
No ratings yet
Product Description (V100R002 03)
151 pages
OSN 500 550 V100R007C00 Configuration Guide (Packet Transport Domain) 03
100% (2)
OSN 500 550 V100R007C00 Configuration Guide (Packet Transport Domain) 03
782 pages
OptiX OSN 1800 I II Compact Hardware Description (V100R003)
0% (1)
OptiX OSN 1800 I II Compact Hardware Description (V100R003)
962 pages
Huawei OSN 1800 V100R003 Product Description (Compact) 05
No ratings yet
Huawei OSN 1800 V100R003 Product Description (Compact) 05
417 pages
OptiX OSN 1800 V100R019C10 Product Description 06
No ratings yet
OptiX OSN 1800 V100R019C10 Product Description 06
301 pages
OptiX OSN 1800 Hardware-Description
No ratings yet
OptiX OSN 1800 Hardware-Description
902 pages
OptiX OSN500 STM 1 Amp STM 4 Multi Service CPE Optical Transmission System Product Description V100R002 02 PDF
No ratings yet
OptiX OSN500 STM 1 Amp STM 4 Multi Service CPE Optical Transmission System Product Description V100R002 02 PDF
143 pages
OptiX OSN 550 Configuration Guide (V100R003)
100% (3)
OptiX OSN 550 Configuration Guide (V100R003)
470 pages
OptiX OSN 8800 10-Port 10G Tributary Board TTX
100% (1)
OptiX OSN 8800 10-Port 10G Tributary Board TTX
38 pages
What Is The Difference Between TN11M40 and TN12M40?
No ratings yet
What Is The Difference Between TN11M40 and TN12M40?
21 pages
Huawei H902MPLA
No ratings yet
Huawei H902MPLA
1 page
Can Huawei TN13OAU1 Replace TN12OAU1?
No ratings yet
Can Huawei TN13OAU1 Replace TN12OAU1?
49 pages
Huawei OptiX OSN 6800/3800 Optical Transponder Board ECOM Document
No ratings yet
Huawei OptiX OSN 6800/3800 Optical Transponder Board ECOM Document
26 pages
What Are The Functional Versions of Huawei TDX Board?
No ratings yet
What Are The Functional Versions of Huawei TDX Board?
41 pages
EAS2 Board: Versions, Features, and Configuration
No ratings yet
EAS2 Board: Versions, Features, and Configuration
24 pages
Huawei OptiX OSN 8800 Optical Transponder Board L4G Hardware Description PDF
No ratings yet
Huawei OptiX OSN 8800 Optical Transponder Board L4G Hardware Description PDF
28 pages
AUX Hardware Description: Huawei Technologies Co., LTD
No ratings yet
AUX Hardware Description: Huawei Technologies Co., LTD
23 pages
Huawei OptiX OSN 8800 OTN Tributary Board TBE Hardware Description
No ratings yet
Huawei OptiX OSN 8800 OTN Tributary Board TBE Hardware Description
31 pages
Huawei OptiX OSN 8800 Transponder Board LSX Hardware Description
100% (1)
Huawei OptiX OSN 8800 Transponder Board LSX Hardware Description
47 pages
OptiX OSN 1800 Commissioning and Configuration Guide (V100R001)
67% (3)
OptiX OSN 1800 Commissioning and Configuration Guide (V100R001)
228 pages
Huawei OptiX RTN 910 Commissioning Guide (V100R006)
100% (3)
Huawei OptiX RTN 910 Commissioning Guide (V100R006)
215 pages
Huawei OptiX Metro 1000 Commissioning Guide (V300R007)
No ratings yet
Huawei OptiX Metro 1000 Commissioning Guide (V300R007)
143 pages
OptiX PTN 950 Maintenance Guide (V100R005) PDF
100% (1)
OptiX PTN 950 Maintenance Guide (V100R005) PDF
1,052 pages
OSN 8800 6800 3800 V100R007C02 Hardware Description 03
100% (10)
OSN 8800 6800 3800 V100R007C02 Hardware Description 03
3,027 pages
OptiX PTN 950 Maintenance Guide (V100R005) PDF
100% (1)
OptiX PTN 950 Maintenance Guide (V100R005) PDF
1,052 pages
OptiX PTN 950 Maintenance Guide (V100R005) PDF
100% (1)
OptiX PTN 950 Maintenance Guide (V100R005) PDF
1,052 pages
OptiX RTN 950 Product Description (V100R003)
100% (1)
OptiX RTN 950 Product Description (V100R003)
175 pages
Huawei OptiX RTN 950 Commissioning and Configuration Guide (V100R003)
100% (7)
Huawei OptiX RTN 950 Commissioning and Configuration Guide (V100R003)
311 pages
OptiX OSN 3500 Troubleshooting (V100R008)
100% (2)
OptiX OSN 3500 Troubleshooting (V100R008)
223 pages
Huawei Imanager U2000 Operation Guide For Common Features (V100R009)
90% (39)
Huawei Imanager U2000 Operation Guide For Common Features (V100R009)
1,284 pages
Huawei OptiX PTN 910 Commissioning Guide (V100R002)
0% (1)
Huawei OptiX PTN 910 Commissioning Guide (V100R002)
52 pages
OptiX OSN 2500 Alarms and Performance Events Reference (V100R010)
No ratings yet
OptiX OSN 2500 Alarms and Performance Events Reference (V100R010)
1,262 pages
IManager U2000 Operation Guide For IP Service Management (V100R009)
50% (2)
IManager U2000 Operation Guide For IP Service Management (V100R009)
888 pages
Huawei OptiX RTN 950 IDU Quick Installation Guide (V100R006)
100% (5)
Huawei OptiX RTN 950 IDU Quick Installation Guide (V100R006)
46 pages
TD-W8961N V1 Datasheet PDF
No ratings yet
TD-W8961N V1 Datasheet PDF
3 pages
Victor v5 6 RN 8200 1965 05 B0 en
No ratings yet
Victor v5 6 RN 8200 1965 05 B0 en
46 pages
Laboratory 04 - Data Types and Expressions
No ratings yet
Laboratory 04 - Data Types and Expressions
4 pages
Python Daily Exercises
No ratings yet
Python Daily Exercises
12 pages
Manual e Comandos Rastreador CJ720 YunTrack
50% (2)
Manual e Comandos Rastreador CJ720 YunTrack
8 pages
Pmcprimo MC
No ratings yet
Pmcprimo MC
69 pages
Al 01
No ratings yet
Al 01
4 pages
Backlog Equivalent Courses For Spring Term 2013-14 DT 14-01-2014
No ratings yet
Backlog Equivalent Courses For Spring Term 2013-14 DT 14-01-2014
73 pages
Viewpoints For Requirements Elicitation: A Practical Approach
No ratings yet
Viewpoints For Requirements Elicitation: A Practical Approach
8 pages
Intrusion Detection in 802.11 Networks: Empirical Evaluation of Threats and A Public Dataset
No ratings yet
Intrusion Detection in 802.11 Networks: Empirical Evaluation of Threats and A Public Dataset
26 pages
Horizon
No ratings yet
Horizon
301 pages
Exams 2024 Python For Beginners
No ratings yet
Exams 2024 Python For Beginners
22 pages
Smartphones For Dummies: (10 Things To Do On Your New Nokia 6630 or Nokia 6680)
No ratings yet
Smartphones For Dummies: (10 Things To Do On Your New Nokia 6630 or Nokia 6680)
4 pages
BBMS Project Report
No ratings yet
BBMS Project Report
10 pages
RadixWeb Corporate Profile
No ratings yet
RadixWeb Corporate Profile
32 pages
Android Malware and Analysis
No ratings yet
Android Malware and Analysis
232 pages
Practice 5: Maximum Minimum Sum Average
No ratings yet
Practice 5: Maximum Minimum Sum Average
10 pages
Glints CV Template
No ratings yet
Glints CV Template
1 page
Fixed Asset and Inventory 2021 Final
No ratings yet
Fixed Asset and Inventory 2021 Final
99 pages
Pui Lam Paul Lo - Senior Software Developer - HA
No ratings yet
Pui Lam Paul Lo - Senior Software Developer - HA
3 pages
EEG User Manual for Clinicians
No ratings yet
EEG User Manual for Clinicians
36 pages
JanuaryFebruary 2023
No ratings yet
JanuaryFebruary 2023
2 pages
Obstacle Avoidance Robot With Ultrasonic Sensor: Abidur Rahman Sagor 18-38599-2
No ratings yet
Obstacle Avoidance Robot With Ultrasonic Sensor: Abidur Rahman Sagor 18-38599-2
8 pages
Unit 1 - Microprocessor 8085
No ratings yet
Unit 1 - Microprocessor 8085
18 pages
Unix & Linux Basics for Students
No ratings yet
Unix & Linux Basics for Students
9 pages
HR Interview Questions and Answers
No ratings yet
HR Interview Questions and Answers
8 pages
Big Data Insights for Businesses
No ratings yet
Big Data Insights for Businesses
13 pages
S. No. Action For Windows For Mac: Basic
No ratings yet
S. No. Action For Windows For Mac: Basic
5 pages
Transfer Money via SBI YONO App
No ratings yet
Transfer Money via SBI YONO App
1 page
openSAP cp1-3 Week 1 Unit 5 ByfAPushApp Presentation
No ratings yet
openSAP cp1-3 Week 1 Unit 5 ByfAPushApp Presentation
15 pages